summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/library
Unidiff
Diffstat (limited to 'library') (more/less context) (ignore whitespace changes)
-rw-r--r--library/alarmserver.cpp5
-rw-r--r--library/applnk.cpp4
-rw-r--r--library/categoryedit_p.cpp3
-rw-r--r--library/categorymenu.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/config.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/datebookdb.cpp5
-rw-r--r--library/datebookmonth.cpp5
-rw-r--r--library/filemanager.cpp3
-rw-r--r--library/fileselector.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/finddialog.cpp1
-rw-r--r--library/findwidget_p.cpp6
-rw-r--r--library/fontdatabase.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/global.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/imageedit.cpp1
-rw-r--r--library/ir.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/lnkproperties.cpp3
-rw-r--r--library/mimetype.cpp4
-rw-r--r--library/qcopenvelope_qws.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/qdawg.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/qpeapplication.cpp1
-rw-r--r--library/qpemenubar.cpp1
-rw-r--r--library/qpestyle.cpp3
-rw-r--r--library/qpetoolbar.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/qt_override.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/resource.cpp3
-rw-r--r--library/sound.cpp2
-rw-r--r--library/storage.cpp4
-rw-r--r--library/tzselect.cpp1
28 files changed, 1 insertions, 74 deletions
diff --git a/library/alarmserver.cpp b/library/alarmserver.cpp
index 6f6f32d..48ab9c1 100644
--- a/library/alarmserver.cpp
+++ b/library/alarmserver.cpp
@@ -1,413 +1,408 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include <qdir.h> 21#include <qdir.h>
22#include <qfile.h>
23#include <qmessagebox.h>
24#include <qtextstream.h>
25 22
26 23
27#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 24#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
28#include "global.h"
29#include "resource.h"
30 25
31#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> 26#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
32#include "alarmserver.h" 27#include "alarmserver.h"
33#include <qpe/timeconversion.h> 28#include <qpe/timeconversion.h>
34 29
35#include <sys/types.h> 30#include <sys/types.h>
36#include <sys/stat.h> 31#include <sys/stat.h>
37 32
38#include <stdlib.h> 33#include <stdlib.h>
39#include <unistd.h> 34#include <unistd.h>
40 35
41 36
42#undef USE_ATD // not used anymore -- we run opie-alarm on suspend/resume 37#undef USE_ATD // not used anymore -- we run opie-alarm on suspend/resume
43 38
44 39
45struct timerEventItem 40struct timerEventItem
46{ 41{
47 time_t UTCtime; 42 time_t UTCtime;
48 QCString channel, message; 43 QCString channel, message;
49 int data; 44 int data;
50 bool operator==( const timerEventItem &right ) const 45 bool operator==( const timerEventItem &right ) const
51 { 46 {
52 return ( UTCtime == right.UTCtime 47 return ( UTCtime == right.UTCtime
53 && channel == right.channel 48 && channel == right.channel
54 && message == right.message 49 && message == right.message
55 && data == right.data ); 50 && data == right.data );
56 } 51 }
57}; 52};
58 53
59class TimerReceiverObject : public QObject 54class TimerReceiverObject : public QObject
60{ 55{
61public: 56public:
62 TimerReceiverObject() 57 TimerReceiverObject()
63 { } 58 { }
64 ~TimerReceiverObject() 59 ~TimerReceiverObject()
65 { } 60 { }
66 void resetTimer(); 61 void resetTimer();
67 void setTimerEventItem(); 62 void setTimerEventItem();
68 void deleteTimer(); 63 void deleteTimer();
69protected: 64protected:
70 void timerEvent( QTimerEvent *te ); 65 void timerEvent( QTimerEvent *te );
71 66
72#ifdef USE_ATD 67#ifdef USE_ATD
73private: 68private:
74 QString atfilename; 69 QString atfilename;
75#endif 70#endif
76}; 71};
77 72
78TimerReceiverObject *timerEventReceiver = NULL; 73TimerReceiverObject *timerEventReceiver = NULL;
79QList<timerEventItem> timerEventList; 74QList<timerEventItem> timerEventList;
80timerEventItem *nearestTimerEvent = NULL; 75timerEventItem *nearestTimerEvent = NULL;
81 76
82 77
83// set the timer to go off on the next event in the list 78// set the timer to go off on the next event in the list
84void setNearestTimerEvent() 79void setNearestTimerEvent()
85{ 80{
86 nearestTimerEvent = NULL; 81 nearestTimerEvent = NULL;
87 QListIterator<timerEventItem> it( timerEventList ); 82 QListIterator<timerEventItem> it( timerEventList );
88 if ( *it ) 83 if ( *it )
89 nearestTimerEvent = *it; 84 nearestTimerEvent = *it;
90 for ( ; *it; ++it ) 85 for ( ; *it; ++it )
91 if ( (*it)->UTCtime < nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime ) 86 if ( (*it)->UTCtime < nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime )
92 nearestTimerEvent = *it; 87 nearestTimerEvent = *it;
93 if (nearestTimerEvent) 88 if (nearestTimerEvent)
94 timerEventReceiver->resetTimer(); 89 timerEventReceiver->resetTimer();
95 else 90 else
96 timerEventReceiver->deleteTimer(); 91 timerEventReceiver->deleteTimer();
97} 92}
98 93
99 94
100//store current state to file 95//store current state to file
101//Simple implementation. Should run on a timer. 96//Simple implementation. Should run on a timer.
102 97
103static void saveState() 98static void saveState()
104{ 99{
105 QString savefilename = Global::applicationFileName( "AlarmServer", "saveFile" ); 100 QString savefilename = Global::applicationFileName( "AlarmServer", "saveFile" );
106 if ( timerEventList.isEmpty() ) { 101 if ( timerEventList.isEmpty() ) {
107 unlink( savefilename ); 102 unlink( savefilename );
108 return ; 103 return ;
109 } 104 }
110 105
111 QFile savefile(savefilename + ".new"); 106 QFile savefile(savefilename + ".new");
112 if ( savefile.open(IO_WriteOnly) ) { 107 if ( savefile.open(IO_WriteOnly) ) {
113 QDataStream ds( &savefile ); 108 QDataStream ds( &savefile );
114 109
115 //save 110 //save
116 111
117 QListIterator<timerEventItem> it( timerEventList ); 112 QListIterator<timerEventItem> it( timerEventList );
118 for ( ; *it; ++it ) { 113 for ( ; *it; ++it ) {
119 ds << it.current()->UTCtime; 114 ds << it.current()->UTCtime;
120 ds << it.current()->channel; 115 ds << it.current()->channel;
121 ds << it.current()->message; 116 ds << it.current()->message;
122 ds << it.current()->data; 117 ds << it.current()->data;
123 } 118 }
124 119
125 120
126 savefile.close(); 121 savefile.close();
127 unlink( savefilename ); 122 unlink( savefilename );
128 QDir d; 123 QDir d;
129 d.rename(savefilename + ".new", savefilename); 124 d.rename(savefilename + ".new", savefilename);
130 125
131 } 126 }
132} 127}
133 128
134/*! 129/*!
135 Sets up the alarm server. Restoring to previous state (session management). 130 Sets up the alarm server. Restoring to previous state (session management).
136 */ 131 */
137void AlarmServer::initialize() 132void AlarmServer::initialize()
138{ 133{
139 //read autosave file and put events in timerEventList 134 //read autosave file and put events in timerEventList
140 135
141 QString savefilename = Global::applicationFileName( "AlarmServer", "saveFile" ); 136 QString savefilename = Global::applicationFileName( "AlarmServer", "saveFile" );
142 137
143 QFile savefile(savefilename); 138 QFile savefile(savefilename);
144 if ( savefile.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) { 139 if ( savefile.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) {
145 QDataStream ds( &savefile ); 140 QDataStream ds( &savefile );
146 while ( !ds.atEnd() ) { 141 while ( !ds.atEnd() ) {
147 timerEventItem *newTimerEventItem = new timerEventItem; 142 timerEventItem *newTimerEventItem = new timerEventItem;
148 ds >> newTimerEventItem->UTCtime; 143 ds >> newTimerEventItem->UTCtime;
149 ds >> newTimerEventItem->channel; 144 ds >> newTimerEventItem->channel;
150 ds >> newTimerEventItem->message; 145 ds >> newTimerEventItem->message;
151 ds >> newTimerEventItem->data; 146 ds >> newTimerEventItem->data;
152 timerEventList.append( newTimerEventItem ); 147 timerEventList.append( newTimerEventItem );
153 } 148 }
154 savefile.close(); 149 savefile.close();
155 if (!timerEventReceiver) 150 if (!timerEventReceiver)
156 timerEventReceiver = new TimerReceiverObject; 151 timerEventReceiver = new TimerReceiverObject;
157 setNearestTimerEvent(); 152 setNearestTimerEvent();
158 } 153 }
159} 154}
160 155
161 156
162#ifdef USE_ATD 157#ifdef USE_ATD
163 158
164static const char* atdir = "/var/spool/at/"; 159static const char* atdir = "/var/spool/at/";
165 160
166static bool triggerAtd( bool writeHWClock = FALSE ) 161static bool triggerAtd( bool writeHWClock = FALSE )
167{ 162{
168 QFile trigger(QString(atdir) + "trigger"); 163 QFile trigger(QString(atdir) + "trigger");
169 if ( trigger.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Raw) ) { 164 if ( trigger.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Raw) ) {
170 if ( trigger.writeBlock("\n", 2) != 2 ) { 165 if ( trigger.writeBlock("\n", 2) != 2 ) {
171 QMessageBox::critical( 0, QObject::tr( "Out of Space" ), 166 QMessageBox::critical( 0, QObject::tr( "Out of Space" ),
172 QObject::tr( "Unable to schedule alarm.\nFree some memory and try again." ) ); 167 QObject::tr( "Unable to schedule alarm.\nFree some memory and try again." ) );
173 trigger.close(); 168 trigger.close();
174 QFile::remove 169 QFile::remove
175 ( trigger.name() ); 170 ( trigger.name() );
176 return FALSE; 171 return FALSE;
177 } 172 }
178 return TRUE; 173 return TRUE;
179 } 174 }
180 return FALSE; 175 return FALSE;
181} 176}
182 177
183#else 178#else
184 179
185static bool writeResumeAt ( time_t wakeup ) 180static bool writeResumeAt ( time_t wakeup )
186{ 181{
187 FILE *fp = ::fopen ( "/var/run/resumeat", "w" ); 182 FILE *fp = ::fopen ( "/var/run/resumeat", "w" );
188 183
189 if ( fp ) { 184 if ( fp ) {
190 ::fprintf ( fp, "%d\n", (int) wakeup ); 185 ::fprintf ( fp, "%d\n", (int) wakeup );
191 ::fclose ( fp ); 186 ::fclose ( fp );
192 } 187 }
193 else 188 else
194 qWarning ( "Failed to write wakeup time to /var/run/resumeat" ); 189 qWarning ( "Failed to write wakeup time to /var/run/resumeat" );
195 190
196 return ( fp ); 191 return ( fp );
197} 192}
198 193
199#endif 194#endif
200 195
201void TimerReceiverObject::deleteTimer() 196void TimerReceiverObject::deleteTimer()
202{ 197{
203#ifdef USE_ATD 198#ifdef USE_ATD
204 if ( !atfilename.isEmpty() ) { 199 if ( !atfilename.isEmpty() ) {
205 unlink( atfilename ); 200 unlink( atfilename );
206 atfilename = QString::null; 201 atfilename = QString::null;
207 triggerAtd( FALSE ); 202 triggerAtd( FALSE );
208 } 203 }
209#else 204#else
210 writeResumeAt ( 0 ); 205 writeResumeAt ( 0 );
211#endif 206#endif
212} 207}
213 208
214void TimerReceiverObject::resetTimer() 209void TimerReceiverObject::resetTimer()
215{ 210{
216 const int maxsecs = 2147000; 211 const int maxsecs = 2147000;
217 QDateTime nearest = TimeConversion::fromUTC(nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime); 212 QDateTime nearest = TimeConversion::fromUTC(nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime);
218 QDateTime now = QDateTime::currentDateTime(); 213 QDateTime now = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
219 if ( nearest < now ) 214 if ( nearest < now )
220 nearest = now; 215 nearest = now;
221 int secs = TimeConversion::secsTo( now, nearest ); 216 int secs = TimeConversion::secsTo( now, nearest );
222 if ( secs > maxsecs ) { 217 if ( secs > maxsecs ) {
223 // too far for millisecond timing 218 // too far for millisecond timing
224 secs = maxsecs; 219 secs = maxsecs;
225 } 220 }
226 221
227 // System timer (needed so that we wake from deep sleep), 222 // System timer (needed so that we wake from deep sleep),
228 // from the Epoch in seconds. 223 // from the Epoch in seconds.
229 // 224 //
230 int at_secs = TimeConversion::toUTC(nearest); 225 int at_secs = TimeConversion::toUTC(nearest);
231 // qDebug("reset timer to %d seconds from Epoch",at_secs); 226 // qDebug("reset timer to %d seconds from Epoch",at_secs);
232 227
233#ifdef USE_ATD 228#ifdef USE_ATD
234 229
235 QString fn = atdir + QString::number(at_secs) + "." 230 QString fn = atdir + QString::number(at_secs) + "."
236 + QString::number(getpid()); 231 + QString::number(getpid());
237 if ( fn != atfilename ) { 232 if ( fn != atfilename ) {
238 QFile atfile(fn + ".new"); 233 QFile atfile(fn + ".new");
239 if ( atfile.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Raw) ) { 234 if ( atfile.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Raw) ) {
240 int total_written; 235 int total_written;
241 236
242 // just wake up and delete the at file 237 // just wake up and delete the at file
243 QString cmd = "#!/bin/sh\nrm " + fn; 238 QString cmd = "#!/bin/sh\nrm " + fn;
244 total_written = atfile.writeBlock(cmd.latin1(), cmd.length()); 239 total_written = atfile.writeBlock(cmd.latin1(), cmd.length());
245 if ( total_written != int(cmd.length()) ) { 240 if ( total_written != int(cmd.length()) ) {
246 QMessageBox::critical( 0, tr("Out of Space"), 241 QMessageBox::critical( 0, tr("Out of Space"),
247 tr("Unable to schedule alarm.\n" 242 tr("Unable to schedule alarm.\n"
248 "Please free up space and try again") ); 243 "Please free up space and try again") );
249 atfile.close(); 244 atfile.close();
250 QFile::remove 245 QFile::remove
251 ( atfile.name() ); 246 ( atfile.name() );
252 return ; 247 return ;
253 } 248 }
254 atfile.close(); 249 atfile.close();
255 unlink( atfilename ); 250 unlink( atfilename );
256 QDir d; 251 QDir d;
257 d.rename(fn + ".new", fn); 252 d.rename(fn + ".new", fn);
258 chmod(fn.latin1(), 0755); 253 chmod(fn.latin1(), 0755);
259 atfilename = fn; 254 atfilename = fn;
260 triggerAtd( FALSE ); 255 triggerAtd( FALSE );
261 } 256 }
262 else { 257 else {
263 qWarning("Cannot open atd file %s", fn.latin1()); 258 qWarning("Cannot open atd file %s", fn.latin1());
264 } 259 }
265 } 260 }
266#else 261#else
267 writeResumeAt ( at_secs ); 262 writeResumeAt ( at_secs );
268 263
269#endif 264#endif
270 265
271 // Qt timers (does the actual alarm) 266 // Qt timers (does the actual alarm)
272 // from now in milliseconds 267 // from now in milliseconds
273 // 268 //
274 qDebug("AlarmServer waiting %d seconds", secs); 269 qDebug("AlarmServer waiting %d seconds", secs);
275 startTimer( 1000 * secs + 500 ); 270 startTimer( 1000 * secs + 500 );
276} 271}
277 272
278void TimerReceiverObject::timerEvent( QTimerEvent * ) 273void TimerReceiverObject::timerEvent( QTimerEvent * )
279{ 274{
280 bool needSave = FALSE; 275 bool needSave = FALSE;
281 killTimers(); 276 killTimers();
282 if (nearestTimerEvent) { 277 if (nearestTimerEvent) {
283 if ( nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime 278 if ( nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime
284 <= TimeConversion::toUTC(QDateTime::currentDateTime()) ) { 279 <= TimeConversion::toUTC(QDateTime::currentDateTime()) ) {
285#ifndef QT_NO_COP 280#ifndef QT_NO_COP
286 QCopEnvelope e( nearestTimerEvent->channel, 281 QCopEnvelope e( nearestTimerEvent->channel,
287 nearestTimerEvent->message ); 282 nearestTimerEvent->message );
288 e << TimeConversion::fromUTC( nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime ) 283 e << TimeConversion::fromUTC( nearestTimerEvent->UTCtime )
289 << nearestTimerEvent->data; 284 << nearestTimerEvent->data;
290#endif 285#endif
291 286
292 timerEventList.remove( nearestTimerEvent ); 287 timerEventList.remove( nearestTimerEvent );
293 needSave = TRUE; 288 needSave = TRUE;
294 } 289 }
295 setNearestTimerEvent(); 290 setNearestTimerEvent();
296 } 291 }
297 else { 292 else {
298 resetTimer(); 293 resetTimer();
299 } 294 }
300 if ( needSave ) 295 if ( needSave )
301 saveState(); 296 saveState();
302} 297}
303 298
304/*! 299/*!
305 \class AlarmServer alarmserver.h 300 \class AlarmServer alarmserver.h
306 \brief The AlarmServer class allows alarms to be scheduled and unscheduled. 301 \brief The AlarmServer class allows alarms to be scheduled and unscheduled.
307 302
308 Applications can schedule alarms with addAlarm() and can 303 Applications can schedule alarms with addAlarm() and can
309 unschedule alarms with deleteAlarm(). When the time for an alarm 304 unschedule alarms with deleteAlarm(). When the time for an alarm
310 to go off is reached the specified \link qcop.html QCop\endlink 305 to go off is reached the specified \link qcop.html QCop\endlink
311 message is sent on the specified channel (optionally with 306 message is sent on the specified channel (optionally with
312 additional data). 307 additional data).
313 308
314 Scheduling an alarm using this class is important (rather just using 309 Scheduling an alarm using this class is important (rather just using
315 a QTimer) since the machine may be asleep and needs to get woken up using 310 a QTimer) since the machine may be asleep and needs to get woken up using
316 the Linux kernel which implements this at the kernel level to minimize 311 the Linux kernel which implements this at the kernel level to minimize
317 battery usage while asleep. 312 battery usage while asleep.
318 313
319 A small example on how to use AlarmServer. 314 A small example on how to use AlarmServer.
320 315
321 First we need to connect a slot the AppMessage QCOP call. appMessage 316 First we need to connect a slot the AppMessage QCOP call. appMessage
322 will be emitted if QPE/Application/appname gets called. 317 will be emitted if QPE/Application/appname gets called.
323 318
324 \code 319 \code
325 TestApp::TestApp(QWidget *parent, const char* name, WFlags fl ) 320 TestApp::TestApp(QWidget *parent, const char* name, WFlags fl )
326 : QMainWindow(parent,name,fl){ 321 : QMainWindow(parent,name,fl){
327 connect(qApp,SIGNAL(appMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)), 322 connect(qApp,SIGNAL(appMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)),
328 this,SLOT(slotAppMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&))); 323 this,SLOT(slotAppMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)));
329 } 324 }
330 \endcode 325 \endcode
331 326
332 To add / delete an alarm, you can use the static method AlarmServer::addAlarm and 327 To add / delete an alarm, you can use the static method AlarmServer::addAlarm and
333 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm. Note that an old (expired) alarm will automatically be deleted 328 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm. Note that an old (expired) alarm will automatically be deleted
334 from the alarmserver list, but a change in timing will have the effect, that both 329 from the alarmserver list, but a change in timing will have the effect, that both
335 alarms will be emitted. So if you change an Alarm be sure to delete the old one! 330 alarms will be emitted. So if you change an Alarm be sure to delete the old one!
336 @see addAlarm 331 @see addAlarm
337 332
338 \code 333 \code
339 QDateTime oldDt = oldAlarmDateTime(); 334 QDateTime oldDt = oldAlarmDateTime();
340 QPEApplication::execDialog(ourDlg); 335 QPEApplication::execDialog(ourDlg);
341 QDateTime newDt = ourDlg->dateTime(); 336 QDateTime newDt = ourDlg->dateTime();
342 if(newDt == oldDt ) return; 337 if(newDt == oldDt ) return;
343 @slash* code is missing for unsetting an alarm *@slash 338 @slash* code is missing for unsetting an alarm *@slash
344 339
345 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm(oldDt,"QPE/Application/appname","checkAlarm(QDateTime,int)",0); 340 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm(oldDt,"QPE/Application/appname","checkAlarm(QDateTime,int)",0);
346 AlarmServer::addAlarm( newDt,"QPE/AlarmServer/appname","checkAlarm(QDateTime,int)",0); 341 AlarmServer::addAlarm( newDt,"QPE/AlarmServer/appname","checkAlarm(QDateTime,int)",0);
347 342
348 \endcode 343 \endcode
349 344
350 Now once the Alarm is emitted you need to check the appMessage and then do what you want. 345 Now once the Alarm is emitted you need to check the appMessage and then do what you want.
351 \code 346 \code
352 void TestApp::slotAppMessage(const QCString& str, const QByteArray& ar ){ 347 void TestApp::slotAppMessage(const QCString& str, const QByteArray& ar ){
353 QDataStream stream(ar,IO_ReadOnly); 348 QDataStream stream(ar,IO_ReadOnly);
354 if(str == "checkAlarm(QDateTime,int)" ){ 349 if(str == "checkAlarm(QDateTime,int)" ){
355 QDateTime dt; 350 QDateTime dt;
356 int a; 351 int a;
357 stream >> dt >> a; 352 stream >> dt >> a;
358 // fire up alarm 353 // fire up alarm
359 } 354 }
360 } 355 }
361 \endcode 356 \endcode
362 357
363 \ingroup qtopiaemb 358 \ingroup qtopiaemb
364 \sa QCopEnvelope 359 \sa QCopEnvelope
365 @see QPEApplication::appMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&) 360 @see QPEApplication::appMessage(const QCString&,const QByteArray&)
366 @see OPimMainWindow 361 @see OPimMainWindow
367 @see ODevice::alarmSound() 362 @see ODevice::alarmSound()
368 @see Sound::soundAlarm() 363 @see Sound::soundAlarm()
369*/ 364*/
370 365
371/*! 366/*!
372 Schedules an alarm to go off at (or soon after) time \a when. When 367 Schedules an alarm to go off at (or soon after) time \a when. When
373 the alarm goes off, the \link qcop.html QCop\endlink \a message will 368 the alarm goes off, the \link qcop.html QCop\endlink \a message will
374 be sent to \a channel, with \a data as a parameter. 369 be sent to \a channel, with \a data as a parameter.
375 370
376 If this function is called with exactly the same data as a previous 371 If this function is called with exactly the same data as a previous
377 call the subsequent call is ignored, so there is only ever one alarm 372 call the subsequent call is ignored, so there is only ever one alarm
378 with a given set of parameters. 373 with a given set of parameters.
379 374
380 Once an alarm is emitted. The \a channel with a \a message will be emitted 375 Once an alarm is emitted. The \a channel with a \a message will be emitted
381 and data will be send. 376 and data will be send.
382 The QDateTime and int are the two parameters included in the QCOP message. 377 The QDateTime and int are the two parameters included in the QCOP message.
383 You can specify channel, message and the integer parameter. QDateTime will be 378 You can specify channel, message and the integer parameter. QDateTime will be
384 the datetime of the QCop call. 379 the datetime of the QCop call.
385 380
386 @param when The QDateTime of the alarm 381 @param when The QDateTime of the alarm
387 @param channel The channel which gets called once the alarm is emitted 382 @param channel The channel which gets called once the alarm is emitted
388 @param message The message to be send to the channel 383 @param message The message to be send to the channel
389 @param data Additional data as integer 384 @param data Additional data as integer
390 385
391 @see QCopChannel 386 @see QCopChannel
392 \sa deleteAlarm() 387 \sa deleteAlarm()
393*/ 388*/
394void AlarmServer::addAlarm ( QDateTime when, const QCString& channel, 389void AlarmServer::addAlarm ( QDateTime when, const QCString& channel,
395 const QCString& message, int data) 390 const QCString& message, int data)
396{ 391{
397 if ( qApp->type() == QApplication::GuiServer ) { 392 if ( qApp->type() == QApplication::GuiServer ) {
398 bool needSave = FALSE; 393 bool needSave = FALSE;
399 // Here we are the server so either it has been directly called from 394 // Here we are the server so either it has been directly called from
400 // within the server or it has been sent to us from a client via QCop 395 // within the server or it has been sent to us from a client via QCop
401 if (!timerEventReceiver) 396 if (!timerEventReceiver)
402 timerEventReceiver = new TimerReceiverObject; 397 timerEventReceiver = new TimerReceiverObject;
403 398
404 timerEventItem *newTimerEventItem = new timerEventItem; 399 timerEventItem *newTimerEventItem = new timerEventItem;
405 newTimerEventItem->UTCtime = TimeConversion::toUTC( when ); 400 newTimerEventItem->UTCtime = TimeConversion::toUTC( when );
406 newTimerEventItem->channel = channel; 401 newTimerEventItem->channel = channel;
407 newTimerEventItem->message = message; 402 newTimerEventItem->message = message;
408 newTimerEventItem->data = data; 403 newTimerEventItem->data = data;
409 // explore the case of already having the event in here... 404 // explore the case of already having the event in here...
410 QListIterator<timerEventItem> it( timerEventList ); 405 QListIterator<timerEventItem> it( timerEventList );
411 for ( ; *it; ++it ) 406 for ( ; *it; ++it )
412 if ( *(*it) == *newTimerEventItem ) 407 if ( *(*it) == *newTimerEventItem )
413 return ; 408 return ;
diff --git a/library/applnk.cpp b/library/applnk.cpp
index 8763eb2..9c60f1a 100644
--- a/library/applnk.cpp
+++ b/library/applnk.cpp
@@ -1,425 +1,421 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT 21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT
22#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_PRELOADACCESS 22#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_PRELOADACCESS
23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_APPLNKASSIGN 23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_APPLNKASSIGN
24 24
25#include "applnk.h" 25#include "applnk.h"
26 26
27#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 27#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
28#include <qpe/categories.h> 28#include <qpe/categories.h>
29#include <qpe/categoryselect.h> 29#include <qpe/categoryselect.h>
30#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> 30#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
31#include <qpe/global.h>
32#include <qpe/mimetype.h> 31#include <qpe/mimetype.h>
33#include <qpe/config.h> 32#include <qpe/config.h>
34#include <qpe/storage.h> 33#include <qpe/storage.h>
35#include <qpe/resource.h> 34#include <qpe/resource.h>
36 35
37#include <qdict.h>
38#include <qdir.h> 36#include <qdir.h>
39#include <qregexp.h>
40 37
41#include <qgfx_qws.h>
42 38
43#include <stdlib.h> 39#include <stdlib.h>
44 40
45int AppLnk::lastId = 5000; 41int AppLnk::lastId = 5000;
46 42
47static int smallSize = 14; 43static int smallSize = 14;
48static int bigSize = 32; 44static int bigSize = 32;
49 45
50static QString safeFileName(const QString& n) 46static QString safeFileName(const QString& n)
51{ 47{
52 QString safename=n; 48 QString safename=n;
53 safename.replace(QRegExp("[^0-9A-Za-z.]"),"_"); 49 safename.replace(QRegExp("[^0-9A-Za-z.]"),"_");
54 safename.replace(QRegExp("^[^A-Za-z]*"),""); 50 safename.replace(QRegExp("^[^A-Za-z]*"),"");
55 if ( safename.isEmpty() ) 51 if ( safename.isEmpty() )
56 safename = "_"; 52 safename = "_";
57 return safename; 53 return safename;
58} 54}
59 55
60static bool prepareDirectories(const QString& lf) 56static bool prepareDirectories(const QString& lf)
61{ 57{
62 if ( !QFile::exists(lf) ) { 58 if ( !QFile::exists(lf) ) {
63 // May need to create directories 59 // May need to create directories
64 QFileInfo fi(lf); 60 QFileInfo fi(lf);
65 if ( system(("mkdir -p "+fi.dirPath(TRUE))) ) 61 if ( system(("mkdir -p "+fi.dirPath(TRUE))) )
66 return FALSE; 62 return FALSE;
67 } 63 }
68 return TRUE; 64 return TRUE;
69} 65}
70 66
71class AppLnkPrivate 67class AppLnkPrivate
72{ 68{
73public: 69public:
74 /* the size of the Pixmap */ 70 /* the size of the Pixmap */
75 enum Size {Normal = 0, Big }; 71 enum Size {Normal = 0, Big };
76 AppLnkPrivate() { 72 AppLnkPrivate() {
77 /* we want one normal and one big item */ 73 /* we want one normal and one big item */
78 74
79 QPixmap pix; 75 QPixmap pix;
80 mPixmaps.insert(0, pix ); 76 mPixmaps.insert(0, pix );
81 mPixmaps.insert(1, pix); 77 mPixmaps.insert(1, pix);
82 } 78 }
83 79
84 QStringList mCatList; // always correct 80 QStringList mCatList; // always correct
85 QArray<int> mCat; // cached value; correct if not empty 81 QArray<int> mCat; // cached value; correct if not empty
86 QMap<int, QPixmap> mPixmaps; 82 QMap<int, QPixmap> mPixmaps;
87 83
88 void updateCatListFromArray() 84 void updateCatListFromArray()
89 { 85 {
90 Categories cat( 0 ); 86 Categories cat( 0 );
91 cat.load( categoryFileName() ); 87 cat.load( categoryFileName() );
92 // we need to update the names for the mCat... to mCatList 88 // we need to update the names for the mCat... to mCatList
93 mCatList.clear(); 89 mCatList.clear();
94 for (uint i = 0; i < mCat.count(); i++ ) 90 for (uint i = 0; i < mCat.count(); i++ )
95 mCatList << cat.label("Document View", mCat[i] ); 91 mCatList << cat.label("Document View", mCat[i] );
96 92
97 } 93 }
98 94
99 void setCatArrayDirty() 95 void setCatArrayDirty()
100 { 96 {
101 mCat.resize(0); 97 mCat.resize(0);
102 } 98 }
103 99
104 void ensureCatArray() 100 void ensureCatArray()
105 { 101 {
106 if ( mCat.count() > 0 || mCatList.count()==0 ) 102 if ( mCat.count() > 0 || mCatList.count()==0 )
107 return; 103 return;
108 104
109 Categories cat( 0 ); 105 Categories cat( 0 );
110 cat.load( categoryFileName() ); 106 cat.load( categoryFileName() );
111 mCat.resize( mCatList.count() ); 107 mCat.resize( mCatList.count() );
112 int i; 108 int i;
113 QStringList::ConstIterator it; 109 QStringList::ConstIterator it;
114 for ( i = 0, it = mCatList.begin(); it != mCatList.end(); 110 for ( i = 0, it = mCatList.begin(); it != mCatList.end();
115 ++it, i++ ) { 111 ++it, i++ ) {
116 112
117 bool number; 113 bool number;
118 int id = (*it).toInt( &number ); 114 int id = (*it).toInt( &number );
119 if ( !number ) { 115 if ( !number ) {
120 id = cat.id( "Document View", *it ); 116 id = cat.id( "Document View", *it );
121 if ( id == 0 ) 117 if ( id == 0 )
122 id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it ); 118 id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it );
123 } 119 }
124 mCat[i] = id; 120 mCat[i] = id;
125 } 121 }
126 } 122 }
127}; 123};
128 124
129/*! 125/*!
130 \class AppLnk applnk.h 126 \class AppLnk applnk.h
131 \brief The AppLnk class represents an application available on the system. 127 \brief The AppLnk class represents an application available on the system.
132 128
133 Every Qtopia application \e app has a corresponding \e app.desktop 129 Every Qtopia application \e app has a corresponding \e app.desktop
134 file. When one of these files is read its data is stored as an 130 file. When one of these files is read its data is stored as an
135 AppLnk object. 131 AppLnk object.
136 132
137 The AppLnk class introduces some Qtopia-specific concepts, and 133 The AppLnk class introduces some Qtopia-specific concepts, and
138 provides a variety of functions, as described in the following 134 provides a variety of functions, as described in the following
139 sections. 135 sections.
140 \tableofcontents 136 \tableofcontents
141 137
142 \target Types 138 \target Types
143 \section1 Types 139 \section1 Types
144 140
145 Every AppLnk object has a \e type. For applications, games and 141 Every AppLnk object has a \e type. For applications, games and
146 settings the type is \c Application; for documents the 142 settings the type is \c Application; for documents the
147 type is the document's MIME type. 143 type is the document's MIME type.
148 144
149 \target files-and-links 145 \target files-and-links
150 \section1 Files and Links 146 \section1 Files and Links
151 147
152 When you create an AppLnk (or more likely, a \link doclnk.html 148 When you create an AppLnk (or more likely, a \link doclnk.html
153 DocLnk\endlink), you don't deal directly with filenames in the 149 DocLnk\endlink), you don't deal directly with filenames in the
154 filesystem. Instead you do this: 150 filesystem. Instead you do this:
155 \code 151 \code
156 DocLnk d; 152 DocLnk d;
157 d.setType("text/plain"); 153 d.setType("text/plain");
158 d.setName("My Nicely Named Document / Whatever"); // Yes, "/" is legal. 154 d.setName("My Nicely Named Document / Whatever"); // Yes, "/" is legal.
159 \endcode 155 \endcode
160 At this point, the file() and linkFile() are unknown. Normally 156 At this point, the file() and linkFile() are unknown. Normally
161 this is uninteresting, and the names become automatically known, 157 this is uninteresting, and the names become automatically known,
162 and more importantly, becomes reserved, when you ask what they are: 158 and more importantly, becomes reserved, when you ask what they are:
163 159
164 \code 160 \code
165 QString fn = d.file(); 161 QString fn = d.file();
166 \endcode 162 \endcode
167 This invents a filename, and creates the file on disk (an empty 163 This invents a filename, and creates the file on disk (an empty
168 reservation file) to prevent the name being used by another 164 reservation file) to prevent the name being used by another
169 application. 165 application.
170 166
171 In some circumstances, you don't want to create the file if it 167 In some circumstances, you don't want to create the file if it
172 doesn't already exist (e.g. in the Document tab, some of the \link 168 doesn't already exist (e.g. in the Document tab, some of the \link
173 doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink objects represented by icons are 169 doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink objects represented by icons are
174 DocLnk's created just for that view - they don't have 170 DocLnk's created just for that view - they don't have
175 corresponding \c .desktop files. To avoid littering empty 171 corresponding \c .desktop files. To avoid littering empty
176 reservation files around, we check in a few places to see whether 172 reservation files around, we check in a few places to see whether
177 the file really needs to exist). 173 the file really needs to exist).
178 174
179 \section1 Functionality 175 \section1 Functionality
180 176
181 AppLnk objects are created by calling the constructor with the 177 AppLnk objects are created by calling the constructor with the
182 name of a \e .desktop file. The object can be checked for validity 178 name of a \e .desktop file. The object can be checked for validity
183 using isValid(). 179 using isValid().
184 180
185 The following functions are used to set or retrieve information 181 The following functions are used to set or retrieve information
186 about the application: 182 about the application:
187 \table 183 \table
188 \header \i Get Function \i Set Function \i Short Description 184 \header \i Get Function \i Set Function \i Short Description
189 \row \i \l name() \i \l setName() \i application's name 185 \row \i \l name() \i \l setName() \i application's name
190 \row \i \l pixmap() \i \e none \i application's icon 186 \row \i \l pixmap() \i \e none \i application's icon
191 \row \i \l bigPixmap() \i \e none \i application's large icon 187 \row \i \l bigPixmap() \i \e none \i application's large icon
192 \row \i \e none \i setIcon() \i sets the icon's filename 188 \row \i \e none \i setIcon() \i sets the icon's filename
193 \row \i \l type() \i \l setType() \i see \link #Types Types\endlink above 189 \row \i \l type() \i \l setType() \i see \link #Types Types\endlink above
194 \row \i \l rotation() \i \e none \i 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees 190 \row \i \l rotation() \i \e none \i 0, 90, 180 or 270 degrees
195 \row \i \l comment() \i \l setComment() \i text for the Details dialog 191 \row \i \l comment() \i \l setComment() \i text for the Details dialog
196 \row \i \l exec() \i \l setExec() \i executable's filename 192 \row \i \l exec() \i \l setExec() \i executable's filename
197 \row \i \l file() \i \e none \i document's filename 193 \row \i \l file() \i \e none \i document's filename
198 \row \i \l linkFile() \i \l setLinkFile() \i \e .desktop filename 194 \row \i \l linkFile() \i \l setLinkFile() \i \e .desktop filename
199 \row \i \l mimeTypes() \i \e none \i the mime types the application can view or edit 195 \row \i \l mimeTypes() \i \e none \i the mime types the application can view or edit
200 \row \i \l categories() \i \l setCategories() \i \e{see the function descriptions} 196 \row \i \l categories() \i \l setCategories() \i \e{see the function descriptions}
201 \row \i \l fileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link 197 \row \i \l fileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link
202#files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above 198#files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above
203 \row \i \l linkFileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link 199 \row \i \l linkFileKnown() \i \e none \i see \link
204#files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above 200#files-and-links Files and Links\endlink above
205 \row \i \l property() \i \l setProperty() \i any AppLnk property 201 \row \i \l property() \i \l setProperty() \i any AppLnk property
206 can be retrieved or set (if writeable) using these 202 can be retrieved or set (if writeable) using these
207 \endtable 203 \endtable
208 204
209 To save an AppLnk to disk use writeLink(). To execute the 205 To save an AppLnk to disk use writeLink(). To execute the
210 application that the AppLnk object refers to, use execute(). 206 application that the AppLnk object refers to, use execute().
211 207
212 AppLnk's can be deleted from disk using removeLinkFile(). To 208 AppLnk's can be deleted from disk using removeLinkFile(). To
213 remove both the link and the application's executable use 209 remove both the link and the application's executable use
214 removeFiles(). 210 removeFiles().
215 211
216 Icon sizes can be globally changed (but only for AppLnk objects 212 Icon sizes can be globally changed (but only for AppLnk objects
217 created after the calls) with setSmallIconSize() and 213 created after the calls) with setSmallIconSize() and
218 setBigIconSize(). 214 setBigIconSize().
219 215
220 \ingroup qtopiaemb 216 \ingroup qtopiaemb
221*/ 217*/
222 218
223/*! 219/*!
224 Sets the size used for small icons to \a small pixels. 220 Sets the size used for small icons to \a small pixels.
225 Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call. 221 Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call.
226 222
227 \sa smallIconSize() setIcon() 223 \sa smallIconSize() setIcon()
228*/ 224*/
229void AppLnk::setSmallIconSize(int small) 225void AppLnk::setSmallIconSize(int small)
230{ 226{
231 smallSize = small; 227 smallSize = small;
232} 228}
233 229
234/*! 230/*!
235 Returns the size used for small icons. 231 Returns the size used for small icons.
236 232
237 \sa setSmallIconSize() setIcon() 233 \sa setSmallIconSize() setIcon()
238*/ 234*/
239int AppLnk::smallIconSize() 235int AppLnk::smallIconSize()
240{ 236{
241 return smallSize; 237 return smallSize;
242} 238}
243 239
244 240
245/*! 241/*!
246 Sets the size used for large icons to \a big pixels. 242 Sets the size used for large icons to \a big pixels.
247 Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call. 243 Only affects AppLnk objects created after the call.
248 244
249 \sa bigIconSize() setIcon() 245 \sa bigIconSize() setIcon()
250*/ 246*/
251void AppLnk::setBigIconSize(int big) 247void AppLnk::setBigIconSize(int big)
252{ 248{
253 bigSize = big; 249 bigSize = big;
254} 250}
255 251
256/*! 252/*!
257 Returns the size used for large icons. 253 Returns the size used for large icons.
258 254
259 \sa setBigIconSize() setIcon() 255 \sa setBigIconSize() setIcon()
260*/ 256*/
261int AppLnk::bigIconSize() 257int AppLnk::bigIconSize()
262{ 258{
263 return bigSize; 259 return bigSize;
264} 260}
265 261
266 262
267/*! 263/*!
268 \fn QString AppLnk::name() const 264 \fn QString AppLnk::name() const
269 265
270 Returns the Name property. This is the user-visible name for the 266 Returns the Name property. This is the user-visible name for the
271 document or application, not the filename. 267 document or application, not the filename.
272 268
273 See \link #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink. 269 See \link #files-and-links Files and Links\endlink.
274 270
275 \sa setName() 271 \sa setName()
276*/ 272*/
277/*! 273/*!
278 \fn QString AppLnk::exec() const 274 \fn QString AppLnk::exec() const
279 275
280 Returns the Exec property. This is the name of the executable 276 Returns the Exec property. This is the name of the executable
281 program associated with the AppLnk. 277 program associated with the AppLnk.
282 278
283 \sa setExec() 279 \sa setExec()
284*/ 280*/
285/*! 281/*!
286 \fn QString AppLnk::rotation() const 282 \fn QString AppLnk::rotation() const
287 283
288 Returns the Rotation property. The value is 0, 90, 180 or 270 284 Returns the Rotation property. The value is 0, 90, 180 or 270
289 degrees. 285 degrees.
290*/ 286*/
291/*! 287/*!
292 \fn QString AppLnk::comment() const 288 \fn QString AppLnk::comment() const
293 289
294 Returns the Comment property. 290 Returns the Comment property.
295 291
296 \sa setComment() 292 \sa setComment()
297*/ 293*/
298/*! 294/*!
299 \fn QStringList AppLnk::mimeTypes() const 295 \fn QStringList AppLnk::mimeTypes() const
300 296
301 Returns the MimeTypes property. This is the list of MIME types 297 Returns the MimeTypes property. This is the list of MIME types
302 that the application can view or edit. 298 that the application can view or edit.
303*/ 299*/
304/*! 300/*!
305 \fn const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const 301 \fn const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const
306 302
307 Returns the Categories property. 303 Returns the Categories property.
308 304
309 See the CategoryWidget for more details. 305 See the CategoryWidget for more details.
310 306
311 \sa setCategories() 307 \sa setCategories()
312*/ 308*/
313 309
314const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const 310const QArray<int>& AppLnk::categories() const
315{ 311{
316 d->ensureCatArray(); 312 d->ensureCatArray();
317 return d->mCat; 313 return d->mCat;
318} 314}
319 315
320/*! 316/*!
321 \fn int AppLnk::id() const 317 \fn int AppLnk::id() const
322 318
323 Returns the id of the AppLnk. If the AppLnk is not in an AppLnkSet, 319 Returns the id of the AppLnk. If the AppLnk is not in an AppLnkSet,
324 this value is 0, otherwise it is a value that is unique for the 320 this value is 0, otherwise it is a value that is unique for the
325 duration of the current process. 321 duration of the current process.
326 322
327 \sa AppLnkSet::find() 323 \sa AppLnkSet::find()
328*/ 324*/
329 325
330/*! 326/*!
331 \fn bool AppLnk::isValid() const 327 \fn bool AppLnk::isValid() const
332 328
333 Returns TRUE if this AppLnk is valid; otherwise returns FALSE. 329 Returns TRUE if this AppLnk is valid; otherwise returns FALSE.
334*/ 330*/
335/*! 331/*!
336 \fn bool AppLnk::fileKnown() const 332 \fn bool AppLnk::fileKnown() const
337 333
338 If the with the AppLnk associated file is not equal to QString::null 334 If the with the AppLnk associated file is not equal to QString::null
339*/ 335*/
340/*! 336/*!
341 \fn bool AppLnk::linkFileKnown()const 337 \fn bool AppLnk::linkFileKnown()const
342 338
343 The filename of the AppLnk 339 The filename of the AppLnk
344 340
345*/ 341*/
346/*! 342/*!
347 \fn void AppLnk::setRotation( const QString& ) 343 \fn void AppLnk::setRotation( const QString& )
348 344
349 The default rotation of the associated application. This 345 The default rotation of the associated application. This
350 function is included inline for binary compatible issues 346 function is included inline for binary compatible issues
351*/ 347*/
352/*! 348/*!
353 Creates an invalid AppLnk. 349 Creates an invalid AppLnk.
354 350
355 \sa isValid() 351 \sa isValid()
356*/ 352*/
357AppLnk::AppLnk() 353AppLnk::AppLnk()
358{ 354{
359 mId = 0; 355 mId = 0;
360 d = new AppLnkPrivate(); 356 d = new AppLnkPrivate();
361} 357}
362 358
363/*! 359/*!
364 Loads \a file (e.g. \e app.desktop) as an AppLnk. 360 Loads \a file (e.g. \e app.desktop) as an AppLnk.
365 361
366 \sa writeLink() 362 \sa writeLink()
367*/ 363*/
368AppLnk::AppLnk( const QString &file ) 364AppLnk::AppLnk( const QString &file )
369{ 365{
370 QStringList sl; 366 QStringList sl;
371 d = new AppLnkPrivate(); 367 d = new AppLnkPrivate();
372 if ( !file.isNull() ) { 368 if ( !file.isNull() ) {
373 Config config( file, Config::File ); 369 Config config( file, Config::File );
374 370
375 if ( config.isValid() ) { 371 if ( config.isValid() ) {
376 config.setGroup( "Desktop Entry" ); 372 config.setGroup( "Desktop Entry" );
377 373
378 mName = config.readEntry( "Name", file ); 374 mName = config.readEntry( "Name", file );
379 mExec = config.readEntry( "Exec" ); 375 mExec = config.readEntry( "Exec" );
380 mType = config.readEntry( "Type", QString::null ); 376 mType = config.readEntry( "Type", QString::null );
381 mIconFile = config.readEntry( "Icon", QString::null ); 377 mIconFile = config.readEntry( "Icon", QString::null );
382 mRotation = config.readEntry( "Rotation", "" ); 378 mRotation = config.readEntry( "Rotation", "" );
383 mComment = config.readEntry( "Comment", QString::null ); 379 mComment = config.readEntry( "Comment", QString::null );
384 // MIME types are case-insensitive. 380 // MIME types are case-insensitive.
385 mMimeTypes = config.readListEntry( "MimeType", ';' ); 381 mMimeTypes = config.readListEntry( "MimeType", ';' );
386 for (QStringList::Iterator it=mMimeTypes.begin(); it!=mMimeTypes.end(); ++it) 382 for (QStringList::Iterator it=mMimeTypes.begin(); it!=mMimeTypes.end(); ++it)
387 *it = (*it).lower(); 383 *it = (*it).lower();
388 mMimeTypeIcons = config.readListEntry( "MimeTypeIcons", ';' ); 384 mMimeTypeIcons = config.readListEntry( "MimeTypeIcons", ';' );
389 mLinkFile = file; 385 mLinkFile = file;
390 mFile = config.readEntry("File", QString::null); 386 mFile = config.readEntry("File", QString::null);
391 if ( !mExec. isEmpty ( )) { 387 if ( !mExec. isEmpty ( )) {
392 mFile = QString::null; 388 mFile = QString::null;
393 } 389 }
394 else if ( mFile[0] != '/' ) { 390 else if ( mFile[0] != '/' ) {
395 int slash = file.findRev('/'); 391 int slash = file.findRev('/');
396 if ( slash >= 0 ) { 392 if ( slash >= 0 ) {
397 mFile = file.left(slash) + '/' + mFile; 393 mFile = file.left(slash) + '/' + mFile;
398 } 394 }
399 } 395 }
400 d->mCatList = config.readListEntry("Categories", ';'); 396 d->mCatList = config.readListEntry("Categories", ';');
401 if ( d->mCatList[0].toInt() < -1 ) { 397 if ( d->mCatList[0].toInt() < -1 ) {
402 // numeric cats in file! convert to text 398 // numeric cats in file! convert to text
403 Categories cat( 0 ); 399 Categories cat( 0 );
404 cat.load( categoryFileName() ); 400 cat.load( categoryFileName() );
405 d->mCat.resize( d->mCatList.count() ); 401 d->mCat.resize( d->mCatList.count() );
406 int i; 402 int i;
407 QStringList::ConstIterator it; 403 QStringList::ConstIterator it;
408 for ( i = 0, it = d->mCatList.begin(); it != d->mCatList.end(); 404 for ( i = 0, it = d->mCatList.begin(); it != d->mCatList.end();
409 ++it, i++ ) { 405 ++it, i++ ) {
410 bool number; 406 bool number;
411 int id = (*it).toInt( &number ); 407 int id = (*it).toInt( &number );
412 if ( !number ) { 408 if ( !number ) {
413 // convert from text 409 // convert from text
414 id = cat.id( "Document View", *it ); 410 id = cat.id( "Document View", *it );
415 if ( id == 0 ) 411 if ( id == 0 )
416 id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it ); 412 id = cat.addCategory( "Document View", *it );
417 } 413 }
418 d->mCat[i] = id; 414 d->mCat[i] = id;
419 } 415 }
420 d->updateCatListFromArray(); 416 d->updateCatListFromArray();
421 } 417 }
422 } 418 }
423 } 419 }
424 mId = 0; 420 mId = 0;
425} 421}
diff --git a/library/categoryedit_p.cpp b/library/categoryedit_p.cpp
index 9321259..14ac2e1 100644
--- a/library/categoryedit_p.cpp
+++ b/library/categoryedit_p.cpp
@@ -1,230 +1,227 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include "categoryedit_p.h" 21#include "categoryedit_p.h"
22 22
23#include <qpe/categories.h> 23#include <qpe/categories.h>
24 24
25#include <qdir.h> 25#include <qdir.h>
26#include <qcheckbox.h> 26#include <qcheckbox.h>
27#include <qlineedit.h> 27#include <qlineedit.h>
28#include <qlistview.h>
29#include <qstringlist.h>
30#include <qtoolbutton.h>
31 28
32#include <sys/types.h> 29#include <sys/types.h>
33#include <sys/stat.h> 30#include <sys/stat.h>
34 31
35#include <stdlib.h> 32#include <stdlib.h>
36 33
37 34
38using namespace Qtopia; 35using namespace Qtopia;
39 36
40class CategoryEditPrivate 37class CategoryEditPrivate
41{ 38{
42public: 39public:
43 CategoryEditPrivate( QWidget *parent, const QString &appName ) 40 CategoryEditPrivate( QWidget *parent, const QString &appName )
44 : mCategories( parent, "" ), 41 : mCategories( parent, "" ),
45 mStrApp( appName ) 42 mStrApp( appName )
46 { 43 {
47 editItem = 0; 44 editItem = 0;
48 mCategories.load( categoryFileName() ); 45 mCategories.load( categoryFileName() );
49 } 46 }
50 Categories mCategories; 47 Categories mCategories;
51 QListViewItem *editItem; 48 QListViewItem *editItem;
52 QString mStrApp; 49 QString mStrApp;
53 QString mVisible; 50 QString mVisible;
54}; 51};
55 52
56CategoryEdit::CategoryEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name ) 53CategoryEdit::CategoryEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
57 : CategoryEditBase( parent, name ) 54 : CategoryEditBase( parent, name )
58{ 55{
59 d = 0; 56 d = 0;
60} 57}
61 58
62CategoryEdit::CategoryEdit( const QArray<int> &recCats, 59CategoryEdit::CategoryEdit( const QArray<int> &recCats,
63 const QString &appName, const QString &visibleName, 60 const QString &appName, const QString &visibleName,
64 QWidget *parent, const char *name ) 61 QWidget *parent, const char *name )
65 : CategoryEditBase( parent, name ) 62 : CategoryEditBase( parent, name )
66{ 63{
67 d = 0; 64 d = 0;
68 setCategories( recCats, appName, visibleName ); 65 setCategories( recCats, appName, visibleName );
69} 66}
70 67
71void CategoryEdit::setCategories( const QArray<int> &recCats, 68void CategoryEdit::setCategories( const QArray<int> &recCats,
72 const QString &appName, const QString &visibleName ) 69 const QString &appName, const QString &visibleName )
73{ 70{
74 if ( !d ) 71 if ( !d )
75 d = new CategoryEditPrivate( (QWidget*)parent(), name() ); 72 d = new CategoryEditPrivate( (QWidget*)parent(), name() );
76 d->mStrApp = appName; 73 d->mStrApp = appName;
77 d->mVisible = visibleName; 74 d->mVisible = visibleName;
78 75
79 QStringList appCats = d->mCategories.labels( d->mStrApp ); 76 QStringList appCats = d->mCategories.labels( d->mStrApp );
80 QArray<int> cats = d->mCategories.ids(d->mStrApp, appCats); 77 QArray<int> cats = d->mCategories.ids(d->mStrApp, appCats);
81 lvView->clear(); 78 lvView->clear();
82 79
83 QStringList::ConstIterator it; 80 QStringList::ConstIterator it;
84 int i, j; 81 int i, j;
85 for ( i = 0, it = appCats.begin(); it != appCats.end(); i++, ++it ) { 82 for ( i = 0, it = appCats.begin(); it != appCats.end(); i++, ++it ) {
86 QCheckListItem *chk; 83 QCheckListItem *chk;
87 chk = new QCheckListItem( lvView, (*it), QCheckListItem::CheckBox ); 84 chk = new QCheckListItem( lvView, (*it), QCheckListItem::CheckBox );
88 if ( !d->mCategories.isGlobal((*it)) ) 85 if ( !d->mCategories.isGlobal((*it)) )
89 chk->setText( 1, tr(d->mVisible) ); 86 chk->setText( 1, tr(d->mVisible) );
90 else 87 else
91 chk->setText( 1, tr("All") ); 88 chk->setText( 1, tr("All") );
92 // Is this record using this category, then we should check it 89 // Is this record using this category, then we should check it
93 for ( j = 0; j < int(recCats.count()); j++ ) { 90 for ( j = 0; j < int(recCats.count()); j++ ) {
94 if ( cats[i] == recCats[j] ) { 91 if ( cats[i] == recCats[j] ) {
95 chk->setOn( true ); 92 chk->setOn( true );
96 break; 93 break;
97 } 94 }
98 } 95 }
99 } 96 }
100 lvView->setSorting( 0, TRUE ); 97 lvView->setSorting( 0, TRUE );
101 lvView->sort(); 98 lvView->sort();
102 if ( lvView->childCount() < 1 ) 99 if ( lvView->childCount() < 1 )
103 txtCat->setEnabled( FALSE ); 100 txtCat->setEnabled( FALSE );
104 else { 101 else {
105 lvView->setSelected( lvView->firstChild(), true ); 102 lvView->setSelected( lvView->firstChild(), true );
106 } 103 }
107} 104}
108 105
109CategoryEdit::~CategoryEdit() 106CategoryEdit::~CategoryEdit()
110{ 107{
111 if ( d ) 108 if ( d )
112 delete d; 109 delete d;
113} 110}
114 111
115void CategoryEdit::slotSetText( QListViewItem *selected ) 112void CategoryEdit::slotSetText( QListViewItem *selected )
116{ 113{
117 d->editItem = selected; 114 d->editItem = selected;
118 if ( !d->editItem ) 115 if ( !d->editItem )
119 return; 116 return;
120 txtCat->setText( d->editItem->text(0) ); 117 txtCat->setText( d->editItem->text(0) );
121 txtCat->setEnabled( true ); 118 txtCat->setEnabled( true );
122 if ( d->editItem->text(1) == tr("All") ) 119 if ( d->editItem->text(1) == tr("All") )
123 chkGlobal->setChecked( true ); 120 chkGlobal->setChecked( true );
124 else 121 else
125 chkGlobal->setChecked( false ); 122 chkGlobal->setChecked( false );
126} 123}
127 124
128void CategoryEdit::slotAdd() 125void CategoryEdit::slotAdd()
129{ 126{
130 QString name = tr( "New Category" ); 127 QString name = tr( "New Category" );
131 bool insertOk = FALSE; 128 bool insertOk = FALSE;
132 int num = 0; 129 int num = 0;
133 while ( !insertOk ) { 130 while ( !insertOk ) {
134 if ( num++ > 0 ) 131 if ( num++ > 0 )
135 name = tr("New Category ") + QString::number(num); 132 name = tr("New Category ") + QString::number(num);
136 insertOk = d->mCategories.addCategory( d->mStrApp, name ); 133 insertOk = d->mCategories.addCategory( d->mStrApp, name );
137 } 134 }
138 QCheckListItem *chk; 135 QCheckListItem *chk;
139 chk = new QCheckListItem( lvView, name, QCheckListItem::CheckBox ); 136 chk = new QCheckListItem( lvView, name, QCheckListItem::CheckBox );
140 if ( !chkGlobal->isChecked() ) 137 if ( !chkGlobal->isChecked() )
141 chk->setText( 1, tr(d->mVisible) ); 138 chk->setText( 1, tr(d->mVisible) );
142 else 139 else
143 chk->setText( 1, tr("All") ); 140 chk->setText( 1, tr("All") );
144 141
145 lvView->setSelected( chk, TRUE ); 142 lvView->setSelected( chk, TRUE );
146 txtCat->selectAll(); 143 txtCat->selectAll();
147 txtCat->setFocus(); 144 txtCat->setFocus();
148} 145}
149 146
150void CategoryEdit::slotRemove() 147void CategoryEdit::slotRemove()
151{ 148{
152 d->editItem = lvView->selectedItem(); 149 d->editItem = lvView->selectedItem();
153 if ( d->editItem ) { 150 if ( d->editItem ) {
154 QListViewItem *sibling = d->editItem->nextSibling(); 151 QListViewItem *sibling = d->editItem->nextSibling();
155 152
156 d->mCategories.removeCategory( d->mStrApp, d->editItem->text(0) ); 153 d->mCategories.removeCategory( d->mStrApp, d->editItem->text(0) );
157 154
158 delete d->editItem; 155 delete d->editItem;
159 d->editItem = 0; 156 d->editItem = 0;
160 157
161 if ( sibling ) 158 if ( sibling )
162 lvView->setSelected( sibling, TRUE ); 159 lvView->setSelected( sibling, TRUE );
163 } 160 }
164 if ( lvView->childCount() < 1 ) { 161 if ( lvView->childCount() < 1 ) {
165 txtCat->clear(); 162 txtCat->clear();
166 txtCat->setEnabled( FALSE ); 163 txtCat->setEnabled( FALSE );
167 } 164 }
168} 165}
169 166
170void CategoryEdit::slotSetGlobal( bool isChecked ) 167void CategoryEdit::slotSetGlobal( bool isChecked )
171{ 168{
172 if ( d->editItem ) { 169 if ( d->editItem ) {
173 if ( isChecked ) 170 if ( isChecked )
174 d->editItem->setText( 1, tr("All") ); 171 d->editItem->setText( 1, tr("All") );
175 else 172 else
176 d->editItem->setText( 1, tr(d->mVisible) ); 173 d->editItem->setText( 1, tr(d->mVisible) );
177 174
178 d->mCategories.setGlobal( d->mStrApp, d->editItem->text( 0 ), isChecked ); 175 d->mCategories.setGlobal( d->mStrApp, d->editItem->text( 0 ), isChecked );
179 } 176 }
180} 177}
181 178
182void CategoryEdit::slotTextChanged( const QString &strNew ) 179void CategoryEdit::slotTextChanged( const QString &strNew )
183{ 180{
184 if ( d->editItem ) { 181 if ( d->editItem ) {
185 if ( chkGlobal->isChecked() ) 182 if ( chkGlobal->isChecked() )
186 d->mCategories.renameGlobalCategory( d->editItem->text(0), strNew ); 183 d->mCategories.renameGlobalCategory( d->editItem->text(0), strNew );
187 else 184 else
188 d->mCategories.renameCategory( d->mStrApp, d->editItem->text(0), strNew ); 185 d->mCategories.renameCategory( d->mStrApp, d->editItem->text(0), strNew );
189 d->editItem->setText( 0, strNew ); 186 d->editItem->setText( 0, strNew );
190 } 187 }
191} 188}
192 189
193QArray<int> CategoryEdit::newCategories() 190QArray<int> CategoryEdit::newCategories()
194{ 191{
195 QArray<int> a; 192 QArray<int> a;
196 if ( d ) { 193 if ( d ) {
197 d->mCategories.save( categoryFileName() ); 194 d->mCategories.save( categoryFileName() );
198 QListViewItemIterator it( lvView ); 195 QListViewItemIterator it( lvView );
199 QValueList<int> l; 196 QValueList<int> l;
200 for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { 197 for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
201 if ( reinterpret_cast<QCheckListItem*>(it.current())->isOn() ) 198 if ( reinterpret_cast<QCheckListItem*>(it.current())->isOn() )
202 l.append( d->mCategories.id( d->mStrApp, it.current()->text(0) ) ); 199 l.append( d->mCategories.id( d->mStrApp, it.current()->text(0) ) );
203 } 200 }
204 uint i = 0; 201 uint i = 0;
205 a.resize( l.count() ); 202 a.resize( l.count() );
206 for ( QValueList<int>::Iterator lit = l.begin(); lit != l.end(); ++lit ) 203 for ( QValueList<int>::Iterator lit = l.begin(); lit != l.end(); ++lit )
207 a[i++] = *lit; 204 a[i++] = *lit;
208 } 205 }
209 return a; 206 return a;
210} 207}
211 208
212void CategoryEdit::accept() 209void CategoryEdit::accept()
213{ 210{
214 // write our categories out... 211 // write our categories out...
215 d->mCategories.save( categoryFileName() ); 212 d->mCategories.save( categoryFileName() );
216 // QDialog::accept(); 213 // QDialog::accept();
217} 214}
218 215
219QString categoryFileName() 216QString categoryFileName()
220{ 217{
221 QDir dir = (QString(getenv("HOME")) + "/Settings"); 218 QDir dir = (QString(getenv("HOME")) + "/Settings");
222 if ( !dir.exists() ) 219 if ( !dir.exists() )
223 mkdir( dir.path().local8Bit(), 0700 ); 220 mkdir( dir.path().local8Bit(), 0700 );
224 return dir.path() + "/" + "Categories" + ".xml"; 221 return dir.path() + "/" + "Categories" + ".xml";
225} 222}
226 223
227void CategoryEdit::kludge() 224void CategoryEdit::kludge()
228{ 225{
229 lvView->setMaximumHeight( 130 ); 226 lvView->setMaximumHeight( 130 );
230} 227}
diff --git a/library/categorymenu.cpp b/library/categorymenu.cpp
index 5d7adf7..9bbb448 100644
--- a/library/categorymenu.cpp
+++ b/library/categorymenu.cpp
@@ -1,162 +1,160 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include "categorymenu.h" 21#include "categorymenu.h"
22#include "backend/categories.h" 22#include "backend/categories.h"
23#include "categoryselect.h" 23#include "categoryselect.h"
24#include <qstring.h>
25#include <qmap.h>
26 24
27/*! 25/*!
28 \class CategoryMenu 26 \class CategoryMenu
29 \brief The CategoryMenu widget aids in filtering records or files by Category. 27 \brief The CategoryMenu widget aids in filtering records or files by Category.
30 28
31 The CategoryMenu widget provides a popup menu that will make filtering records 29 The CategoryMenu widget provides a popup menu that will make filtering records
32 or files by category much easier. The widget will lookup the available 30 or files by category much easier. The widget will lookup the available
33 categories for an application, populate the menu, and keep a track of which 31 categories for an application, populate the menu, and keep a track of which
34 categories are being filtered against. A set of categories can be tested 32 categories are being filtered against. A set of categories can be tested
35 by the isSelected() function to see if a record or file containing those 33 by the isSelected() function to see if a record or file containing those
36 categories would be allowed through by the filter. 34 categories would be allowed through by the filter.
37 35
38 \warning Currently this class is not suitable for extending. 36 \warning Currently this class is not suitable for extending.
39 37
40 \ingroup qtopiaemb 38 \ingroup qtopiaemb
41*/ 39*/
42 40
43/*! 41/*!
44 \fn void CategoryMenu::categoryChange() 42 \fn void CategoryMenu::categoryChange()
45 This signal is emitted when the user selects a different category in the 43 This signal is emitted when the user selects a different category in the
46 menu, hence changing what records or files should be selected. 44 menu, hence changing what records or files should be selected.
47*/ 45*/
48 46
49/*! 47/*!
50 Creates a new CategoryMenu with \a parent and \a name. The menu will be 48 Creates a new CategoryMenu with \a parent and \a name. The menu will be
51 populated with the available categories for \a application. 49 populated with the available categories for \a application.
52 50
53 If \a globals is TRUE then it will also poplulate the menu with the 51 If \a globals is TRUE then it will also poplulate the menu with the
54 global categories. 52 global categories.
55*/ 53*/
56CategoryMenu::CategoryMenu( const QString &n, bool ig = TRUE, 54CategoryMenu::CategoryMenu( const QString &n, bool ig = TRUE,
57 QWidget *parent, const char *name ) : 55 QWidget *parent, const char *name ) :
58 QPopupMenu(parent, name), 56 QPopupMenu(parent, name),
59 appName(n), 57 appName(n),
60 includeGlobal(ig) 58 includeGlobal(ig)
61{ 59{
62 currentMid = 1; 60 currentMid = 1;
63 reload(); 61 reload();
64 connect(this, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(mapMenuId(int))); 62 connect(this, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(mapMenuId(int)));
65} 63}
66 64
67/*! 65/*!
68 Destroys a CategoryMenu. 66 Destroys a CategoryMenu.
69*/ 67*/
70CategoryMenu::~CategoryMenu( ) 68CategoryMenu::~CategoryMenu( )
71{ 69{
72} 70}
73 71
74/*! 72/*!
75 Repopulates the widget's list of available categories. 73 Repopulates the widget's list of available categories.
76*/ 74*/
77void CategoryMenu::reload() 75void CategoryMenu::reload()
78{ 76{
79 clear(); 77 clear();
80 Categories c; 78 Categories c;
81 79
82 c.load(categoryFileName()); 80 c.load(categoryFileName());
83 81
84 QStringList sl = c.labels(appName, includeGlobal); 82 QStringList sl = c.labels(appName, includeGlobal);
85 int mid = 1; 83 int mid = 1;
86 84
87 insertItem(tr("All"), mid); 85 insertItem(tr("All"), mid);
88 mid++; 86 mid++;
89 insertItem(tr("Unfiled"), mid); 87 insertItem(tr("Unfiled"), mid);
90 mid++; 88 mid++;
91 89
92 for (QStringList::Iterator it = sl.begin(); 90 for (QStringList::Iterator it = sl.begin();
93 it != sl.end(); ++it ) { 91 it != sl.end(); ++it ) {
94 int cid = c.id(appName, *it); 92 int cid = c.id(appName, *it);
95 insertItem(*it, mid); 93 insertItem(*it, mid);
96 menuToId.insert(mid, cid); 94 menuToId.insert(mid, cid);
97 idToMenu.insert(cid, mid); 95 idToMenu.insert(cid, mid);
98 mid++; 96 mid++;
99 } 97 }
100 98
101 setItemChecked(currentMid, TRUE ); 99 setItemChecked(currentMid, TRUE );
102} 100}
103 101
104/*! 102/*!
105 \internal 103 \internal
106*/ 104*/
107void CategoryMenu::mapMenuId(int id) 105void CategoryMenu::mapMenuId(int id)
108{ 106{
109 if (id == currentMid) 107 if (id == currentMid)
110 return; 108 return;
111 setItemChecked( currentMid, FALSE ); 109 setItemChecked( currentMid, FALSE );
112 setItemChecked( id, TRUE ); 110 setItemChecked( id, TRUE );
113 currentMid = id; 111 currentMid = id;
114 112
115 emit categoryChange(); 113 emit categoryChange();
116} 114}
117 115
118/*! 116/*!
119 Returns TRUE if a record or file with the set of category ids \a cUids 117 Returns TRUE if a record or file with the set of category ids \a cUids
120 is allowed by the current selection in the CategoryMenu. 118 is allowed by the current selection in the CategoryMenu.
121 Otherwise returns FALSE. 119 Otherwise returns FALSE.
122*/ 120*/
123bool CategoryMenu::isSelected(const QArray<int> &cUids) const 121bool CategoryMenu::isSelected(const QArray<int> &cUids) const
124{ 122{
125 if (currentMid == 1) 123 if (currentMid == 1)
126 return TRUE; 124 return TRUE;
127 125
128 if (currentMid == 2 && cUids.count() == 0) 126 if (currentMid == 2 && cUids.count() == 0)
129 return TRUE; 127 return TRUE;
130 128
131 if (cUids.contains(menuToId[currentMid])) 129 if (cUids.contains(menuToId[currentMid]))
132 return TRUE; 130 return TRUE;
133 131
134 return FALSE; 132 return FALSE;
135} 133}
136 134
137/*! 135/*!
138 Sets the menu to have \a newCatUid as the currently selected Category. 136 Sets the menu to have \a newCatUid as the currently selected Category.
139*/ 137*/
140void CategoryMenu::setCurrentCategory( int newCatUid ) 138void CategoryMenu::setCurrentCategory( int newCatUid )
141{ 139{
142 if (!idToMenu.contains(newCatUid)) 140 if (!idToMenu.contains(newCatUid))
143 return; 141 return;
144 142
145 mapMenuId(idToMenu[newCatUid]); 143 mapMenuId(idToMenu[newCatUid]);
146} 144}
147 145
148/*! 146/*!
149 Sets the menu to allow all category sets. 147 Sets the menu to allow all category sets.
150*/ 148*/
151void CategoryMenu::setCurrentCategoryAll( ) 149void CategoryMenu::setCurrentCategoryAll( )
152{ 150{
153 mapMenuId(1); 151 mapMenuId(1);
154} 152}
155 153
156/*! 154/*!
157 Sets the menu to allow only empty category sets. 155 Sets the menu to allow only empty category sets.
158*/ 156*/
159void CategoryMenu::setCurrentCategoryUnfiled( ) 157void CategoryMenu::setCurrentCategoryUnfiled( )
160{ 158{
161 mapMenuId(2); 159 mapMenuId(2);
162} 160}
diff --git a/library/config.cpp b/library/config.cpp
index b28c771..8b60f60 100644
--- a/library/config.cpp
+++ b/library/config.cpp
@@ -1,407 +1,405 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include <qdir.h> 21#include <qdir.h>
22#include <qfile.h>
23#include <qfileinfo.h>
24#include <qmessagebox.h> 22#include <qmessagebox.h>
25#if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS) 23#if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS)
26#include <qtextcodec.h> 24#include <qtextcodec.h>
27#endif 25#endif
28#include <qtextstream.h> 26#include <qtextstream.h>
29 27
30#include <sys/stat.h> 28#include <sys/stat.h>
31#include <sys/types.h> 29#include <sys/types.h>
32#include <fcntl.h> 30#include <fcntl.h>
33#include <stdlib.h> 31#include <stdlib.h>
34#include <unistd.h> 32#include <unistd.h>
35 33
36#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST 34#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST
37#include "config.h" 35#include "config.h"
38#include "global.h" 36#include "global.h"
39 37
40 38
41/*! 39/*!
42 \internal 40 \internal
43*/ 41*/
44QString Config::configFilename(const QString& name, Domain d) 42QString Config::configFilename(const QString& name, Domain d)
45{ 43{
46 switch (d) { 44 switch (d) {
47 case File: 45 case File:
48 return name; 46 return name;
49 case User: { 47 case User: {
50 QDir dir = (QString(getenv("HOME")) + "/Settings"); 48 QDir dir = (QString(getenv("HOME")) + "/Settings");
51 if ( !dir.exists() ) 49 if ( !dir.exists() )
52 mkdir(dir.path().local8Bit(),0700); 50 mkdir(dir.path().local8Bit(),0700);
53 return dir.path() + "/" + name + ".conf"; 51 return dir.path() + "/" + name + ".conf";
54 } 52 }
55 } 53 }
56 return name; 54 return name;
57} 55}
58 56
59/*! 57/*!
60 \class Config config.h 58 \class Config config.h
61 \brief The Config class provides for saving application cofniguration state. 59 \brief The Config class provides for saving application cofniguration state.
62 60
63 You should keep a Config in existence only while you do not want others 61 You should keep a Config in existence only while you do not want others
64 to be able to change the state. There is no locking currently, but there 62 to be able to change the state. There is no locking currently, but there
65 may be in the future. 63 may be in the future.
66*/ 64*/
67 65
68/*! 66/*!
69 \enum Config::ConfigGroup 67 \enum Config::ConfigGroup
70 \internal 68 \internal
71*/ 69*/
72 70
73/*! 71/*!
74 \enum Config::Domain 72 \enum Config::Domain
75 73
76 \value File 74 \value File
77 \value User 75 \value User
78 76
79 See Config for details. 77 See Config for details.
80*/ 78*/
81 79
82/*! 80/*!
83 Constructs a config that will load or create a configuration with the 81 Constructs a config that will load or create a configuration with the
84 given \a name in the given \a domain. 82 given \a name in the given \a domain.
85 83
86 You must call setGroup() before doing much else with the Config. 84 You must call setGroup() before doing much else with the Config.
87 85
88 In the default Domain, \e User, 86 In the default Domain, \e User,
89 the configuration is user-specific. \a name should not contain "/" in 87 the configuration is user-specific. \a name should not contain "/" in
90 this case, and in general should be the name of the C++ class that is 88 this case, and in general should be the name of the C++ class that is
91 primarily responsible for maintaining the configuration. 89 primarily responsible for maintaining the configuration.
92 90
93 In the File Domain, \a name is an absolute filename. 91 In the File Domain, \a name is an absolute filename.
94*/ 92*/
95Config::Config( const QString &name, Domain domain ) 93Config::Config( const QString &name, Domain domain )
96 : filename( configFilename(name,domain) ) 94 : filename( configFilename(name,domain) )
97{ 95{
98 git = groups.end(); 96 git = groups.end();
99 read(); 97 read();
100 QStringList l = Global::languageList(); 98 QStringList l = Global::languageList();
101 lang = l[0]; 99 lang = l[0];
102 glang = l[1]; 100 glang = l[1];
103} 101}
104 102
105 103
106// Sharp ROM compatibility 104// Sharp ROM compatibility
107Config::Config ( const QString &name, bool what ) 105Config::Config ( const QString &name, bool what )
108 : filename( configFilename(name,what ? User : File) ) 106 : filename( configFilename(name,what ? User : File) )
109{ 107{
110 git = groups.end(); 108 git = groups.end();
111 read(); 109 read();
112 QStringList l = Global::languageList(); 110 QStringList l = Global::languageList();
113 lang = l[0]; 111 lang = l[0];
114 glang = l[1]; 112 glang = l[1];
115} 113}
116 114
117/*! 115/*!
118 Writes any changes to disk and destroys the in-memory object. 116 Writes any changes to disk and destroys the in-memory object.
119*/ 117*/
120Config::~Config() 118Config::~Config()
121{ 119{
122 if ( changed ) 120 if ( changed )
123 write(); 121 write();
124} 122}
125 123
126/*! 124/*!
127 Returns whether the current group has an entry called \a key. 125 Returns whether the current group has an entry called \a key.
128*/ 126*/
129bool Config::hasKey( const QString &key ) const 127bool Config::hasKey( const QString &key ) const
130{ 128{
131 if ( groups.end() == git ) 129 if ( groups.end() == git )
132 return FALSE; 130 return FALSE;
133 ConfigGroup::ConstIterator it = ( *git ).find( key ); 131 ConfigGroup::ConstIterator it = ( *git ).find( key );
134 return it != ( *git ).end(); 132 return it != ( *git ).end();
135} 133}
136 134
137/*! 135/*!
138 Sets the current group for subsequent reading and writing of 136 Sets the current group for subsequent reading and writing of
139 entries to \a gname. Grouping allows the application to partition the namespace. 137 entries to \a gname. Grouping allows the application to partition the namespace.
140 138
141 This function must be called prior to any reading or writing 139 This function must be called prior to any reading or writing
142 of entries. 140 of entries.
143 141
144 The \a gname must not be empty. 142 The \a gname must not be empty.
145*/ 143*/
146void Config::setGroup( const QString &gname ) 144void Config::setGroup( const QString &gname )
147{ 145{
148 QMap< QString, ConfigGroup>::Iterator it = groups.find( gname ); 146 QMap< QString, ConfigGroup>::Iterator it = groups.find( gname );
149 if ( it == groups.end() ) { 147 if ( it == groups.end() ) {
150 git = groups.insert( gname, ConfigGroup() ); 148 git = groups.insert( gname, ConfigGroup() );
151 changed = TRUE; 149 changed = TRUE;
152 return; 150 return;
153 } 151 }
154 git = it; 152 git = it;
155} 153}
156 154
157/*! 155/*!
158 Writes a (\a key, \a value) entry to the current group. 156 Writes a (\a key, \a value) entry to the current group.
159 157
160 \sa readEntry() 158 \sa readEntry()
161*/ 159*/
162void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, const char* value ) 160void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, const char* value )
163{ 161{
164 writeEntry(key,QString(value)); 162 writeEntry(key,QString(value));
165} 163}
166 164
167/*! 165/*!
168 Writes a (\a key, \a value) entry to the current group. 166 Writes a (\a key, \a value) entry to the current group.
169 167
170 \sa readEntry() 168 \sa readEntry()
171*/ 169*/
172void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QString &value ) 170void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QString &value )
173{ 171{
174 if ( git == groups.end() ) { 172 if ( git == groups.end() ) {
175 qWarning( "no group set" ); 173 qWarning( "no group set" );
176 return; 174 return;
177 } 175 }
178 if ( (*git)[key] != value ) { 176 if ( (*git)[key] != value ) {
179 ( *git ).insert( key, value ); 177 ( *git ).insert( key, value );
180 changed = TRUE; 178 changed = TRUE;
181 } 179 }
182} 180}
183 181
184/* 182/*
185 Note that the degree of protection offered by the encryption here is 183 Note that the degree of protection offered by the encryption here is
186 only sufficient to avoid the most casual observation of the configuration 184 only sufficient to avoid the most casual observation of the configuration
187 files. People with access to the files can write down the contents and 185 files. People with access to the files can write down the contents and
188 decrypt it using this source code. 186 decrypt it using this source code.
189 187
190 Conceivably, and at some burden to the user, this encryption could 188 Conceivably, and at some burden to the user, this encryption could
191 be improved. 189 be improved.
192*/ 190*/
193static QString encipher(const QString& plain) 191static QString encipher(const QString& plain)
194{ 192{
195 // mainly, we make it long 193 // mainly, we make it long
196 QString cipher; 194 QString cipher;
197 int mix=28730492; 195 int mix=28730492;
198 for (int i=0; i<(int)plain.length(); i++) { 196 for (int i=0; i<(int)plain.length(); i++) {
199 int u = plain[i].unicode(); 197 int u = plain[i].unicode();
200 int c = u ^ mix; 198 int c = u ^ mix;
201 QString x = QString::number(c,36); 199 QString x = QString::number(c,36);
202 cipher.append(QChar('a'+x.length())); 200 cipher.append(QChar('a'+x.length()));
203 cipher.append(x); 201 cipher.append(x);
204 mix *= u; 202 mix *= u;
205 } 203 }
206 return cipher; 204 return cipher;
207} 205}
208 206
209static QString decipher(const QString& cipher) 207static QString decipher(const QString& cipher)
210{ 208{
211 QString plain; 209 QString plain;
212 int mix=28730492; 210 int mix=28730492;
213 for (int i=0; i<(int)cipher.length();) { 211 for (int i=0; i<(int)cipher.length();) {
214 int l = cipher[i].unicode()-'a'; 212 int l = cipher[i].unicode()-'a';
215 QString x = cipher.mid(i+1,l); i+=l+1; 213 QString x = cipher.mid(i+1,l); i+=l+1;
216 int u = x.toInt(0,36) ^ mix; 214 int u = x.toInt(0,36) ^ mix;
217 plain.append(QChar(u)); 215 plain.append(QChar(u));
218 mix *= u; 216 mix *= u;
219 } 217 }
220 return plain; 218 return plain;
221} 219}
222 220
223/*! 221/*!
224 Writes an encrypted (\a key, \a value) entry to the current group. 222 Writes an encrypted (\a key, \a value) entry to the current group.
225 223
226 Note that the degree of protection offered by the encryption is 224 Note that the degree of protection offered by the encryption is
227 only sufficient to avoid the most casual observation of the configuration 225 only sufficient to avoid the most casual observation of the configuration
228 files. 226 files.
229 227
230 \sa readEntry() 228 \sa readEntry()
231*/ 229*/
232void Config::writeEntryCrypt( const QString &key, const QString &value ) 230void Config::writeEntryCrypt( const QString &key, const QString &value )
233{ 231{
234 if ( git == groups.end() ) { 232 if ( git == groups.end() ) {
235 qWarning( "no group set" ); 233 qWarning( "no group set" );
236 return; 234 return;
237 } 235 }
238 QString evalue = encipher(value); 236 QString evalue = encipher(value);
239 if ( (*git)[key] != evalue ) { 237 if ( (*git)[key] != evalue ) {
240 ( *git ).insert( key, evalue ); 238 ( *git ).insert( key, evalue );
241 changed = TRUE; 239 changed = TRUE;
242 } 240 }
243} 241}
244 242
245/*! 243/*!
246 Writes a (\a key, \a num) entry to the current group. 244 Writes a (\a key, \a num) entry to the current group.
247 245
248 \sa readNumEntry() 246 \sa readNumEntry()
249*/ 247*/
250void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, int num ) 248void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, int num )
251{ 249{
252 QString s; 250 QString s;
253 s.setNum( num ); 251 s.setNum( num );
254 writeEntry( key, s ); 252 writeEntry( key, s );
255} 253}
256 254
257#ifdef Q_HAS_BOOL_TYPE 255#ifdef Q_HAS_BOOL_TYPE
258/*! 256/*!
259 Writes a (\a key, \a b) entry to the current group. This is equivalent 257 Writes a (\a key, \a b) entry to the current group. This is equivalent
260 to writing a 0 or 1 as an integer entry. 258 to writing a 0 or 1 as an integer entry.
261 259
262 \sa readBoolEntry() 260 \sa readBoolEntry()
263*/ 261*/
264void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, bool b ) 262void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, bool b )
265{ 263{
266 QString s; 264 QString s;
267 s.setNum( ( int )b ); 265 s.setNum( ( int )b );
268 writeEntry( key, s ); 266 writeEntry( key, s );
269} 267}
270#endif 268#endif
271 269
272/*! 270/*!
273 Writes a (\a key, \a lst) entry to the current group. The list 271 Writes a (\a key, \a lst) entry to the current group. The list
274 is separated by \a sep, so the strings must not contain that character. 272 is separated by \a sep, so the strings must not contain that character.
275 273
276 \sa readListEntry() 274 \sa readListEntry()
277*/ 275*/
278void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QStringList &lst, const QChar &sep ) 276void Config::writeEntry( const QString &key, const QStringList &lst, const QChar &sep )
279{ 277{
280 QString s; 278 QString s;
281 QStringList::ConstIterator it = lst.begin(); 279 QStringList::ConstIterator it = lst.begin();
282 for ( ; it != lst.end(); ++it ) 280 for ( ; it != lst.end(); ++it )
283 s += *it + sep; 281 s += *it + sep;
284 writeEntry( key, s ); 282 writeEntry( key, s );
285} 283}
286 284
287/*! 285/*!
288 Removes the \a key entry from the current group. Does nothing if 286 Removes the \a key entry from the current group. Does nothing if
289 there is no such entry. 287 there is no such entry.
290*/ 288*/
291 289
292void Config::removeEntry( const QString &key ) 290void Config::removeEntry( const QString &key )
293{ 291{
294 if ( git == groups.end() ) { 292 if ( git == groups.end() ) {
295 qWarning( "no group set" ); 293 qWarning( "no group set" );
296 return; 294 return;
297 } 295 }
298 ( *git ).remove( key ); 296 ( *git ).remove( key );
299 changed = TRUE; 297 changed = TRUE;
300} 298}
301 299
302/*! 300/*!
303 \fn bool Config::operator == ( const Config & other ) const 301 \fn bool Config::operator == ( const Config & other ) const
304 302
305 Tests for equality with \a other. Config objects are equal if they refer to the same filename. 303 Tests for equality with \a other. Config objects are equal if they refer to the same filename.
306*/ 304*/
307 305
308/*! 306/*!
309 \fn bool Config::operator != ( const Config & other ) const 307 \fn bool Config::operator != ( const Config & other ) const
310 308
311 Tests for inequality with \a other. Config objects are equal if they refer to the same filename. 309 Tests for inequality with \a other. Config objects are equal if they refer to the same filename.
312*/ 310*/
313 311
314/*! 312/*!
315 \fn QString Config::readEntry( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) const 313 \fn QString Config::readEntry( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) const
316 314
317 Reads a string entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry. 315 Reads a string entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry.
318*/ 316*/
319 317
320/*! 318/*!
321 \internal 319 \internal
322 For compatibility, non-const version. 320 For compatibility, non-const version.
323*/ 321*/
324QString Config::readEntry( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) 322QString Config::readEntry( const QString &key, const QString &deflt )
325{ 323{
326 QString res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+lang+"]" ); 324 QString res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+lang+"]" );
327 if ( !res.isNull() ) 325 if ( !res.isNull() )
328 return res; 326 return res;
329 if ( !glang.isEmpty() ) { 327 if ( !glang.isEmpty() ) {
330 res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+glang+"]" ); 328 res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+glang+"]" );
331 if ( !res.isNull() ) 329 if ( !res.isNull() )
332 return res; 330 return res;
333 } 331 }
334 return readEntryDirect( key, deflt ); 332 return readEntryDirect( key, deflt );
335} 333}
336 334
337/*! 335/*!
338 \fn QString Config::readEntryCrypt( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) const 336 \fn QString Config::readEntryCrypt( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) const
339 337
340 Reads an encrypted string entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry. 338 Reads an encrypted string entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry.
341*/ 339*/
342 340
343/*! 341/*!
344 \internal 342 \internal
345 For compatibility, non-const version. 343 For compatibility, non-const version.
346*/ 344*/
347QString Config::readEntryCrypt( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) 345QString Config::readEntryCrypt( const QString &key, const QString &deflt )
348{ 346{
349 QString res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+lang+"]" ); 347 QString res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+lang+"]" );
350 if ( res.isNull() && glang.isEmpty() ) 348 if ( res.isNull() && glang.isEmpty() )
351 res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+glang+"]" ); 349 res = readEntryDirect( key+"["+glang+"]" );
352 if ( res.isNull() ) 350 if ( res.isNull() )
353 res = readEntryDirect( key, QString::null ); 351 res = readEntryDirect( key, QString::null );
354 if ( res.isNull() ) 352 if ( res.isNull() )
355 return deflt; 353 return deflt;
356 return decipher(res); 354 return decipher(res);
357} 355}
358 356
359/*! 357/*!
360 \fn QString Config::readEntryDirect( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) const 358 \fn QString Config::readEntryDirect( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) const
361 \internal 359 \internal
362*/ 360*/
363 361
364/*! 362/*!
365 \internal 363 \internal
366 For compatibility, non-const version. 364 For compatibility, non-const version.
367*/ 365*/
368QString Config::readEntryDirect( const QString &key, const QString &deflt ) 366QString Config::readEntryDirect( const QString &key, const QString &deflt )
369{ 367{
370 if ( git == groups.end() ) { 368 if ( git == groups.end() ) {
371 //qWarning( "no group set" ); 369 //qWarning( "no group set" );
372 return deflt; 370 return deflt;
373 } 371 }
374 ConfigGroup::ConstIterator it = ( *git ).find( key ); 372 ConfigGroup::ConstIterator it = ( *git ).find( key );
375 if ( it != ( *git ).end() ) 373 if ( it != ( *git ).end() )
376 return *it; 374 return *it;
377 else 375 else
378 return deflt; 376 return deflt;
379} 377}
380 378
381/*! 379/*!
382 \fn int Config::readNumEntry( const QString &key, int deflt ) const 380 \fn int Config::readNumEntry( const QString &key, int deflt ) const
383 Reads a numeric entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry. 381 Reads a numeric entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry.
384*/ 382*/
385 383
386/*! 384/*!
387 \internal 385 \internal
388 For compatibility, non-const version. 386 For compatibility, non-const version.
389*/ 387*/
390int Config::readNumEntry( const QString &key, int deflt ) 388int Config::readNumEntry( const QString &key, int deflt )
391{ 389{
392 QString s = readEntry( key ); 390 QString s = readEntry( key );
393 if ( s.isEmpty() ) 391 if ( s.isEmpty() )
394 return deflt; 392 return deflt;
395 else 393 else
396 return s.toInt(); 394 return s.toInt();
397} 395}
398 396
399/*! 397/*!
400 \fn bool Config::readBoolEntry( const QString &key, bool deflt ) const 398 \fn bool Config::readBoolEntry( const QString &key, bool deflt ) const
401 Reads a bool entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry. 399 Reads a bool entry stored with \a key, defaulting to \a deflt if there is no entry.
402*/ 400*/
403 401
404/*! 402/*!
405 \internal 403 \internal
406 For compatibility, non-const version. 404 For compatibility, non-const version.
407*/ 405*/
diff --git a/library/datebookdb.cpp b/library/datebookdb.cpp
index 188d8e1..e4ec2bf 100644
--- a/library/datebookdb.cpp
+++ b/library/datebookdb.cpp
@@ -1,417 +1,412 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include <qasciidict.h> 21#include <qasciidict.h>
22#include <qfile.h>
23#include <qmessagebox.h> 22#include <qmessagebox.h>
24#include <qstring.h>
25#include <qtextcodec.h>
26#include <qtextstream.h>
27#include <qtl.h> 23#include <qtl.h>
28 24
29#include <qpe/alarmserver.h> 25#include <qpe/alarmserver.h>
30#include <qpe/global.h> 26#include <qpe/global.h>
31#include "datebookdb.h" 27#include "datebookdb.h"
32#include <qpe/stringutil.h> 28#include <qpe/stringutil.h>
33#include <qpe/timeconversion.h>
34 29
35#include <errno.h> 30#include <errno.h>
36#include <stdlib.h> 31#include <stdlib.h>
37 32
38 33
39class DateBookDBPrivate 34class DateBookDBPrivate
40{ 35{
41public: 36public:
42 bool clean; // indcate whether we need to write to disk... 37 bool clean; // indcate whether we need to write to disk...
43}; 38};
44 39
45 40
46// Helper functions 41// Helper functions
47 42
48static QString dateBookJournalFile() 43static QString dateBookJournalFile()
49{ 44{
50 QString str = getenv("HOME"); 45 QString str = getenv("HOME");
51 return QString( str +"/.caljournal" ); 46 return QString( str +"/.caljournal" );
52} 47}
53 48
54static QString dateBookFilename() 49static QString dateBookFilename()
55{ 50{
56 return Global::applicationFileName("datebook","datebook.xml"); 51 return Global::applicationFileName("datebook","datebook.xml");
57} 52}
58 53
59/* Calculating the next event of a recuring event is actually 54/* Calculating the next event of a recuring event is actually
60 computationally inexpensive, esp. compared to checking each day 55 computationally inexpensive, esp. compared to checking each day
61 individually. There are bad worse cases for say the 29th of 56 individually. There are bad worse cases for say the 29th of
62 february or the 31st of some other months. However 57 february or the 31st of some other months. However
63 these are still bounded */ 58 these are still bounded */
64bool nextOccurance(const Event &e, const QDate &from, QDateTime &next) 59bool nextOccurance(const Event &e, const QDate &from, QDateTime &next)
65{ 60{
66 // easy checks, first are we too far in the future or too far in the past? 61 // easy checks, first are we too far in the future or too far in the past?
67 QDate tmpDate; 62 QDate tmpDate;
68 int freq = e.repeatPattern().frequency; 63 int freq = e.repeatPattern().frequency;
69 int diff, diff2, a; 64 int diff, diff2, a;
70 int iday, imonth, iyear; 65 int iday, imonth, iyear;
71 int dayOfWeek = 0; 66 int dayOfWeek = 0;
72 int firstOfWeek = 0; 67 int firstOfWeek = 0;
73 int weekOfMonth; 68 int weekOfMonth;
74 69
75 70
76 if (e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate && e.repeatPattern().endDate() < from) 71 if (e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate && e.repeatPattern().endDate() < from)
77 return FALSE; 72 return FALSE;
78 73
79 if (e.start() >= from) { 74 if (e.start() >= from) {
80 next = e.start(); 75 next = e.start();
81 return TRUE; 76 return TRUE;
82 } 77 }
83 78
84 switch ( e.repeatPattern().type ) { 79 switch ( e.repeatPattern().type ) {
85 case Event::Weekly: 80 case Event::Weekly:
86 /* weekly is just daily by 7 */ 81 /* weekly is just daily by 7 */
87 /* first convert the repeatPattern.Days() mask to the next 82 /* first convert the repeatPattern.Days() mask to the next
88 day of week valid after from */ 83 day of week valid after from */
89 dayOfWeek = from.dayOfWeek(); 84 dayOfWeek = from.dayOfWeek();
90 dayOfWeek--; /* we want 0-6, doco for above specs 1-7 */ 85 dayOfWeek--; /* we want 0-6, doco for above specs 1-7 */
91 86
92 /* this is done in case freq > 1 and from in week not 87 /* this is done in case freq > 1 and from in week not
93 for this round */ 88 for this round */
94 // firstOfWeek = 0; this is already done at decl. 89 // firstOfWeek = 0; this is already done at decl.
95 while(!((1 << firstOfWeek) & e.repeatPattern().days)) 90 while(!((1 << firstOfWeek) & e.repeatPattern().days))
96 firstOfWeek++; 91 firstOfWeek++;
97 92
98 93
99 94
100 /* there is at least one 'day', or there would be no event */ 95 /* there is at least one 'day', or there would be no event */
101 while(!((1 << (dayOfWeek % 7)) & e.repeatPattern().days)) 96 while(!((1 << (dayOfWeek % 7)) & e.repeatPattern().days))
102 dayOfWeek++; 97 dayOfWeek++;
103 98
104 99
105 dayOfWeek = dayOfWeek % 7; /* the actual day of week */ 100 dayOfWeek = dayOfWeek % 7; /* the actual day of week */
106 dayOfWeek -= e.start().date().dayOfWeek() -1; 101 dayOfWeek -= e.start().date().dayOfWeek() -1;
107 102
108 firstOfWeek = firstOfWeek % 7; /* the actual first of week */ 103 firstOfWeek = firstOfWeek % 7; /* the actual first of week */
109 firstOfWeek -= e.start().date().dayOfWeek() -1; 104 firstOfWeek -= e.start().date().dayOfWeek() -1;
110 105
111 // dayOfWeek may be negitive now 106 // dayOfWeek may be negitive now
112 // day of week is number of days to add to start day 107 // day of week is number of days to add to start day
113 108
114 freq *= 7; 109 freq *= 7;
115 // FALL-THROUGH !!!!! 110 // FALL-THROUGH !!!!!
116 case Event::Daily: 111 case Event::Daily:
117 // the add is for the possible fall through from weekly */ 112 // the add is for the possible fall through from weekly */
118 if(e.start().date().addDays(dayOfWeek) > from) { 113 if(e.start().date().addDays(dayOfWeek) > from) {
119 /* first week exception */ 114 /* first week exception */
120 next = QDateTime(e.start().date().addDays(dayOfWeek), 115 next = QDateTime(e.start().date().addDays(dayOfWeek),
121 e.start().time()); 116 e.start().time());
122 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) 117 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate())
123 && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 118 && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
124 return FALSE; 119 return FALSE;
125 return TRUE; 120 return TRUE;
126 } 121 }
127 /* if from is middle of a non-week */ 122 /* if from is middle of a non-week */
128 123
129 diff = e.start().date().addDays(dayOfWeek).daysTo(from) % freq; 124 diff = e.start().date().addDays(dayOfWeek).daysTo(from) % freq;
130 diff2 = e.start().date().addDays(firstOfWeek).daysTo(from) % freq; 125 diff2 = e.start().date().addDays(firstOfWeek).daysTo(from) % freq;
131 126
132 if(diff != 0) 127 if(diff != 0)
133 diff = freq - diff; 128 diff = freq - diff;
134 if(diff2 != 0) 129 if(diff2 != 0)
135 diff2 = freq - diff2; 130 diff2 = freq - diff2;
136 diff = QMIN(diff, diff2); 131 diff = QMIN(diff, diff2);
137 132
138 next = QDateTime(from.addDays(diff), e.start().time()); 133 next = QDateTime(from.addDays(diff), e.start().time());
139 if ( (next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) 134 if ( (next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate())
140 && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate ) 135 && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate )
141 return FALSE; 136 return FALSE;
142 return TRUE; 137 return TRUE;
143 case Event::MonthlyDay: 138 case Event::MonthlyDay:
144 iday = from.day(); 139 iday = from.day();
145 iyear = from.year(); 140 iyear = from.year();
146 imonth = from.month(); 141 imonth = from.month();
147 /* find equivelent day of month for this month */ 142 /* find equivelent day of month for this month */
148 dayOfWeek = e.start().date().dayOfWeek(); 143 dayOfWeek = e.start().date().dayOfWeek();
149 weekOfMonth = (e.start().date().day() - 1) / 7; 144 weekOfMonth = (e.start().date().day() - 1) / 7;
150 145
151 /* work out when the next valid month is */ 146 /* work out when the next valid month is */
152 a = from.year() - e.start().date().year(); 147 a = from.year() - e.start().date().year();
153 a *= 12; 148 a *= 12;
154 a = a + (imonth - e.start().date().month()); 149 a = a + (imonth - e.start().date().month());
155 /* a is e.start()monthsFrom(from); */ 150 /* a is e.start()monthsFrom(from); */
156 if(a % freq) { 151 if(a % freq) {
157 a = freq - (a % freq); 152 a = freq - (a % freq);
158 imonth = from.month() + a; 153 imonth = from.month() + a;
159 if (imonth > 12) { 154 if (imonth > 12) {
160 imonth--; 155 imonth--;
161 iyear += imonth / 12; 156 iyear += imonth / 12;
162 imonth = imonth % 12; 157 imonth = imonth % 12;
163 imonth++; 158 imonth++;
164 } 159 }
165 } 160 }
166 /* imonth is now the first month after or on 161 /* imonth is now the first month after or on
167 from that matches the frequency given */ 162 from that matches the frequency given */
168 163
169 /* find for this month */ 164 /* find for this month */
170 tmpDate = QDate( iyear, imonth, 1 ); 165 tmpDate = QDate( iyear, imonth, 1 );
171 166
172 iday = 1; 167 iday = 1;
173 iday += (7 + dayOfWeek - tmpDate.dayOfWeek()) % 7; 168 iday += (7 + dayOfWeek - tmpDate.dayOfWeek()) % 7;
174 iday += 7 * weekOfMonth; 169 iday += 7 * weekOfMonth;
175 while (iday > tmpDate.daysInMonth()) { 170 while (iday > tmpDate.daysInMonth()) {
176 imonth += freq; 171 imonth += freq;
177 if (imonth > 12) { 172 if (imonth > 12) {
178 imonth--; 173 imonth--;
179 iyear += imonth / 12; 174 iyear += imonth / 12;
180 imonth = imonth % 12; 175 imonth = imonth % 12;
181 imonth++; 176 imonth++;
182 } 177 }
183 tmpDate = QDate( iyear, imonth, 1 ); 178 tmpDate = QDate( iyear, imonth, 1 );
184 /* these loops could go for a while, check end case now */ 179 /* these loops could go for a while, check end case now */
185 if ((tmpDate > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 180 if ((tmpDate > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
186 return FALSE; 181 return FALSE;
187 iday = 1; 182 iday = 1;
188 iday += (7 + dayOfWeek - tmpDate.dayOfWeek()) % 7; 183 iday += (7 + dayOfWeek - tmpDate.dayOfWeek()) % 7;
189 iday += 7 * weekOfMonth; 184 iday += 7 * weekOfMonth;
190 } 185 }
191 tmpDate = QDate(iyear, imonth, iday); 186 tmpDate = QDate(iyear, imonth, iday);
192 187
193 if (tmpDate >= from) { 188 if (tmpDate >= from) {
194 next = QDateTime(tmpDate, e.start().time()); 189 next = QDateTime(tmpDate, e.start().time());
195 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 190 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
196 return FALSE; 191 return FALSE;
197 return TRUE; 192 return TRUE;
198 } 193 }
199 194
200 /* need to find the next iteration */ 195 /* need to find the next iteration */
201 do { 196 do {
202 imonth += freq; 197 imonth += freq;
203 if (imonth > 12) { 198 if (imonth > 12) {
204 imonth--; 199 imonth--;
205 iyear += imonth / 12; 200 iyear += imonth / 12;
206 imonth = imonth % 12; 201 imonth = imonth % 12;
207 imonth++; 202 imonth++;
208 } 203 }
209 tmpDate = QDate( iyear, imonth, 1 ); 204 tmpDate = QDate( iyear, imonth, 1 );
210 /* these loops could go for a while, check end case now */ 205 /* these loops could go for a while, check end case now */
211 if ((tmpDate > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 206 if ((tmpDate > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
212 return FALSE; 207 return FALSE;
213 iday = 1; 208 iday = 1;
214 iday += (7 + dayOfWeek - tmpDate.dayOfWeek()) % 7; 209 iday += (7 + dayOfWeek - tmpDate.dayOfWeek()) % 7;
215 iday += 7 * weekOfMonth; 210 iday += 7 * weekOfMonth;
216 } while (iday > tmpDate.daysInMonth()); 211 } while (iday > tmpDate.daysInMonth());
217 tmpDate = QDate(iyear, imonth, iday); 212 tmpDate = QDate(iyear, imonth, iday);
218 213
219 next = QDateTime(tmpDate, e.start().time()); 214 next = QDateTime(tmpDate, e.start().time());
220 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 215 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
221 return FALSE; 216 return FALSE;
222 return TRUE; 217 return TRUE;
223 case Event::MonthlyDate: 218 case Event::MonthlyDate:
224 iday = e.start().date().day(); 219 iday = e.start().date().day();
225 iyear = from.year(); 220 iyear = from.year();
226 imonth = from.month(); 221 imonth = from.month();
227 222
228 a = from.year() - e.start().date().year(); 223 a = from.year() - e.start().date().year();
229 a *= 12; 224 a *= 12;
230 a = a + (imonth - e.start().date().month()); 225 a = a + (imonth - e.start().date().month());
231 /* a is e.start()monthsFrom(from); */ 226 /* a is e.start()monthsFrom(from); */
232 if(a % freq) { 227 if(a % freq) {
233 a = freq - (a % freq); 228 a = freq - (a % freq);
234 imonth = from.month() + a; 229 imonth = from.month() + a;
235 if (imonth > 12) { 230 if (imonth > 12) {
236 imonth--; 231 imonth--;
237 iyear += imonth / 12; 232 iyear += imonth / 12;
238 imonth = imonth % 12; 233 imonth = imonth % 12;
239 imonth++; 234 imonth++;
240 } 235 }
241 } 236 }
242 /* imonth is now the first month after or on 237 /* imonth is now the first month after or on
243 from that matches the frequencey given */ 238 from that matches the frequencey given */
244 239
245 /* this could go for a while, worse case, 4*12 iterations, probably */ 240 /* this could go for a while, worse case, 4*12 iterations, probably */
246 while(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday) ) { 241 while(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday) ) {
247 imonth += freq; 242 imonth += freq;
248 if (imonth > 12) { 243 if (imonth > 12) {
249 imonth--; 244 imonth--;
250 iyear += imonth / 12; 245 iyear += imonth / 12;
251 imonth = imonth % 12; 246 imonth = imonth % 12;
252 imonth++; 247 imonth++;
253 } 248 }
254 /* these loops could go for a while, check end case now */ 249 /* these loops could go for a while, check end case now */
255 if ((QDate(iyear, imonth, 1) > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 250 if ((QDate(iyear, imonth, 1) > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
256 return FALSE; 251 return FALSE;
257 } 252 }
258 253
259 if(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday) >= from) { 254 if(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday) >= from) {
260 /* done */ 255 /* done */
261 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday), 256 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday),
262 e.start().time()); 257 e.start().time());
263 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 258 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
264 return FALSE; 259 return FALSE;
265 return TRUE; 260 return TRUE;
266 } 261 }
267 262
268 /* ok, need to cycle */ 263 /* ok, need to cycle */
269 imonth += freq; 264 imonth += freq;
270 imonth--; 265 imonth--;
271 iyear += imonth / 12; 266 iyear += imonth / 12;
272 imonth = imonth % 12; 267 imonth = imonth % 12;
273 imonth++; 268 imonth++;
274 269
275 while(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday) ) { 270 while(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday) ) {
276 imonth += freq; 271 imonth += freq;
277 imonth--; 272 imonth--;
278 iyear += imonth / 12; 273 iyear += imonth / 12;
279 imonth = imonth % 12; 274 imonth = imonth % 12;
280 imonth++; 275 imonth++;
281 if ((QDate(iyear, imonth, 1) > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 276 if ((QDate(iyear, imonth, 1) > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
282 return FALSE; 277 return FALSE;
283 } 278 }
284 279
285 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday), e.start().time()); 280 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday), e.start().time());
286 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 281 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
287 return FALSE; 282 return FALSE;
288 return TRUE; 283 return TRUE;
289 case Event::Yearly: 284 case Event::Yearly:
290 iday = e.start().date().day(); 285 iday = e.start().date().day();
291 imonth = e.start().date().month(); 286 imonth = e.start().date().month();
292 iyear = from.year(); // after all, we want to start in this year 287 iyear = from.year(); // after all, we want to start in this year
293 288
294 diff = 1; 289 diff = 1;
295 if(imonth == 2 && iday > 28) { 290 if(imonth == 2 && iday > 28) {
296 /* leap year, and it counts, calculate actual frequency */ 291 /* leap year, and it counts, calculate actual frequency */
297 if(freq % 4) 292 if(freq % 4)
298 if (freq % 2) 293 if (freq % 2)
299 freq = freq * 4; 294 freq = freq * 4;
300 else 295 else
301 freq = freq * 2; 296 freq = freq * 2;
302 /* else divides by 4 already, leave freq alone */ 297 /* else divides by 4 already, leave freq alone */
303 diff = 4; 298 diff = 4;
304 } 299 }
305 300
306 a = from.year() - e.start().date().year(); 301 a = from.year() - e.start().date().year();
307 if(a % freq) { 302 if(a % freq) {
308 a = freq - (a % freq); 303 a = freq - (a % freq);
309 iyear = iyear + a; 304 iyear = iyear + a;
310 } 305 }
311 306
312 /* under the assumption we won't hit one of the special not-leap years twice */ 307 /* under the assumption we won't hit one of the special not-leap years twice */
313 if(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday)) { 308 if(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday)) {
314 /* must have been skipping by leap years and hit one that wasn't, (e.g. 2100) */ 309 /* must have been skipping by leap years and hit one that wasn't, (e.g. 2100) */
315 iyear += freq; 310 iyear += freq;
316 } 311 }
317 312
318 if(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday) >= from) { 313 if(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday) >= from) {
319 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday), 314 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday),
320 e.start().time()); 315 e.start().time());
321 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 316 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
322 return FALSE; 317 return FALSE;
323 return TRUE; 318 return TRUE;
324 } 319 }
325 /* iyear == from.year(), need to advance again */ 320 /* iyear == from.year(), need to advance again */
326 iyear += freq; 321 iyear += freq;
327 /* under the assumption we won't hit one of the special not-leap years twice */ 322 /* under the assumption we won't hit one of the special not-leap years twice */
328 if(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday)) { 323 if(!QDate::isValid(iyear, imonth, iday)) {
329 /* must have been skipping by leap years and hit one that wasn't, (e.g. 2100) */ 324 /* must have been skipping by leap years and hit one that wasn't, (e.g. 2100) */
330 iyear += freq; 325 iyear += freq;
331 } 326 }
332 327
333 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday), e.start().time()); 328 next = QDateTime(QDate(iyear, imonth, iday), e.start().time());
334 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate) 329 if ((next.date() > e.repeatPattern().endDate()) && e.repeatPattern().hasEndDate)
335 return FALSE; 330 return FALSE;
336 return TRUE; 331 return TRUE;
337 default: 332 default:
338 return FALSE; 333 return FALSE;
339 } 334 }
340} 335}
341 336
342static bool nextAlarm( const Event &ev, QDateTime& when, int& warn) 337static bool nextAlarm( const Event &ev, QDateTime& when, int& warn)
343{ 338{
344 QDateTime now = QDateTime::currentDateTime(); 339 QDateTime now = QDateTime::currentDateTime();
345 if ( ev.hasRepeat() ) { 340 if ( ev.hasRepeat() ) {
346 QDateTime ralarm; 341 QDateTime ralarm;
347 if (nextOccurance(ev, now.date(), ralarm)) { 342 if (nextOccurance(ev, now.date(), ralarm)) {
348 ralarm = ralarm.addSecs(-ev.alarmTime()*60); 343 ralarm = ralarm.addSecs(-ev.alarmTime()*60);
349 if ( ralarm > now ) { 344 if ( ralarm > now ) {
350 when = ralarm; 345 when = ralarm;
351 warn = ev.alarmTime(); 346 warn = ev.alarmTime();
352 } else if ( nextOccurance(ev, now.date().addDays(1), ralarm) ) { 347 } else if ( nextOccurance(ev, now.date().addDays(1), ralarm) ) {
353 ralarm = ralarm.addSecs( -ev.alarmTime()*60 ); 348 ralarm = ralarm.addSecs( -ev.alarmTime()*60 );
354 if ( ralarm > now ) { 349 if ( ralarm > now ) {
355 when = ralarm; 350 when = ralarm;
356 warn = ev.alarmTime(); 351 warn = ev.alarmTime();
357 } 352 }
358 } 353 }
359 } 354 }
360 } else { 355 } else {
361 warn = ev.alarmTime(); 356 warn = ev.alarmTime();
362 when = ev.start().addSecs( -ev.alarmTime()*60 ); 357 when = ev.start().addSecs( -ev.alarmTime()*60 );
363 } 358 }
364 return when > now; 359 return when > now;
365} 360}
366 361
367static void addEventAlarm( const Event &ev ) 362static void addEventAlarm( const Event &ev )
368{ 363{
369 QDateTime when; 364 QDateTime when;
370 int warn; 365 int warn;
371 if ( nextAlarm(ev,when,warn) ) 366 if ( nextAlarm(ev,when,warn) )
372 AlarmServer::addAlarm( when, 367 AlarmServer::addAlarm( when,
373 "QPE/Application/datebook", 368 "QPE/Application/datebook",
374 "alarm(QDateTime,int)", warn ); 369 "alarm(QDateTime,int)", warn );
375} 370}
376 371
377static void delEventAlarm( const Event &ev ) 372static void delEventAlarm( const Event &ev )
378{ 373{
379 QDateTime when; 374 QDateTime when;
380 int warn; 375 int warn;
381 if ( nextAlarm(ev,when,warn) ) 376 if ( nextAlarm(ev,when,warn) )
382 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when, 377 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when,
383 "QPE/Application/datebook", 378 "QPE/Application/datebook",
384 "alarm(QDateTime,int)", warn ); 379 "alarm(QDateTime,int)", warn );
385} 380}
386 381
387 382
388DateBookDB::DateBookDB() 383DateBookDB::DateBookDB()
389{ 384{
390 init(); 385 init();
391} 386}
392 387
393DateBookDB::~DateBookDB() 388DateBookDB::~DateBookDB()
394{ 389{
395 save(); 390 save();
396 eventList.clear(); 391 eventList.clear();
397 repeatEvents.clear(); 392 repeatEvents.clear();
398} 393}
399 394
400 395
401//#### Why is this code duplicated in getEffectiveEvents ????? 396//#### Why is this code duplicated in getEffectiveEvents ?????
402//#### Addendum. Don't use this function, lets faze it out if we can. 397//#### Addendum. Don't use this function, lets faze it out if we can.
403QValueList<Event> DateBookDB::getEvents( const QDate &from, const QDate &to ) 398QValueList<Event> DateBookDB::getEvents( const QDate &from, const QDate &to )
404{ 399{
405 QValueList<Event> tmpList; 400 QValueList<Event> tmpList;
406 tmpList = getNonRepeatingEvents( from, to ); 401 tmpList = getNonRepeatingEvents( from, to );
407 402
408 // check for repeating events... 403 // check for repeating events...
409 for (QValueList<Event>::ConstIterator it = repeatEvents.begin(); 404 for (QValueList<Event>::ConstIterator it = repeatEvents.begin();
410 it != repeatEvents.end(); ++it) { 405 it != repeatEvents.end(); ++it) {
411 QDate itDate = from; 406 QDate itDate = from;
412 QDateTime due; 407 QDateTime due;
413 408
414 /* create a false end date, to short circuit on hard 409 /* create a false end date, to short circuit on hard
415 MonthlyDay recurences */ 410 MonthlyDay recurences */
416 Event dummy_event = *it; 411 Event dummy_event = *it;
417 Event::RepeatPattern r = dummy_event.repeatPattern(); 412 Event::RepeatPattern r = dummy_event.repeatPattern();
diff --git a/library/datebookmonth.cpp b/library/datebookmonth.cpp
index 728045f..76e022f 100644
--- a/library/datebookmonth.cpp
+++ b/library/datebookmonth.cpp
@@ -1,417 +1,412 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20#include "config.h" 20#include "config.h"
21#include "datebookmonth.h" 21#include "datebookmonth.h"
22#include "datebookdb.h" 22#include "datebookdb.h"
23#include <qtopia/private/event.h>
24#include "resource.h" 23#include "resource.h"
25#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 24#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
26#include "timestring.h"
27 25
28#include <qtoolbutton.h> 26#include <qtoolbutton.h>
29#include <qspinbox.h> 27#include <qspinbox.h>
30#include <qcombobox.h> 28#include <qcombobox.h>
31#include <qdatetime.h>
32#include <qpainter.h>
33#include <qpopupmenu.h>
34#include <qvaluestack.h> 29#include <qvaluestack.h>
35#include <qwhatsthis.h> 30#include <qwhatsthis.h>
36 31
37 32
38DateBookMonthHeader::DateBookMonthHeader( QWidget *parent, const char *name ) 33DateBookMonthHeader::DateBookMonthHeader( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
39 : QHBox( parent, name ) 34 : QHBox( parent, name )
40{ 35{
41 setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton ); 36 setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton );
42 37
43 begin = new QToolButton( this ); 38 begin = new QToolButton( this );
44 begin->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus); 39 begin->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
45 begin->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "start" ) ); 40 begin->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "start" ) );
46 begin->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); 41 begin->setAutoRaise( TRUE );
47 begin->setFixedSize( begin->sizeHint() ); 42 begin->setFixedSize( begin->sizeHint() );
48 QWhatsThis::add( begin, tr("Show January in the selected year") ); 43 QWhatsThis::add( begin, tr("Show January in the selected year") );
49 44
50 back = new QToolButton( this ); 45 back = new QToolButton( this );
51 back->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus); 46 back->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
52 back->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "back" ) ); 47 back->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "back" ) );
53 back->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); 48 back->setAutoRaise( TRUE );
54 back->setFixedSize( back->sizeHint() ); 49 back->setFixedSize( back->sizeHint() );
55 QWhatsThis::add( back, tr("Show the previous month") ); 50 QWhatsThis::add( back, tr("Show the previous month") );
56 51
57 month = new QComboBox( FALSE, this ); 52 month = new QComboBox( FALSE, this );
58 for ( int i = 0; i < 12; ++i ) 53 for ( int i = 0; i < 12; ++i )
59 month->insertItem( Calendar::nameOfMonth( i + 1 ) ); 54 month->insertItem( Calendar::nameOfMonth( i + 1 ) );
60 55
61 year = new QSpinBox( 1752, 8000, 1, this ); 56 year = new QSpinBox( 1752, 8000, 1, this );
62 57
63 next = new QToolButton( this ); 58 next = new QToolButton( this );
64 next->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus); 59 next->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
65 next->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "forward" ) ); 60 next->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "forward" ) );
66 next->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); 61 next->setAutoRaise( TRUE );
67 next->setFixedSize( next->sizeHint() ); 62 next->setFixedSize( next->sizeHint() );
68 QWhatsThis::add( next, tr("Show the next month") ); 63 QWhatsThis::add( next, tr("Show the next month") );
69 64
70 end = new QToolButton( this ); 65 end = new QToolButton( this );
71 end->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus); 66 end->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
72 end->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "finish" ) ); 67 end->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "finish" ) );
73 end->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); 68 end->setAutoRaise( TRUE );
74 end->setFixedSize( end->sizeHint() ); 69 end->setFixedSize( end->sizeHint() );
75 QWhatsThis::add( end, tr("Show December in the selected year") ); 70 QWhatsThis::add( end, tr("Show December in the selected year") );
76 71
77 connect( month, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), 72 connect( month, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ),
78 this, SLOT( updateDate() ) ); 73 this, SLOT( updateDate() ) );
79 connect( year, SIGNAL( valueChanged( int ) ), 74 connect( year, SIGNAL( valueChanged( int ) ),
80 this, SLOT( updateDate() ) ); 75 this, SLOT( updateDate() ) );
81 connect( begin, SIGNAL( clicked() ), 76 connect( begin, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
82 this, SLOT( firstMonth() ) ); 77 this, SLOT( firstMonth() ) );
83 connect( end, SIGNAL( clicked() ), 78 connect( end, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
84 this, SLOT( lastMonth() ) ); 79 this, SLOT( lastMonth() ) );
85 connect( back, SIGNAL( clicked() ), 80 connect( back, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
86 this, SLOT( monthBack() ) ); 81 this, SLOT( monthBack() ) );
87 connect( next, SIGNAL( clicked() ), 82 connect( next, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
88 this, SLOT( monthForward() ) ); 83 this, SLOT( monthForward() ) );
89 back->setAutoRepeat( TRUE ); 84 back->setAutoRepeat( TRUE );
90 next->setAutoRepeat( TRUE ); 85 next->setAutoRepeat( TRUE );
91} 86}
92 87
93 88
94DateBookMonthHeader::~DateBookMonthHeader() 89DateBookMonthHeader::~DateBookMonthHeader()
95{ 90{
96 91
97} 92}
98 93
99void DateBookMonthHeader::updateDate() 94void DateBookMonthHeader::updateDate()
100{ 95{
101 emit dateChanged( year->value(), month->currentItem() + 1 ); 96 emit dateChanged( year->value(), month->currentItem() + 1 );
102} 97}
103 98
104void DateBookMonthHeader::firstMonth() 99void DateBookMonthHeader::firstMonth()
105{ 100{
106 emit dateChanged( year->value(), 1 ); 101 emit dateChanged( year->value(), 1 );
107 month->setCurrentItem( 0 ); 102 month->setCurrentItem( 0 );
108} 103}
109 104
110void DateBookMonthHeader::lastMonth() 105void DateBookMonthHeader::lastMonth()
111{ 106{
112 emit dateChanged( year->value(), 12 ); 107 emit dateChanged( year->value(), 12 );
113 month->setCurrentItem( 11 ); 108 month->setCurrentItem( 11 );
114} 109}
115 110
116void DateBookMonthHeader::monthBack() 111void DateBookMonthHeader::monthBack()
117{ 112{
118 if ( month->currentItem() > 0 ) { 113 if ( month->currentItem() > 0 ) {
119 emit dateChanged( year->value(), month->currentItem() ); 114 emit dateChanged( year->value(), month->currentItem() );
120 month->setCurrentItem( month->currentItem() - 1 ); 115 month->setCurrentItem( month->currentItem() - 1 );
121 } else { 116 } else {
122 emit dateChanged( year->value() - 1, 12 ); 117 emit dateChanged( year->value() - 1, 12 );
123 // we have a signal set to a changed value in year so we only need to change 118 // we have a signal set to a changed value in year so we only need to change
124 // year to get the result... 119 // year to get the result...
125 month->setCurrentItem( 11 ); 120 month->setCurrentItem( 11 );
126 year->setValue( year->value() - 1 ); 121 year->setValue( year->value() - 1 );
127 } 122 }
128} 123}
129 124
130void DateBookMonthHeader::monthForward() 125void DateBookMonthHeader::monthForward()
131{ 126{
132 if ( month->currentItem() < 11 ) { 127 if ( month->currentItem() < 11 ) {
133 emit dateChanged( year->value(), month->currentItem() + 2 ); 128 emit dateChanged( year->value(), month->currentItem() + 2 );
134 month->setCurrentItem( month->currentItem() + 1 ); 129 month->setCurrentItem( month->currentItem() + 1 );
135 } else { 130 } else {
136 // we have a signal set to a changed value in year so we only need to change 131 // we have a signal set to a changed value in year so we only need to change
137 // year to get the result... 132 // year to get the result...
138 month->setCurrentItem( 0 ); 133 month->setCurrentItem( 0 );
139 year->setValue( year->value() + 1 ); 134 year->setValue( year->value() + 1 );
140 } 135 }
141} 136}
142 137
143void DateBookMonthHeader::setDate( int y, int m ) 138void DateBookMonthHeader::setDate( int y, int m )
144{ 139{
145 year->setValue( y ); 140 year->setValue( y );
146 month->setCurrentItem( m - 1 ); 141 month->setCurrentItem( m - 1 );
147} 142}
148 143
149//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 144//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
150 145
151class DateBookMonthTablePrivate 146class DateBookMonthTablePrivate
152{ 147{
153public: 148public:
154 DateBookMonthTablePrivate() {}; 149 DateBookMonthTablePrivate() {};
155 ~DateBookMonthTablePrivate() { mMonthEvents.clear(); }; 150 ~DateBookMonthTablePrivate() { mMonthEvents.clear(); };
156 151
157 QValueList<EffectiveEvent> mMonthEvents; 152 QValueList<EffectiveEvent> mMonthEvents;
158 bool onMonday; 153 bool onMonday;
159}; 154};
160 155
161DateBookMonthTable::DateBookMonthTable( QWidget *parent, const char *name, 156DateBookMonthTable::DateBookMonthTable( QWidget *parent, const char *name,
162 DateBookDB *newDb ) 157 DateBookDB *newDb )
163 : QTable( 6, 7, parent, name ), 158 : QTable( 6, 7, parent, name ),
164 db( newDb ) 159 db( newDb )
165{ 160{
166 d = new DateBookMonthTablePrivate(); 161 d = new DateBookMonthTablePrivate();
167 selYear = -1; 162 selYear = -1;
168 selMonth = -1; 163 selMonth = -1;
169 selDay = -1; 164 selDay = -1;
170 165
171 /* init these as well make valgrind happy and be consistent with Qtopia1.6 -zecke */ 166 /* init these as well make valgrind happy and be consistent with Qtopia1.6 -zecke */
172 year = -1; 167 year = -1;
173 month = -1; 168 month = -1;
174 day = -1; 169 day = -1;
175 170
176 Config cfg( "qpe" ); 171 Config cfg( "qpe" );
177 cfg.setGroup( "Time" ); 172 cfg.setGroup( "Time" );
178 d->onMonday = cfg.readBoolEntry( "MONDAY" ); 173 d->onMonday = cfg.readBoolEntry( "MONDAY" );
179 174
180 horizontalHeader()->setResizeEnabled( FALSE ); 175 horizontalHeader()->setResizeEnabled( FALSE );
181 // we have to do this here... or suffer the consequences later... 176 // we have to do this here... or suffer the consequences later...
182 for ( int i = 0; i < 7; i++ ){ 177 for ( int i = 0; i < 7; i++ ){
183 horizontalHeader()->resizeSection( i, 30 ); 178 horizontalHeader()->resizeSection( i, 30 );
184 setColumnStretchable( i, TRUE ); 179 setColumnStretchable( i, TRUE );
185 } 180 }
186 setupLabels(); 181 setupLabels();
187 182
188 verticalHeader()->hide(); 183 verticalHeader()->hide();
189 setLeftMargin( 0 ); 184 setLeftMargin( 0 );
190 for ( int i = 0; i < 6; ++i ) 185 for ( int i = 0; i < 6; ++i )
191 setRowStretchable( i, TRUE ); 186 setRowStretchable( i, TRUE );
192 187
193 setSelectionMode( NoSelection ); 188 setSelectionMode( NoSelection );
194 189
195 connect( this, SIGNAL( clicked( int, int, int, const QPoint & ) ), 190 connect( this, SIGNAL( clicked( int, int, int, const QPoint & ) ),
196 this, SLOT( dayClicked( int, int ) ) ); 191 this, SLOT( dayClicked( int, int ) ) );
197 connect( this, SIGNAL( currentChanged( int, int ) ), 192 connect( this, SIGNAL( currentChanged( int, int ) ),
198 this, SLOT( dragDay( int, int ) ) ); 193 this, SLOT( dragDay( int, int ) ) );
199 setVScrollBarMode( AlwaysOff ); 194 setVScrollBarMode( AlwaysOff );
200 setHScrollBarMode( AlwaysOff ); 195 setHScrollBarMode( AlwaysOff );
201} 196}
202 197
203DateBookMonthTable::~DateBookMonthTable() 198DateBookMonthTable::~DateBookMonthTable()
204{ 199{
205 monthsEvents.clear(); 200 monthsEvents.clear();
206 delete d; 201 delete d;
207} 202}
208 203
209void DateBookMonthTable::setDate(int y, int m, int d) 204void DateBookMonthTable::setDate(int y, int m, int d)
210{ 205{
211 if (month == m && year == y) { 206 if (month == m && year == y) {
212 if ( selYear == -1 ) 207 if ( selYear == -1 )
213 year = selYear; 208 year = selYear;
214 if ( selMonth == -1 ) 209 if ( selMonth == -1 )
215 month = selMonth; 210 month = selMonth;
216 int r1, c1, r2, c2; 211 int r1, c1, r2, c2;
217 findDay(selDay, r1, c1); 212 findDay(selDay, r1, c1);
218 selDay = day = d; 213 selDay = day = d;
219 findDay(selDay, r2, c2); 214 findDay(selDay, r2, c2);
220 setCurrentCell( r2, c2 ); 215 setCurrentCell( r2, c2 );
221 //updateCell(r1,c1); 216 //updateCell(r1,c1);
222 //updateCell(r2,c2); 217 //updateCell(r2,c2);
223 } else { 218 } else {
224 selYear = year = y; 219 selYear = year = y;
225 selMonth = month = m; 220 selMonth = month = m;
226 selDay = day = d; 221 selDay = day = d;
227 setupTable(); 222 setupTable();
228 } 223 }
229} 224}
230 225
231void DateBookMonthTable::redraw() 226void DateBookMonthTable::redraw()
232{ 227{
233 setupLabels(); 228 setupLabels();
234 setupTable(); 229 setupTable();
235} 230}
236 231
237void DateBookMonthTable::setWeekStart( bool onMonday ) 232void DateBookMonthTable::setWeekStart( bool onMonday )
238{ 233{
239 d->onMonday = onMonday; 234 d->onMonday = onMonday;
240 setupLabels(); 235 setupLabels();
241 setupTable(); 236 setupTable();
242} 237}
243 238
244void DateBookMonthTable::setupTable() 239void DateBookMonthTable::setupTable()
245{ 240{
246 QValueList<Calendar::Day> days = Calendar::daysOfMonth( year, month, d->onMonday ); 241 QValueList<Calendar::Day> days = Calendar::daysOfMonth( year, month, d->onMonday );
247 QValueList<Calendar::Day>::Iterator it = days.begin(); 242 QValueList<Calendar::Day>::Iterator it = days.begin();
248 int row = 0, col = 0; 243 int row = 0, col = 0;
249 int crow = 0; 244 int crow = 0;
250 int ccol = 0; 245 int ccol = 0;
251 for ( ; it != days.end(); ++it ) { 246 for ( ; it != days.end(); ++it ) {
252 DayItemMonth *i = (DayItemMonth *)item( row, col ); 247 DayItemMonth *i = (DayItemMonth *)item( row, col );
253 if ( !i ) { 248 if ( !i ) {
254 i = new DayItemMonth( this, QTableItem::Never, "" ); 249 i = new DayItemMonth( this, QTableItem::Never, "" );
255 setItem( row, col, i ); 250 setItem( row, col, i );
256 } 251 }
257 Calendar::Day calDay = *it; 252 Calendar::Day calDay = *it;
258 i->clearEffEvents(); 253 i->clearEffEvents();
259 i->setDay( calDay.date ); 254 i->setDay( calDay.date );
260 i->setType( calDay.type ); 255 i->setType( calDay.type );
261 if ( i->day() == day && calDay.type == Calendar::Day::ThisMonth ) { 256 if ( i->day() == day && calDay.type == Calendar::Day::ThisMonth ) {
262 crow = row; 257 crow = row;
263 ccol = col; 258 ccol = col;
264 } 259 }
265 260
266 updateCell( row, col ); 261 updateCell( row, col );
267 262
268 if ( col == 6 ) { 263 if ( col == 6 ) {
269 ++row; 264 ++row;
270 col = 0; 265 col = 0;
271 } else { 266 } else {
272 ++col; 267 ++col;
273 } 268 }
274 } 269 }
275 setCurrentCell( crow, ccol ); 270 setCurrentCell( crow, ccol );
276 getEvents(); 271 getEvents();
277} 272}
278 273
279void DateBookMonthTable::findDay( int day, int &row, int &col ) 274void DateBookMonthTable::findDay( int day, int &row, int &col )
280{ 275{
281 QDate dtBegin( year, month, 1 ); 276 QDate dtBegin( year, month, 1 );
282 int skips = dtBegin.dayOfWeek(); 277 int skips = dtBegin.dayOfWeek();
283 int effective_day = day + skips - 1; // row/columns begin at 0 278 int effective_day = day + skips - 1; // row/columns begin at 0
284 // make an extra adjustment if we start on Mondays. 279 // make an extra adjustment if we start on Mondays.
285 if ( d->onMonday ) 280 if ( d->onMonday )
286 effective_day--; 281 effective_day--;
287 row = effective_day / 7; 282 row = effective_day / 7;
288 col = effective_day % 7; 283 col = effective_day % 7;
289} 284}
290 285
291void DateBookMonthTable::dayClicked( int row, int col ) 286void DateBookMonthTable::dayClicked( int row, int col )
292{ 287{
293 changeDaySelection( row, col ); 288 changeDaySelection( row, col );
294 emit dateClicked( selYear, selMonth, selDay ); 289 emit dateClicked( selYear, selMonth, selDay );
295} 290}
296 291
297void DateBookMonthTable::dragDay( int row, int col ) 292void DateBookMonthTable::dragDay( int row, int col )
298{ 293{
299 changeDaySelection( row, col ); 294 changeDaySelection( row, col );
300} 295}
301 296
302void DateBookMonthTable::changeDaySelection( int row, int col ) 297void DateBookMonthTable::changeDaySelection( int row, int col )
303{ 298{
304 DayItemMonth *i = (DayItemMonth*)item( row, col ); 299 DayItemMonth *i = (DayItemMonth*)item( row, col );
305 if ( !i ) 300 if ( !i )
306 return; 301 return;
307 switch ( i->type() ) { 302 switch ( i->type() ) {
308 case Calendar::Day::ThisMonth: 303 case Calendar::Day::ThisMonth:
309 selMonth = month; 304 selMonth = month;
310 break; 305 break;
311 case Calendar::Day::PrevMonth: 306 case Calendar::Day::PrevMonth:
312 selMonth = month-1; 307 selMonth = month-1;
313 break; 308 break;
314 default: 309 default:
315 selMonth = month+1; 310 selMonth = month+1;
316 } 311 }
317 312
318 selYear = year; 313 selYear = year;
319 if ( selMonth <= 0 ) { 314 if ( selMonth <= 0 ) {
320 selMonth = 12; 315 selMonth = 12;
321 selYear--; 316 selYear--;
322 } else if ( selMonth > 12 ) { 317 } else if ( selMonth > 12 ) {
323 selMonth = 1; 318 selMonth = 1;
324 selYear++; 319 selYear++;
325 } 320 }
326 selDay = i->day(); 321 selDay = i->day();
327} 322}
328 323
329 324
330void DateBookMonthTable::viewportMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ) 325void DateBookMonthTable::viewportMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * )
331{ 326{
332 dayClicked( currentRow(), currentColumn() ); 327 dayClicked( currentRow(), currentColumn() );
333} 328}
334 329
335void DateBookMonthTable::getEvents() 330void DateBookMonthTable::getEvents()
336{ 331{
337 if ( !db ) 332 if ( !db )
338 return; 333 return;
339 334
340 QDate dtStart( year, month, 1 ); 335 QDate dtStart( year, month, 1 );
341 d->mMonthEvents = db->getEffectiveEvents( dtStart, 336 d->mMonthEvents = db->getEffectiveEvents( dtStart,
342 QDate( year, month, 337 QDate( year, month,
343 dtStart.daysInMonth() ) ); 338 dtStart.daysInMonth() ) );
344 QValueListIterator<EffectiveEvent> it = d->mMonthEvents.begin(); 339 QValueListIterator<EffectiveEvent> it = d->mMonthEvents.begin();
345 // now that the events are sorted, basically go through the list, make 340 // now that the events are sorted, basically go through the list, make
346 // a small list for every day and set it for each item... 341 // a small list for every day and set it for each item...
347 // clear all the items... 342 // clear all the items...
348 while ( it != d->mMonthEvents.end() ) { 343 while ( it != d->mMonthEvents.end() ) {
349 QValueList<EffectiveEvent> dayEvent; 344 QValueList<EffectiveEvent> dayEvent;
350 EffectiveEvent e = *it; 345 EffectiveEvent e = *it;
351 ++it; 346 ++it;
352 dayEvent.append( e ); 347 dayEvent.append( e );
353 while ( it != d->mMonthEvents.end() 348 while ( it != d->mMonthEvents.end()
354 && e.date() == (*it).date() ) { 349 && e.date() == (*it).date() ) {
355 dayEvent.append( *it ); 350 dayEvent.append( *it );
356 ++it; 351 ++it;
357 } 352 }
358 int row, col; 353 int row, col;
359 findDay( e.date().day(), row, col ); 354 findDay( e.date().day(), row, col );
360 DayItemMonth* w = static_cast<DayItemMonth*>( item( row, col ) ); 355 DayItemMonth* w = static_cast<DayItemMonth*>( item( row, col ) );
361 w->setEvents( dayEvent ); 356 w->setEvents( dayEvent );
362 updateCell( row, col ); 357 updateCell( row, col );
363 dayEvent.clear(); 358 dayEvent.clear();
364 } 359 }
365} 360}
366 361
367 362
368void DateBookMonthTable::setupLabels() 363void DateBookMonthTable::setupLabels()
369{ 364{
370 for ( int i = 0; i < 7; ++i ) { 365 for ( int i = 0; i < 7; ++i ) {
371 // horizontalHeader()->resizeSection( i, 30 ); 366 // horizontalHeader()->resizeSection( i, 30 );
372 // setColumnStretchable( i, TRUE ); 367 // setColumnStretchable( i, TRUE );
373 if ( d->onMonday ) 368 if ( d->onMonday )
374 horizontalHeader()->setLabel( i, Calendar::nameOfDay( i + 1 ) ); 369 horizontalHeader()->setLabel( i, Calendar::nameOfDay( i + 1 ) );
375 else { 370 else {
376 if ( i == 0 ) 371 if ( i == 0 )
377 horizontalHeader()->setLabel( i, Calendar::nameOfDay( 7 ) ); 372 horizontalHeader()->setLabel( i, Calendar::nameOfDay( 7 ) );
378 else 373 else
379 horizontalHeader()->setLabel( i, Calendar::nameOfDay( i ) ); 374 horizontalHeader()->setLabel( i, Calendar::nameOfDay( i ) );
380 } 375 }
381 } 376 }
382} 377}
383 378
384 379
385//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 380//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
386 381
387DateBookMonth::DateBookMonth( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool ac, 382DateBookMonth::DateBookMonth( QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool ac,
388 DateBookDB *data ) 383 DateBookDB *data )
389 : QVBox( parent, name ), 384 : QVBox( parent, name ),
390 autoClose( ac ) 385 autoClose( ac )
391{ 386{
392 setFocusPolicy(StrongFocus); 387 setFocusPolicy(StrongFocus);
393 year = QDate::currentDate().year(); 388 year = QDate::currentDate().year();
394 month = QDate::currentDate().month(); 389 month = QDate::currentDate().month();
395 day = QDate::currentDate().day(); 390 day = QDate::currentDate().day();
396 header = new DateBookMonthHeader( this, "DateBookMonthHeader" ); 391 header = new DateBookMonthHeader( this, "DateBookMonthHeader" );
397 table = new DateBookMonthTable( this, "DateBookMonthTable", data ); 392 table = new DateBookMonthTable( this, "DateBookMonthTable", data );
398 header->setDate( year, month ); 393 header->setDate( year, month );
399 table->setDate( year, month, QDate::currentDate().day() ); 394 table->setDate( year, month, QDate::currentDate().day() );
400 header->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus); 395 header->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
401 table->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus); 396 table->setFocusPolicy(NoFocus);
402 connect( header, SIGNAL( dateChanged( int, int ) ), 397 connect( header, SIGNAL( dateChanged( int, int ) ),
403 this, SLOT( setDate( int, int ) ) ); 398 this, SLOT( setDate( int, int ) ) );
404 connect( table, SIGNAL( dateClicked( int, int, int ) ), 399 connect( table, SIGNAL( dateClicked( int, int, int ) ),
405 this, SLOT( finalDate(int, int, int) ) ); 400 this, SLOT( finalDate(int, int, int) ) );
406 connect( qApp, SIGNAL(weekChanged(bool)), this, 401 connect( qApp, SIGNAL(weekChanged(bool)), this,
407 SLOT(slotWeekChange(bool)) ); 402 SLOT(slotWeekChange(bool)) );
408 table->setFocus(); 403 table->setFocus();
409} 404}
410 405
411DateBookMonth::~DateBookMonth() 406DateBookMonth::~DateBookMonth()
412{ 407{
413 408
414} 409}
415 410
416void DateBookMonth::setDate( int y, int m ) 411void DateBookMonth::setDate( int y, int m )
417{ 412{
diff --git a/library/filemanager.cpp b/library/filemanager.cpp
index 408be20..1e7384e 100644
--- a/library/filemanager.cpp
+++ b/library/filemanager.cpp
@@ -1,411 +1,408 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20#include "filemanager.h" 20#include "filemanager.h"
21#include "applnk.h" 21#include "applnk.h"
22 22
23#include <qdir.h>
24#include <qfile.h>
25#include <qfileinfo.h> 23#include <qfileinfo.h>
26#include <qtextstream.h> 24#include <qtextstream.h>
27#include <qtextcodec.h>
28 25
29#include <errno.h> 26#include <errno.h>
30#include <stdlib.h> 27#include <stdlib.h>
31#include <unistd.h> 28#include <unistd.h>
32#include <sys/stat.h> 29#include <sys/stat.h>
33#include <dirent.h> 30#include <dirent.h>
34#ifdef Q_OS_MACX 31#ifdef Q_OS_MACX
35// MacOS X does not have sendfile.. :( 32// MacOS X does not have sendfile.. :(
36// But maybe in the future.. !? 33// But maybe in the future.. !?
37# ifdef SENDFILE 34# ifdef SENDFILE
38# include <sys/types.h> 35# include <sys/types.h>
39# include <sys/socket.h> 36# include <sys/socket.h>
40# endif 37# endif
41#else 38#else
42# include <sys/sendfile.h> 39# include <sys/sendfile.h>
43#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */ 40#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */
44#include <fcntl.h> 41#include <fcntl.h>
45 42
46/*! 43/*!
47 \class FileManager 44 \class FileManager
48 \brief The FileManager class assists with AppLnk input/output. 45 \brief The FileManager class assists with AppLnk input/output.
49*/ 46*/
50 47
51/*! 48/*!
52 Constructs a FileManager. 49 Constructs a FileManager.
53*/ 50*/
54FileManager::FileManager() 51FileManager::FileManager()
55{ 52{
56} 53}
57 54
58/*! 55/*!
59 Destroys a FileManager. 56 Destroys a FileManager.
60*/ 57*/
61FileManager::~FileManager() 58FileManager::~FileManager()
62{ 59{
63 60
64} 61}
65 62
66/*! 63/*!
67 Saves \a data as the document specified by \a f. 64 Saves \a data as the document specified by \a f.
68 65
69 Returns whether the operation succeeded. 66 Returns whether the operation succeeded.
70*/ 67*/
71bool FileManager::saveFile( const DocLnk &f, const QByteArray &data ) 68bool FileManager::saveFile( const DocLnk &f, const QByteArray &data )
72{ 69{
73 QString fn = f.file() + ".new"; 70 QString fn = f.file() + ".new";
74 ensurePathExists( fn ); 71 ensurePathExists( fn );
75 QFile fl( fn ); 72 QFile fl( fn );
76 if ( !fl.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) { 73 if ( !fl.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) {
77 qWarning("open failed"); 74 qWarning("open failed");
78 return FALSE; 75 return FALSE;
79 } 76 }
80 int total_written = fl.writeBlock( data ); 77 int total_written = fl.writeBlock( data );
81 fl.close(); 78 fl.close();
82 if ( total_written != int(data.size()) || !f.writeLink() ) { 79 if ( total_written != int(data.size()) || !f.writeLink() ) {
83 QFile::remove( fn ); 80 QFile::remove( fn );
84 return FALSE; 81 return FALSE;
85 } 82 }
86 qDebug("total written %d out of %d", total_written, data.size()); 83 qDebug("total written %d out of %d", total_written, data.size());
87 // else rename the file... 84 // else rename the file...
88 if ( !renameFile( fn.latin1(), f.file().latin1() ) ) { 85 if ( !renameFile( fn.latin1(), f.file().latin1() ) ) {
89 qWarning( "problem renaming file %s to %s, errno: %d", fn.latin1(), 86 qWarning( "problem renaming file %s to %s, errno: %d", fn.latin1(),
90 f.file().latin1(), errno ); 87 f.file().latin1(), errno );
91 // remove the file... 88 // remove the file...
92 } 89 }
93 return TRUE; 90 return TRUE;
94} 91}
95 92
96/*! 93/*!
97 Saves \a text as the document specified by \a f. 94 Saves \a text as the document specified by \a f.
98 95
99 The text is saved in UTF8 format. 96 The text is saved in UTF8 format.
100 97
101 Returns whether the operation succeeded. 98 Returns whether the operation succeeded.
102*/ 99*/
103bool FileManager::saveFile( const DocLnk &f, const QString &text ) 100bool FileManager::saveFile( const DocLnk &f, const QString &text )
104{ 101{
105 QString fn = f.file() + ".new"; 102 QString fn = f.file() + ".new";
106 ensurePathExists( fn ); 103 ensurePathExists( fn );
107 QFile fl( fn ); 104 QFile fl( fn );
108 if ( !fl.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) { 105 if ( !fl.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) {
109 qWarning("open failed"); 106 qWarning("open failed");
110 return FALSE; 107 return FALSE;
111 } 108 }
112 109
113 QCString cstr = text.utf8(); 110 QCString cstr = text.utf8();
114 int total_written; 111 int total_written;
115 total_written = fl.writeBlock( cstr.data(), cstr.length() ); 112 total_written = fl.writeBlock( cstr.data(), cstr.length() );
116 fl.close(); 113 fl.close();
117 if ( total_written != int(cstr.length()) || !f.writeLink() ) { 114 if ( total_written != int(cstr.length()) || !f.writeLink() ) {
118 QFile::remove( fn ); 115 QFile::remove( fn );
119 return FALSE; 116 return FALSE;
120 } 117 }
121 // okay now rename the file.. 118 // okay now rename the file..
122 if ( !renameFile( fn.latin1(), f.file().latin1() ) ) { 119 if ( !renameFile( fn.latin1(), f.file().latin1() ) ) {
123 qWarning( "problem renaming file %s to %s, errno: %d", fn.latin1(), 120 qWarning( "problem renaming file %s to %s, errno: %d", fn.latin1(),
124 f.file().latin1(), errno ); 121 f.file().latin1(), errno );
125 122
126 } 123 }
127 return TRUE; 124 return TRUE;
128} 125}
129 126
130 127
131/*! 128/*!
132 Loads \a text from the document specified by \a f. 129 Loads \a text from the document specified by \a f.
133 130
134 The text is required to be in UTF8 format. 131 The text is required to be in UTF8 format.
135 132
136 Returns whether the operation succeeded. 133 Returns whether the operation succeeded.
137*/ 134*/
138bool FileManager::loadFile( const DocLnk &f, QString &text ) 135bool FileManager::loadFile( const DocLnk &f, QString &text )
139{ 136{
140 QString fn = f.file(); 137 QString fn = f.file();
141 QFile fl( fn ); 138 QFile fl( fn );
142 if ( !fl.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) 139 if ( !fl.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
143 return FALSE; 140 return FALSE;
144 QTextStream ts( &fl ); 141 QTextStream ts( &fl );
145#if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS) 142#if QT_VERSION <= 230 && defined(QT_NO_CODECS)
146 // The below should work, but doesn't in Qt 2.3.0 143 // The below should work, but doesn't in Qt 2.3.0
147 ts.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForMib( 106 ) ); 144 ts.setCodec( QTextCodec::codecForMib( 106 ) );
148#else 145#else
149 ts.setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 ); 146 ts.setEncoding( QTextStream::UnicodeUTF8 );
150#endif 147#endif
151 text = ts.read(); 148 text = ts.read();
152 fl.close(); 149 fl.close();
153 return TRUE; 150 return TRUE;
154} 151}
155 152
156 153
157/*! 154/*!
158 Loads \a ba from the document specified by \a f. 155 Loads \a ba from the document specified by \a f.
159 156
160 Returns whether the operation succeeded. 157 Returns whether the operation succeeded.
161*/ 158*/
162bool FileManager::loadFile( const DocLnk &f, QByteArray &ba ) 159bool FileManager::loadFile( const DocLnk &f, QByteArray &ba )
163{ 160{
164 QString fn = f.file(); 161 QString fn = f.file();
165 QFile fl( fn ); 162 QFile fl( fn );
166 if ( !fl.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) 163 if ( !fl.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
167 return FALSE; 164 return FALSE;
168 ba.resize( fl.size() ); 165 ba.resize( fl.size() );
169 if ( fl.size() > 0 ) 166 if ( fl.size() > 0 )
170 fl.readBlock( ba.data(), fl.size() ); 167 fl.readBlock( ba.data(), fl.size() );
171 fl.close(); 168 fl.close();
172 return TRUE; 169 return TRUE;
173} 170}
174 171
175/*! 172/*!
176 Copies the document specified by \a src to the document specified 173 Copies the document specified by \a src to the document specified
177 by \a dest. 174 by \a dest.
178 175
179 Returns whether the operation succeeded. 176 Returns whether the operation succeeded.
180*/ 177*/
181bool FileManager::copyFile( const AppLnk &src, const AppLnk &dest ) 178bool FileManager::copyFile( const AppLnk &src, const AppLnk &dest )
182{ 179{
183 QFile sf( src.file() ); 180 QFile sf( src.file() );
184 if ( !sf.open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) 181 if ( !sf.open( IO_ReadOnly ) )
185 return FALSE; 182 return FALSE;
186 183
187 QString fn = dest.file() + ".new"; 184 QString fn = dest.file() + ".new";
188 ensurePathExists( fn ); 185 ensurePathExists( fn );
189 QFile df( fn ); 186 QFile df( fn );
190 if ( !df.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) 187 if ( !df.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) )
191 return FALSE; 188 return FALSE;
192 189
193 const int bufsize = 16384; 190 const int bufsize = 16384;
194 char buffer[bufsize]; 191 char buffer[bufsize];
195 bool ok = TRUE; 192 bool ok = TRUE;
196 int bytesRead = 0; 193 int bytesRead = 0;
197 while ( ok && !sf.atEnd() ) { 194 while ( ok && !sf.atEnd() ) {
198 bytesRead = sf.readBlock( buffer, bufsize ); 195 bytesRead = sf.readBlock( buffer, bufsize );
199 if ( bytesRead < 0 ) 196 if ( bytesRead < 0 )
200 ok = FALSE; 197 ok = FALSE;
201 while ( ok && bytesRead > 0 ) { 198 while ( ok && bytesRead > 0 ) {
202 int bytesWritten = df.writeBlock( buffer, bytesRead ); 199 int bytesWritten = df.writeBlock( buffer, bytesRead );
203 if ( bytesWritten < 0 ) 200 if ( bytesWritten < 0 )
204 ok = FALSE; 201 ok = FALSE;
205 else 202 else
206 bytesRead -= bytesWritten; 203 bytesRead -= bytesWritten;
207 } 204 }
208 } 205 }
209 206
210 if ( ok ) 207 if ( ok )
211 ok = dest.writeLink(); 208 ok = dest.writeLink();
212 209
213 if ( ok ) { 210 if ( ok ) {
214 // okay now rename the file... 211 // okay now rename the file...
215 if ( !renameFile( fn.latin1(), dest.file().latin1() ) ) { 212 if ( !renameFile( fn.latin1(), dest.file().latin1() ) ) {
216 qWarning( "problem renaming file %s to %s, errno: %d", fn.latin1(), 213 qWarning( "problem renaming file %s to %s, errno: %d", fn.latin1(),
217 dest.file().latin1(), errno ); 214 dest.file().latin1(), errno );
218 // remove the tmp file, otherwise, it will just lay around... 215 // remove the tmp file, otherwise, it will just lay around...
219 QFile::remove( fn.latin1() ); 216 QFile::remove( fn.latin1() );
220 } 217 }
221 } else { 218 } else {
222 QFile::remove( fn.latin1() ); 219 QFile::remove( fn.latin1() );
223 } 220 }
224 221
225 return ok; 222 return ok;
226} 223}
227 224
228bool FileManager::copyFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) { 225bool FileManager::copyFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) {
229 bool success = true; 226 bool success = true;
230 struct stat status; 227 struct stat status;
231 int read_fd=0; 228 int read_fd=0;
232 int write_fd=0; 229 int write_fd=0;
233 struct stat stat_buf; 230 struct stat stat_buf;
234 off_t offset = 0; 231 off_t offset = 0;
235 QFile srcFile(src); 232 QFile srcFile(src);
236 QFile destFile(dest); 233 QFile destFile(dest);
237 234
238 if(!srcFile.open( IO_ReadOnly|IO_Raw)) { 235 if(!srcFile.open( IO_ReadOnly|IO_Raw)) {
239 return success = false; 236 return success = false;
240 } 237 }
241 read_fd = srcFile.handle(); 238 read_fd = srcFile.handle();
242 if(read_fd != -1) { 239 if(read_fd != -1) {
243 fstat (read_fd, &stat_buf); 240 fstat (read_fd, &stat_buf);
244 if( !destFile.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) 241 if( !destFile.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) )
245 return success = false; 242 return success = false;
246 write_fd = destFile.handle(); 243 write_fd = destFile.handle();
247 if(write_fd != -1) { 244 if(write_fd != -1) {
248 int err=0; 245 int err=0;
249 QString msg; 246 QString msg;
250#ifdef Q_OS_MACX 247#ifdef Q_OS_MACX
251#ifdef SENDFILE 248#ifdef SENDFILE
252 /* FreeBSD does support a different kind of 249 /* FreeBSD does support a different kind of
253 * sendfile. (eilers) 250 * sendfile. (eilers)
254 * I took this from Very Secure FTPd 251 * I took this from Very Secure FTPd
255 * Licence: GPL 252 * Licence: GPL
256 * Author: Chris Evans 253 * Author: Chris Evans
257 * sysdeputil.c 254 * sysdeputil.c
258 */ 255 */
259 /* XXX - start_pos will truncate on 32-bit machines - can we 256 /* XXX - start_pos will truncate on 32-bit machines - can we
260 * say "start from current pos"? 257 * say "start from current pos"?
261 */ 258 */
262 off_t written = 0; 259 off_t written = 0;
263 int retval = 0; 260 int retval = 0;
264 retval = sendfile(read_fd, write_fd, offset, stat_buf.st_size, NULL, 261 retval = sendfile(read_fd, write_fd, offset, stat_buf.st_size, NULL,
265 &written, 0); 262 &written, 0);
266 /* Translate to Linux-like retval */ 263 /* Translate to Linux-like retval */
267 if (written > 0) 264 if (written > 0)
268 { 265 {
269 err = (int) written; 266 err = (int) written;
270 } 267 }
271#else /* SENDFILE */ 268#else /* SENDFILE */
272 err == -1; 269 err == -1;
273 msg = "FAILURE: Using unsupported function \"sendfile()\" Need Workaround !!"; 270 msg = "FAILURE: Using unsupported function \"sendfile()\" Need Workaround !!";
274 success = false; 271 success = false;
275# warning "Need workaround for sendfile!!(eilers)" 272# warning "Need workaround for sendfile!!(eilers)"
276#endif /* SENDFILE */ 273#endif /* SENDFILE */
277 274
278#else 275#else
279 err = sendfile(write_fd, read_fd, &offset, stat_buf.st_size); 276 err = sendfile(write_fd, read_fd, &offset, stat_buf.st_size);
280 if( err == -1) { 277 if( err == -1) {
281 switch(err) { 278 switch(err) {
282 case EBADF : msg = "The input file was not opened for reading or the output file was not opened for writing. "; 279 case EBADF : msg = "The input file was not opened for reading or the output file was not opened for writing. ";
283 case EINVAL: msg = "Descriptor is not valid or locked. "; 280 case EINVAL: msg = "Descriptor is not valid or locked. ";
284 case ENOMEM: msg = "Insufficient memory to read from in_fd."; 281 case ENOMEM: msg = "Insufficient memory to read from in_fd.";
285 case EIO: msg = "Unspecified error while reading from in_fd."; 282 case EIO: msg = "Unspecified error while reading from in_fd.";
286 }; 283 };
287 success = false; 284 success = false;
288 } 285 }
289#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */ 286#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */
290 if( !success ) 287 if( !success )
291 qWarning( msg ); 288 qWarning( msg );
292 } else { 289 } else {
293 qWarning("open write failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1()); 290 qWarning("open write failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1());
294 success = false; 291 success = false;
295 } 292 }
296 } else { 293 } else {
297 qWarning("open read failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1()); 294 qWarning("open read failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1());
298 success = false; 295 success = false;
299 } 296 }
300 srcFile.close(); 297 srcFile.close();
301 destFile.close(); 298 destFile.close();
302 // Set file permissions 299 // Set file permissions
303 if( stat( (const char *) src, &status ) == 0 ) { 300 if( stat( (const char *) src, &status ) == 0 ) {
304 chmod( (const char *) dest, status.st_mode ); 301 chmod( (const char *) dest, status.st_mode );
305 } 302 }
306 303
307 return success; 304 return success;
308} 305}
309 306
310 307
311bool FileManager::renameFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) { 308bool FileManager::renameFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) {
312 if(copyFile( src, dest )) { 309 if(copyFile( src, dest )) {
313 if(QFile::remove(src) ) { 310 if(QFile::remove(src) ) {
314 return true; 311 return true;
315 } 312 }
316 } 313 }
317 return false; 314 return false;
318} 315}
319 316
320/* 317/*
321bool FileManager::copyFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) { 318bool FileManager::copyFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) {
322 bool success = true; 319 bool success = true;
323 struct stat status; 320 struct stat status;
324 int read_fd=0; 321 int read_fd=0;
325 int write_fd=0; 322 int write_fd=0;
326 struct stat stat_buf; 323 struct stat stat_buf;
327 off_t offset = 0; 324 off_t offset = 0;
328 QFile srcFile(src); 325 QFile srcFile(src);
329 QFile destFile(dest); 326 QFile destFile(dest);
330 327
331 if(!srcFile.open( IO_ReadOnly|IO_Raw)) { 328 if(!srcFile.open( IO_ReadOnly|IO_Raw)) {
332 return success = false; 329 return success = false;
333 } 330 }
334 read_fd = srcFile.handle(); 331 read_fd = srcFile.handle();
335 if(read_fd != -1) { 332 if(read_fd != -1) {
336 fstat (read_fd, &stat_buf); 333 fstat (read_fd, &stat_buf);
337 if( !destFile.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) ) 334 if( !destFile.open( IO_WriteOnly|IO_Raw ) )
338 return success = false; 335 return success = false;
339 write_fd = destFile.handle(); 336 write_fd = destFile.handle();
340 if(write_fd != -1) { 337 if(write_fd != -1) {
341 int err=0; 338 int err=0;
342 QString msg; 339 QString msg;
343 err = sendfile(write_fd, read_fd, &offset, stat_buf.st_size); 340 err = sendfile(write_fd, read_fd, &offset, stat_buf.st_size);
344 if( err == -1) { 341 if( err == -1) {
345 switch(err) { 342 switch(err) {
346 case EBADF : msg = "The input file was not opened for reading or the output file was not opened for writing. "; 343 case EBADF : msg = "The input file was not opened for reading or the output file was not opened for writing. ";
347 case EINVAL: msg = "Descriptor is not valid or locked. "; 344 case EINVAL: msg = "Descriptor is not valid or locked. ";
348 case ENOMEM: msg = "Insufficient memory to read from in_fd."; 345 case ENOMEM: msg = "Insufficient memory to read from in_fd.";
349 case EIO: msg = "Unspecified error while reading from in_fd."; 346 case EIO: msg = "Unspecified error while reading from in_fd.";
350 }; 347 };
351 success = false; 348 success = false;
352 } 349 }
353 } else { 350 } else {
354 qWarning("open write failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1()); 351 qWarning("open write failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1());
355 success = false; 352 success = false;
356 } 353 }
357 } else { 354 } else {
358 qWarning("open read failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1()); 355 qWarning("open read failed %s, %s",src.latin1(), dest.latin1());
359 success = false; 356 success = false;
360 } 357 }
361 srcFile.close(); 358 srcFile.close();
362 destFile.close(); 359 destFile.close();
363 // Set file permissions 360 // Set file permissions
364 if( stat( (const char *) src, &status ) == 0 ) { 361 if( stat( (const char *) src, &status ) == 0 ) {
365 chmod( (const char *) dest, status.st_mode ); 362 chmod( (const char *) dest, status.st_mode );
366 } 363 }
367 364
368 return success; 365 return success;
369} 366}
370 367
371 368
372bool FileManager::renameFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) { 369bool FileManager::renameFile( const QString & src, const QString & dest ) {
373 if(copyFile( src, dest )) { 370 if(copyFile( src, dest )) {
374 if(QFile::remove(src) ) { 371 if(QFile::remove(src) ) {
375 return true; 372 return true;
376 } 373 }
377 } 374 }
378 return false; 375 return false;
379} 376}
380*/ 377*/
381 378
382/*! 379/*!
383 Opens the document specified by \a f as a readable QIODevice. 380 Opens the document specified by \a f as a readable QIODevice.
384 The caller must delete the return value. 381 The caller must delete the return value.
385 382
386 Returns 0 if the operation fails. 383 Returns 0 if the operation fails.
387*/ 384*/
388QIODevice* FileManager::openFile( const DocLnk& f ) 385QIODevice* FileManager::openFile( const DocLnk& f )
389{ 386{
390 QString fn = f.file(); 387 QString fn = f.file();
391 QFile* fl = new QFile( fn ); 388 QFile* fl = new QFile( fn );
392 if ( !fl->open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) { 389 if ( !fl->open( IO_ReadOnly ) ) {
393 delete fl; 390 delete fl;
394 fl = 0; 391 fl = 0;
395 } 392 }
396 return fl; 393 return fl;
397} 394}
398 395
399/*! 396/*!
400 Opens the document specified by \a f as a writable QIODevice. 397 Opens the document specified by \a f as a writable QIODevice.
401 The caller must delete the return value. 398 The caller must delete the return value.
402 399
403 Returns 0 if the operation fails. 400 Returns 0 if the operation fails.
404*/ 401*/
405QIODevice* FileManager::saveFile( const DocLnk& f ) 402QIODevice* FileManager::saveFile( const DocLnk& f )
406{ 403{
407 QString fn = f.file(); 404 QString fn = f.file();
408 ensurePathExists( fn ); 405 ensurePathExists( fn );
409 QFile* fl = new QFile( fn ); 406 QFile* fl = new QFile( fn );
410 if ( fl->open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) { 407 if ( fl->open( IO_WriteOnly ) ) {
411 f.writeLink(); 408 f.writeLink();
diff --git a/library/fileselector.cpp b/library/fileselector.cpp
index 4039243..7c29aba 100644
--- a/library/fileselector.cpp
+++ b/library/fileselector.cpp
@@ -1,419 +1,417 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21// WARNING: Do *NOT* define this yourself. The SL5xxx from SHARP does NOT 21// WARNING: Do *NOT* define this yourself. The SL5xxx from SHARP does NOT
22// have this class. 22// have this class.
23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_FSLP 23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_FSLP
24 24
25#include "fileselector.h" 25#include "fileselector.h"
26#include "fileselector_p.h" 26#include "fileselector_p.h"
27#include "global.h" 27#include "global.h"
28#include "resource.h" 28#include "resource.h"
29#include "config.h" 29#include "config.h"
30#include "applnk.h"
31#include "storage.h" 30#include "storage.h"
32#include "qpemenubar.h" 31#include "qpemenubar.h"
33#include <qcopchannel_qws.h> 32#include <qcopchannel_qws.h>
34#include "lnkproperties.h" 33#include "lnkproperties.h"
35#include "applnk.h"
36#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 34#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
37#include "categorymenu.h" 35#include "categorymenu.h"
38#include "categoryselect.h" 36#include "categoryselect.h"
39#include "mimetype.h" 37#include "mimetype.h"
40#include <qpe/categories.h> 38#include <qpe/categories.h>
41 39
42#include <stdlib.h> 40#include <stdlib.h>
43 41
44#include <qdir.h> 42#include <qdir.h>
45#include <qwidget.h> 43#include <qwidget.h>
46#include <qpopupmenu.h> 44#include <qpopupmenu.h>
47#include <qtoolbutton.h> 45#include <qtoolbutton.h>
48#include <qpushbutton.h> 46#include <qpushbutton.h>
49#include <qheader.h> 47#include <qheader.h>
50#include <qtooltip.h> 48#include <qtooltip.h>
51#include <qwhatsthis.h> 49#include <qwhatsthis.h>
52 50
53class TypeCombo : public QComboBox 51class TypeCombo : public QComboBox
54{ 52{
55 Q_OBJECT 53 Q_OBJECT
56public: 54public:
57 TypeCombo( QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 ) 55 TypeCombo( QWidget *parent, const char *name=0 )
58 : QComboBox( parent, name ) 56 : QComboBox( parent, name )
59 { 57 {
60 connect( this, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(selectType(int)) ); 58 connect( this, SIGNAL(activated(int)), this, SLOT(selectType(int)) );
61 } 59 }
62 60
63 void reread( DocLnkSet &files, const QString &filter ); 61 void reread( DocLnkSet &files, const QString &filter );
64 62
65signals: 63signals:
66 void selected( const QString & ); 64 void selected( const QString & );
67 65
68protected slots: 66protected slots:
69 void selectType( int idx ) { 67 void selectType( int idx ) {
70 emit selected( typelist[idx] ); 68 emit selected( typelist[idx] );
71 } 69 }
72 70
73protected: 71protected:
74 QStringList typelist; 72 QStringList typelist;
75 QString prev; 73 QString prev;
76}; 74};
77 75
78void TypeCombo::reread( DocLnkSet &files, const QString &filter ) 76void TypeCombo::reread( DocLnkSet &files, const QString &filter )
79{ 77{
80 typelist.clear(); 78 typelist.clear();
81 QStringList filters = QStringList::split( ';', filter ); 79 QStringList filters = QStringList::split( ';', filter );
82 int pos = filter.find( '/' ); 80 int pos = filter.find( '/' );
83 //### do for each filter 81 //### do for each filter
84 if ( filters.count() == 1 && pos >= 0 && filter[pos+1] != '*' ) { 82 if ( filters.count() == 1 && pos >= 0 && filter[pos+1] != '*' ) {
85 typelist.append( filter ); 83 typelist.append( filter );
86 clear(); 84 clear();
87 QString minor = filter.mid( pos+1 ); 85 QString minor = filter.mid( pos+1 );
88 minor[0] = minor[0].upper(); 86 minor[0] = minor[0].upper();
89 insertItem( tr("%1 files").arg(minor) ); 87 insertItem( tr("%1 files").arg(minor) );
90 setCurrentItem(0); 88 setCurrentItem(0);
91 setEnabled( FALSE ); 89 setEnabled( FALSE );
92 return; 90 return;
93 } 91 }
94 92
95 QListIterator<DocLnk> dit( files.children() ); 93 QListIterator<DocLnk> dit( files.children() );
96 for ( ; dit.current(); ++dit ) { 94 for ( ; dit.current(); ++dit ) {
97 if ( !typelist.contains( (*dit)->type() ) ) 95 if ( !typelist.contains( (*dit)->type() ) )
98 typelist.append( (*dit)->type() ); 96 typelist.append( (*dit)->type() );
99 } 97 }
100 98
101 QStringList types; 99 QStringList types;
102 QStringList::ConstIterator it; 100 QStringList::ConstIterator it;
103 for (it = typelist.begin(); it!=typelist.end(); ++it) { 101 for (it = typelist.begin(); it!=typelist.end(); ++it) {
104 QString t = *it; 102 QString t = *it;
105 if ( t.left(12) == "application/" ) { 103 if ( t.left(12) == "application/" ) {
106 MimeType mt(t); 104 MimeType mt(t);
107 const AppLnk* app = mt.application(); 105 const AppLnk* app = mt.application();
108 if ( app ) 106 if ( app )
109 t = app->name(); 107 t = app->name();
110 else 108 else
111 t = t.mid(12); 109 t = t.mid(12);
112 } else { 110 } else {
113 QString major, minor; 111 QString major, minor;
114 int pos = t.find( '/' ); 112 int pos = t.find( '/' );
115 if ( pos >= 0 ) { 113 if ( pos >= 0 ) {
116 major = t.left( pos ); 114 major = t.left( pos );
117 minor = t.mid( pos+1 ); 115 minor = t.mid( pos+1 );
118 } 116 }
119 if ( minor.find( "x-" ) == 0 ) 117 if ( minor.find( "x-" ) == 0 )
120 minor = minor.mid( 2 ); 118 minor = minor.mid( 2 );
121 minor[0] = minor[0].upper(); 119 minor[0] = minor[0].upper();
122 major[0] = major[0].upper(); 120 major[0] = major[0].upper();
123 if ( filters.count() > 1 ) 121 if ( filters.count() > 1 )
124 t = tr("%1 %2", "minor mimetype / major mimetype").arg(minor).arg(major); 122 t = tr("%1 %2", "minor mimetype / major mimetype").arg(minor).arg(major);
125 else 123 else
126 t = minor; 124 t = minor;
127 } 125 }
128 types += tr("%1 files").arg(t); 126 types += tr("%1 files").arg(t);
129 } 127 }
130 for (it = filters.begin(); it!=filters.end(); ++it) { 128 for (it = filters.begin(); it!=filters.end(); ++it) {
131 typelist.append( *it ); 129 typelist.append( *it );
132 int pos = (*it).find( '/' ); 130 int pos = (*it).find( '/' );
133 if ( pos >= 0 ) { 131 if ( pos >= 0 ) {
134 QString maj = (*it).left( pos ); 132 QString maj = (*it).left( pos );
135 maj[0] = maj[0].upper(); 133 maj[0] = maj[0].upper();
136 types << tr("All %1 files").arg(maj); 134 types << tr("All %1 files").arg(maj);
137 } 135 }
138 } 136 }
139 if ( filters.count() > 1 ) { 137 if ( filters.count() > 1 ) {
140 typelist.append( filter ); 138 typelist.append( filter );
141 types << tr("All files"); 139 types << tr("All files");
142 } 140 }
143 prev = currentText(); 141 prev = currentText();
144 clear(); 142 clear();
145 insertStringList(types); 143 insertStringList(types);
146 for (int i=0; i<count(); i++) { 144 for (int i=0; i<count(); i++) {
147 if ( text(i) == prev ) { 145 if ( text(i) == prev ) {
148 setCurrentItem(i); 146 setCurrentItem(i);
149 break; 147 break;
150 } 148 }
151 } 149 }
152 if ( prev.isNull() ) 150 if ( prev.isNull() )
153 setCurrentItem(count()-1); 151 setCurrentItem(count()-1);
154 setEnabled( TRUE ); 152 setEnabled( TRUE );
155} 153}
156 154
157 155
158//=========================================================================== 156//===========================================================================
159 157
160FileSelectorItem::FileSelectorItem( QListView *parent, const DocLnk &f ) 158FileSelectorItem::FileSelectorItem( QListView *parent, const DocLnk &f )
161 : QListViewItem( parent ), fl( f ) 159 : QListViewItem( parent ), fl( f )
162{ 160{
163 setText( 0, f.name() ); 161 setText( 0, f.name() );
164 setPixmap( 0, f.pixmap() ); 162 setPixmap( 0, f.pixmap() );
165} 163}
166 164
167FileSelectorItem::~FileSelectorItem() 165FileSelectorItem::~FileSelectorItem()
168{ 166{
169} 167}
170 168
171FileSelectorView::FileSelectorView( QWidget *parent, const char *name ) 169FileSelectorView::FileSelectorView( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
172 : QListView( parent, name ) 170 : QListView( parent, name )
173{ 171{
174 setAllColumnsShowFocus( TRUE ); 172 setAllColumnsShowFocus( TRUE );
175 addColumn( tr( "Name" ) ); 173 addColumn( tr( "Name" ) );
176 header()->hide(); 174 header()->hide();
177} 175}
178 176
179FileSelectorView::~FileSelectorView() 177FileSelectorView::~FileSelectorView()
180{ 178{
181} 179}
182 180
183void FileSelectorView::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e ) 181void FileSelectorView::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
184{ 182{
185 QString txt = e->text(); 183 QString txt = e->text();
186 if (e->key() == Key_Space) 184 if (e->key() == Key_Space)
187 emit returnPressed( currentItem() ); 185 emit returnPressed( currentItem() );
188 else if ( !txt.isNull() && txt[0] > ' ' && e->key() < 0x1000 ) 186 else if ( !txt.isNull() && txt[0] > ' ' && e->key() < 0x1000 )
189 e->ignore(); 187 e->ignore();
190 else 188 else
191 QListView::keyPressEvent(e); 189 QListView::keyPressEvent(e);
192} 190}
193 191
194class NewDocItem : public FileSelectorItem 192class NewDocItem : public FileSelectorItem
195{ 193{
196public: 194public:
197 NewDocItem( QListView *parent, const DocLnk &f ) 195 NewDocItem( QListView *parent, const DocLnk &f )
198 : FileSelectorItem( parent, f ) { 196 : FileSelectorItem( parent, f ) {
199 setText( 0, QObject::tr("New Document") ); 197 setText( 0, QObject::tr("New Document") );
200 QImage img( Resource::loadImage( "new" ) ); 198 QImage img( Resource::loadImage( "new" ) );
201 QPixmap pm; 199 QPixmap pm;
202 pm = img.smoothScale( AppLnk::smallIconSize(), AppLnk::smallIconSize() ); 200 pm = img.smoothScale( AppLnk::smallIconSize(), AppLnk::smallIconSize() );
203 setPixmap( 0, pm ); 201 setPixmap( 0, pm );
204 } 202 }
205 QString key ( int, bool ) const { 203 QString key ( int, bool ) const {
206 return QString("\n"); 204 return QString("\n");
207 } 205 }
208 206
209 void paintCell( QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg, int column, int width, int alignment ) { 207 void paintCell( QPainter *p, const QColorGroup &cg, int column, int width, int alignment ) {
210 QFont oldFont = p->font(); 208 QFont oldFont = p->font();
211 QFont newFont = p->font(); 209 QFont newFont = p->font();
212 newFont.setWeight( QFont::Bold ); 210 newFont.setWeight( QFont::Bold );
213 p->setFont( newFont ); 211 p->setFont( newFont );
214 FileSelectorItem::paintCell( p, cg, column, width, alignment ); 212 FileSelectorItem::paintCell( p, cg, column, width, alignment );
215 p->setFont( oldFont ); 213 p->setFont( oldFont );
216 } 214 }
217 215
218 int width( const QFontMetrics &fm, const QListView *v, int c ) const { 216 int width( const QFontMetrics &fm, const QListView *v, int c ) const {
219 return FileSelectorItem::width( fm, v, c )*4/3; // allow for bold font 217 return FileSelectorItem::width( fm, v, c )*4/3; // allow for bold font
220 } 218 }
221}; 219};
222 220
223//=========================================================================== 221//===========================================================================
224 222
225class FileSelectorPrivate 223class FileSelectorPrivate
226{ 224{
227public: 225public:
228 TypeCombo *typeCombo; 226 TypeCombo *typeCombo;
229 CategorySelect *catSelect; 227 CategorySelect *catSelect;
230 QValueList<QRegExp> mimeFilters; 228 QValueList<QRegExp> mimeFilters;
231 int catId; 229 int catId;
232 bool showNew; 230 bool showNew;
233 NewDocItem *newDocItem; 231 NewDocItem *newDocItem;
234 DocLnkSet files; 232 DocLnkSet files;
235 QHBox *toolbar; 233 QHBox *toolbar;
236}; 234};
237 235
238/*! 236/*!
239 \class FileSelector fileselector.h 237 \class FileSelector fileselector.h
240 \brief The FileSelector widget allows the user to select DocLnk objects. 238 \brief The FileSelector widget allows the user to select DocLnk objects.
241 239
242 This class presents a file selection dialog to the user. This widget 240 This class presents a file selection dialog to the user. This widget
243 is usually the first widget seen in a \link docwidget.html 241 is usually the first widget seen in a \link docwidget.html
244 document-oriented application\endlink. The developer will most often 242 document-oriented application\endlink. The developer will most often
245 create this widget in combination with a <a 243 create this widget in combination with a <a
246 href="../qt/qwidgetstack.html"> QWidgetStack</a> and the appropriate 244 href="../qt/qwidgetstack.html"> QWidgetStack</a> and the appropriate
247 editor and/or viewer widget for their application. This widget 245 editor and/or viewer widget for their application. This widget
248 should be shown first and the user can the select which document 246 should be shown first and the user can the select which document
249 they wish to operate on. Please refer to the implementation of 247 they wish to operate on. Please refer to the implementation of
250 texteditor for an example of how to tie these classes together. 248 texteditor for an example of how to tie these classes together.
251 249
252 Use setNewVisible() depending on whether the application can be used 250 Use setNewVisible() depending on whether the application can be used
253 to create new files or not. Use setCloseVisible() depending on 251 to create new files or not. Use setCloseVisible() depending on
254 whether the user may leave the dialog without creating or selecting 252 whether the user may leave the dialog without creating or selecting
255 a document or not. The number of files in the view is available from 253 a document or not. The number of files in the view is available from
256 fileCount(). To force the view to be updated call reread(). 254 fileCount(). To force the view to be updated call reread().
257 255
258 If the user presses the 'New Document' button the newSelected() 256 If the user presses the 'New Document' button the newSelected()
259 signal is emitted. If the user selects an existing file the 257 signal is emitted. If the user selects an existing file the
260 fileSelected() signal is emitted. The selected file's \link 258 fileSelected() signal is emitted. The selected file's \link
261 doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink is available from the selected() 259 doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink is available from the selected()
262 function. If the file selector is no longer necessary the closeMe() 260 function. If the file selector is no longer necessary the closeMe()
263 signal is emitted. 261 signal is emitted.
264 262
265 \ingroup qtopiaemb 263 \ingroup qtopiaemb
266 \sa FileManager 264 \sa FileManager
267*/ 265*/
268 266
269/*! 267/*!
270 Constructs a FileSelector with mime filter \a f. 268 Constructs a FileSelector with mime filter \a f.
271 The standard Qt \a parent and \a name parameters are passed to the 269 The standard Qt \a parent and \a name parameters are passed to the
272 parent widget. 270 parent widget.
273 271
274 If \a newVisible is TRUE, the widget has a button to allow the user 272 If \a newVisible is TRUE, the widget has a button to allow the user
275 the create "new" documents; this is useful for applications that can 273 the create "new" documents; this is useful for applications that can
276 create and edit documents but not suitable for applications that 274 create and edit documents but not suitable for applications that
277 only provide viewing. 275 only provide viewing.
278 276
279 \a closeVisible is deprecated 277 \a closeVisible is deprecated
280 278
281 \sa DocLnkSet::DocLnkSet() 279 \sa DocLnkSet::DocLnkSet()
282*/ 280*/
283FileSelector::FileSelector( const QString &f, QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool newVisible, bool closeVisible ) 281FileSelector::FileSelector( const QString &f, QWidget *parent, const char *name, bool newVisible, bool closeVisible )
284 : QVBox( parent, name ), filter( f ) 282 : QVBox( parent, name ), filter( f )
285{ 283{
286 setMargin( 0 ); 284 setMargin( 0 );
287 setSpacing( 0 ); 285 setSpacing( 0 );
288 286
289 d = new FileSelectorPrivate(); 287 d = new FileSelectorPrivate();
290 d->newDocItem = 0; 288 d->newDocItem = 0;
291 d->showNew = newVisible; 289 d->showNew = newVisible;
292 d->catId = -2; // All files 290 d->catId = -2; // All files
293 291
294 d->toolbar = new QHBox( this ); 292 d->toolbar = new QHBox( this );
295 d->toolbar->setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton ); // same colour as toolbars 293 d->toolbar->setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton ); // same colour as toolbars
296 d->toolbar->setSpacing( 0 ); 294 d->toolbar->setSpacing( 0 );
297 d->toolbar->hide(); 295 d->toolbar->hide();
298 296
299 QWidget *spacer = new QWidget( d->toolbar ); 297 QWidget *spacer = new QWidget( d->toolbar );
300 spacer->setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton ); 298 spacer->setBackgroundMode( PaletteButton );
301 299
302 QToolButton *tb = new QToolButton( d->toolbar ); 300 QToolButton *tb = new QToolButton( d->toolbar );
303 tb->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "close" ) ); 301 tb->setPixmap( Resource::loadPixmap( "close" ) );
304 connect( tb, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SIGNAL( closeMe() ) ); 302 connect( tb, SIGNAL( clicked() ), this, SIGNAL( closeMe() ) );
305 buttonClose = tb; 303 buttonClose = tb;
306 tb->setFixedSize( 18, 20 ); // tb->sizeHint() ); 304 tb->setFixedSize( 18, 20 ); // tb->sizeHint() );
307 tb->setAutoRaise( TRUE ); 305 tb->setAutoRaise( TRUE );
308 QToolTip::add( tb, tr( "Close the File Selector" ) ); 306 QToolTip::add( tb, tr( "Close the File Selector" ) );
309 QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager()->addWidget( tb ); 307 QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager()->addWidget( tb );
310 308
311 view = new FileSelectorView( this, "fileview" ); 309 view = new FileSelectorView( this, "fileview" );
312 QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( view->viewport(), QPEApplication::RightOnHold ); 310 QPEApplication::setStylusOperation( view->viewport(), QPEApplication::RightOnHold );
313 connect( view, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ), 311 connect( view, SIGNAL( mouseButtonClicked( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ),
314 this, SLOT( fileClicked( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ) ); 312 this, SLOT( fileClicked( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ) );
315 connect( view, SIGNAL( mouseButtonPressed( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ), 313 connect( view, SIGNAL( mouseButtonPressed( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ),
316 this, SLOT( filePressed( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ) ); 314 this, SLOT( filePressed( int, QListViewItem *, const QPoint &, int ) ) );
317 connect( view, SIGNAL( returnPressed( QListViewItem * ) ), 315 connect( view, SIGNAL( returnPressed( QListViewItem * ) ),
318 this, SLOT( fileClicked( QListViewItem * ) ) ); 316 this, SLOT( fileClicked( QListViewItem * ) ) );
319 317
320 QHBox *hb = new QHBox( this ); 318 QHBox *hb = new QHBox( this );
321 319
322 d->typeCombo = new TypeCombo( hb ); 320 d->typeCombo = new TypeCombo( hb );
323 connect( d->typeCombo, SIGNAL(selected(const QString&)), 321 connect( d->typeCombo, SIGNAL(selected(const QString&)),
324 this, SLOT(typeSelected(const QString&)) ); 322 this, SLOT(typeSelected(const QString&)) );
325 QWhatsThis::add( d->typeCombo, tr("Show documents of this type") ); 323 QWhatsThis::add( d->typeCombo, tr("Show documents of this type") );
326 324
327 Categories c; 325 Categories c;
328 c.load(categoryFileName()); 326 c.load(categoryFileName());
329 QArray<int> vl( 0 ); 327 QArray<int> vl( 0 );
330 d->catSelect = new CategorySelect( hb ); 328 d->catSelect = new CategorySelect( hb );
331 d->catSelect->setRemoveCategoryEdit( TRUE ); 329 d->catSelect->setRemoveCategoryEdit( TRUE );
332 d->catSelect->setCategories( vl, "Document View", tr("Document View") ); 330 d->catSelect->setCategories( vl, "Document View", tr("Document View") );
333 d->catSelect->setAllCategories( TRUE ); 331 d->catSelect->setAllCategories( TRUE );
334 connect( d->catSelect, SIGNAL(signalSelected(int)), this, SLOT(catSelected(int)) ); 332 connect( d->catSelect, SIGNAL(signalSelected(int)), this, SLOT(catSelected(int)) );
335 QWhatsThis::add( d->catSelect, tr("Show documents in this category") ); 333 QWhatsThis::add( d->catSelect, tr("Show documents in this category") );
336 334
337 setCloseVisible( closeVisible ); 335 setCloseVisible( closeVisible );
338 336
339 QCopChannel *channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Card", this ); 337 QCopChannel *channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Card", this );
340 connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)), 338 connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)),
341 this, SLOT(cardMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) ); 339 this, SLOT(cardMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) );
342 340
343 reread(); 341 reread();
344 updateWhatsThis(); 342 updateWhatsThis();
345} 343}
346 344
347/*! 345/*!
348 Destroys the widget. 346 Destroys the widget.
349*/ 347*/
350FileSelector::~FileSelector() 348FileSelector::~FileSelector()
351{ 349{
352 delete d; 350 delete d;
353} 351}
354 352
355/*! 353/*!
356 Returns the number of files in the view. If this is zero, an editor 354 Returns the number of files in the view. If this is zero, an editor
357 application might bypass the selector and immediately start with 355 application might bypass the selector and immediately start with
358 a "new" document. 356 a "new" document.
359*/ 357*/
360int FileSelector::fileCount() 358int FileSelector::fileCount()
361{ 359{
362 return d->files.children().count();; 360 return d->files.children().count();;
363} 361}
364 362
365/*! 363/*!
366 Calling this function is the programmatic equivalent of the user 364 Calling this function is the programmatic equivalent of the user
367 pressing the "new" button. 365 pressing the "new" button.
368 366
369 \sa newSelected(), closeMe() 367 \sa newSelected(), closeMe()
370*/ 368*/
371void FileSelector::createNew() 369void FileSelector::createNew()
372{ 370{
373 DocLnk f; 371 DocLnk f;
374 emit newSelected( f ); 372 emit newSelected( f );
375 emit closeMe(); 373 emit closeMe();
376} 374}
377 375
378void FileSelector::fileClicked( int button, QListViewItem *i, const QPoint &, int ) 376void FileSelector::fileClicked( int button, QListViewItem *i, const QPoint &, int )
379{ 377{
380 if ( !i ) 378 if ( !i )
381 return; 379 return;
382 if ( button == Qt::LeftButton ) { 380 if ( button == Qt::LeftButton ) {
383 fileClicked( i ); 381 fileClicked( i );
384 } 382 }
385} 383}
386 384
387void FileSelector::filePressed( int button, QListViewItem *i, const QPoint &, int ) 385void FileSelector::filePressed( int button, QListViewItem *i, const QPoint &, int )
388{ 386{
389 if ( !i || i == d->newDocItem ) 387 if ( !i || i == d->newDocItem )
390 return; 388 return;
391 if ( button == Qt::RightButton ) { 389 if ( button == Qt::RightButton ) {
392 DocLnk l = ((FileSelectorItem *)i)->file(); 390 DocLnk l = ((FileSelectorItem *)i)->file();
393 LnkProperties prop( &l ); 391 LnkProperties prop( &l );
394 prop.showMaximized(); 392 prop.showMaximized();
395 prop.exec(); 393 prop.exec();
396 reread(); 394 reread();
397 } 395 }
398} 396}
399 397
400void FileSelector::fileClicked( QListViewItem *i ) 398void FileSelector::fileClicked( QListViewItem *i )
401{ 399{
402 if ( !i ) 400 if ( !i )
403 return; 401 return;
404 if ( i == d->newDocItem ) { 402 if ( i == d->newDocItem ) {
405 createNew(); 403 createNew();
406 } else { 404 } else {
407 emit fileSelected( ( (FileSelectorItem*)i )->file() ); 405 emit fileSelected( ( (FileSelectorItem*)i )->file() );
408 emit closeMe(); 406 emit closeMe();
409 } 407 }
410} 408}
411 409
412void FileSelector::typeSelected( const QString &type ) 410void FileSelector::typeSelected( const QString &type )
413{ 411{
414 d->mimeFilters.clear(); 412 d->mimeFilters.clear();
415 QStringList subFilter = QStringList::split(";", type); 413 QStringList subFilter = QStringList::split(";", type);
416 for( QStringList::Iterator it = subFilter.begin(); it != subFilter.end(); ++it ) 414 for( QStringList::Iterator it = subFilter.begin(); it != subFilter.end(); ++it )
417 d->mimeFilters.append( QRegExp(*it, FALSE, TRUE) ); 415 d->mimeFilters.append( QRegExp(*it, FALSE, TRUE) );
418 updateView(); 416 updateView();
419} 417}
diff --git a/library/finddialog.cpp b/library/finddialog.cpp
index ddf41a7..64487c9 100644
--- a/library/finddialog.cpp
+++ b/library/finddialog.cpp
@@ -1,85 +1,84 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21// WARNING: Do *NOT* define this yourself. The SL5xxx from SHARP does NOT 21// WARNING: Do *NOT* define this yourself. The SL5xxx from SHARP does NOT
22// have this class. 22// have this class.
23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_FD 23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_FD
24 24
25#include "finddialog.h" 25#include "finddialog.h"
26#include "findwidget_p.h" 26#include "findwidget_p.h"
27 27
28#include <qlayout.h> 28#include <qlayout.h>
29#include <qpushbutton.h>
30 29
31/*! 30/*!
32 \class FindDialog finddialog.h 31 \class FindDialog finddialog.h
33 \brief A simple FindDialog 32 \brief A simple FindDialog
34 33
35 A find dialog. FIXME!!!! 34 A find dialog. FIXME!!!!
36 35
37*/ 36*/
38FindDialog::FindDialog( const QString &appName, QWidget *parent, 37FindDialog::FindDialog( const QString &appName, QWidget *parent,
39 const char *name, bool modal ) 38 const char *name, bool modal )
40 : QDialog( parent, name, modal ) 39 : QDialog( parent, name, modal )
41{ 40{
42 setCaption( tr("Find") ); 41 setCaption( tr("Find") );
43 QVBoxLayout *vb; 42 QVBoxLayout *vb;
44 vb = new QVBoxLayout( this ); 43 vb = new QVBoxLayout( this );
45 fw = new FindWidget( appName, this, "Find Widget" ); 44 fw = new FindWidget( appName, this, "Find Widget" );
46 vb->addWidget( fw ); 45 vb->addWidget( fw );
47 QObject::connect( fw, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&, 46 QObject::connect( fw, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&,
48 bool,bool,int)), 47 bool,bool,int)),
49 this, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&, 48 this, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&,
50 bool,bool,int)) ); 49 bool,bool,int)) );
51 QObject::connect( fw, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&,const QDate&, 50 QObject::connect( fw, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&,const QDate&,
52 bool,bool,int)), 51 bool,bool,int)),
53 this, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&, 52 this, SIGNAL(signalFindClicked(const QString&,
54 const QDate&,bool,bool,int)) ); 53 const QDate&,bool,bool,int)) );
55 d = 0; 54 d = 0;
56} 55}
57 56
58FindDialog::~FindDialog() 57FindDialog::~FindDialog()
59{ 58{
60} 59}
61 60
62QString FindDialog::findText() const 61QString FindDialog::findText() const
63{ 62{
64 return fw->findText(); 63 return fw->findText();
65} 64}
66 65
67void FindDialog::setUseDate( bool show ) 66void FindDialog::setUseDate( bool show )
68{ 67{
69 fw->setUseDate( show ); 68 fw->setUseDate( show );
70} 69}
71 70
72void FindDialog::setDate( const QDate &dt ) 71void FindDialog::setDate( const QDate &dt )
73{ 72{
74 fw->setDate( dt ); 73 fw->setDate( dt );
75} 74}
76 75
77void FindDialog::slotNotFound() 76void FindDialog::slotNotFound()
78{ 77{
79 fw->slotNotFound(); 78 fw->slotNotFound();
80} 79}
81 80
82void FindDialog::slotWrapAround() 81void FindDialog::slotWrapAround()
83{ 82{
84 fw->slotWrapAround(); 83 fw->slotWrapAround();
85} 84}
diff --git a/library/findwidget_p.cpp b/library/findwidget_p.cpp
index 287e125..e91d789 100644
--- a/library/findwidget_p.cpp
+++ b/library/findwidget_p.cpp
@@ -1,120 +1,114 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include "findwidget_p.h" 21#include "findwidget_p.h"
22 22
23#include <qpe/categories.h>
24#include <qpe/categoryselect.h> 23#include <qpe/categoryselect.h>
25#include <qpe/datebookmonth.h> 24#include <qpe/datebookmonth.h>
26#include <qpe/timestring.h>
27 25
28#include <qcheckbox.h> 26#include <qcheckbox.h>
29#include <qlabel.h> 27#include <qlabel.h>
30#include <qlineedit.h> 28#include <qlineedit.h>
31#include <qmessagebox.h>
32#include <qpushbutton.h>
33#include <qpopupmenu.h>
34#include <qtoolbutton.h>
35 29
36FindWidget::FindWidget( const QString &appName, QWidget *parent, 30FindWidget::FindWidget( const QString &appName, QWidget *parent,
37 const char *name ) 31 const char *name )
38 : FindWidgetBase( parent, name ), 32 : FindWidgetBase( parent, name ),
39 mStrApp( appName ), 33 mStrApp( appName ),
40 mDate( QDate::currentDate() ) 34 mDate( QDate::currentDate() )
41{ 35{
42 setMaximumSize( sizeHint() ); 36 setMaximumSize( sizeHint() );
43 QArray<int> vl(0); 37 QArray<int> vl(0);
44 cmbCat->setCategories( vl, mStrApp ); 38 cmbCat->setCategories( vl, mStrApp );
45 cmbCat->setRemoveCategoryEdit( TRUE ); 39 cmbCat->setRemoveCategoryEdit( TRUE );
46 cmbCat->setAllCategories( TRUE ); 40 cmbCat->setAllCategories( TRUE );
47 // hide junk for the moment... 41 // hide junk for the moment...
48 lblStartDate->hide(); 42 lblStartDate->hide();
49 cmdStartDate->hide(); 43 cmdStartDate->hide();
50 QPopupMenu *m1 = new QPopupMenu( this ); 44 QPopupMenu *m1 = new QPopupMenu( this );
51 dtPicker = new DateBookMonth( m1, 0, TRUE ); 45 dtPicker = new DateBookMonth( m1, 0, TRUE );
52 dtPicker->setDate( mDate.year(), mDate.month(), mDate.day() ); 46 dtPicker->setDate( mDate.year(), mDate.month(), mDate.day() );
53 m1->insertItem( dtPicker ); 47 m1->insertItem( dtPicker );
54 cmdStartDate->setPopup( m1 ); 48 cmdStartDate->setPopup( m1 );
55 cmdStartDate->setText( TimeString::shortDate(mDate) ); 49 cmdStartDate->setText( TimeString::shortDate(mDate) );
56 QObject::connect( dtPicker, SIGNAL(dateClicked(int, int, int)), 50 QObject::connect( dtPicker, SIGNAL(dateClicked(int, int, int)),
57 this, SLOT(slotDateChanged(int, int, int)) ); 51 this, SLOT(slotDateChanged(int, int, int)) );
58 52
59 QObject::connect( cmdFind, SIGNAL(clicked()), 53 QObject::connect( cmdFind, SIGNAL(clicked()),
60 this, SLOT(slotFindClicked()) ); 54 this, SLOT(slotFindClicked()) );
61} 55}
62 56
63FindWidget::~FindWidget() 57FindWidget::~FindWidget()
64{ 58{
65} 59}
66 60
67QString FindWidget::findText() const 61QString FindWidget::findText() const
68{ 62{
69 return txtFind->text(); 63 return txtFind->text();
70} 64}
71 65
72void FindWidget::slotFindClicked() 66void FindWidget::slotFindClicked()
73{ 67{
74 lblStatus->setText( "" ); 68 lblStatus->setText( "" );
75 if ( cmdStartDate->isVisible() ) 69 if ( cmdStartDate->isVisible() )
76 emit signalFindClicked( findText(), 70 emit signalFindClicked( findText(),
77 mDate, 71 mDate,
78 chkCase->isChecked(), 72 chkCase->isChecked(),
79 chkBackwards->isChecked(), 73 chkBackwards->isChecked(),
80 cmbCat->currentCategory() ); 74 cmbCat->currentCategory() );
81 else 75 else
82 emit signalFindClicked( findText(), chkCase->isChecked(), 76 emit signalFindClicked( findText(), chkCase->isChecked(),
83 chkBackwards->isChecked(), 77 chkBackwards->isChecked(),
84 cmbCat->currentCategory() ); 78 cmbCat->currentCategory() );
85} 79}
86 80
87void FindWidget::setUseDate( bool show ) 81void FindWidget::setUseDate( bool show )
88{ 82{
89 if ( show ) { 83 if ( show ) {
90 lblStartDate->show(); 84 lblStartDate->show();
91 cmdStartDate->show(); 85 cmdStartDate->show();
92 } else { 86 } else {
93 lblStartDate->hide(); 87 lblStartDate->hide();
94 cmdStartDate->hide(); 88 cmdStartDate->hide();
95 } 89 }
96 chkBackwards->setDisabled( show ); 90 chkBackwards->setDisabled( show );
97} 91}
98 92
99void FindWidget::setDate( const QDate &dt ) 93void FindWidget::setDate( const QDate &dt )
100{ 94{
101 slotDateChanged( dt.year(), dt.month(), dt.day() ); 95 slotDateChanged( dt.year(), dt.month(), dt.day() );
102} 96}
103 97
104void FindWidget::slotNotFound() 98void FindWidget::slotNotFound()
105{ 99{
106 lblStatus->setText( tr("String Not Found.") ); 100 lblStatus->setText( tr("String Not Found.") );
107} 101}
108 102
109void FindWidget::slotWrapAround() 103void FindWidget::slotWrapAround()
110{ 104{
111 lblStatus->setText( tr("End reached, starting at %1", "Date using TimeString::shortDate") 105 lblStatus->setText( tr("End reached, starting at %1", "Date using TimeString::shortDate")
112 .arg(TimeString::shortDate( mDate ) ) ); 106 .arg(TimeString::shortDate( mDate ) ) );
113} 107}
114 108
115void FindWidget::slotDateChanged( int year, int month, int day ) 109void FindWidget::slotDateChanged( int year, int month, int day )
116{ 110{
117 mDate.setYMD( year, month, day ); 111 mDate.setYMD( year, month, day );
118 cmdStartDate->setText( TimeString::shortDate( mDate ) ); 112 cmdStartDate->setText( TimeString::shortDate( mDate ) );
119 dtPicker->setDate( year, month, day ); 113 dtPicker->setDate( year, month, day );
120} 114}
diff --git a/library/fontdatabase.cpp b/library/fontdatabase.cpp
index 2ad8e95..d94e338 100644
--- a/library/fontdatabase.cpp
+++ b/library/fontdatabase.cpp
@@ -1,253 +1,251 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 21#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
22#include "fontfactoryinterface.h"
23#include "fontdatabase.h" 22#include "fontdatabase.h"
24 23
25#include <qpe/qlibrary.h> 24#include <qpe/qlibrary.h>
26 25
27#include <qfontmanager_qws.h> 26#include <qfontmanager_qws.h>
28#include <qdir.h> 27#include <qdir.h>
29#include <qdict.h>
30#include <stdio.h> 28#include <stdio.h>
31#include <stdlib.h> 29#include <stdlib.h>
32 30
33static QString fontDir() 31static QString fontDir()
34{ 32{
35 QString qtdir = getenv("QTDIR"); 33 QString qtdir = getenv("QTDIR");
36 if ( qtdir.isEmpty() ) qtdir = "/usr/local/qt-embedded"; 34 if ( qtdir.isEmpty() ) qtdir = "/usr/local/qt-embedded";
37 return qtdir+"/lib/fonts/"; 35 return qtdir+"/lib/fonts/";
38} 36}
39 37
40#ifdef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE 38#ifdef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
41static QString fontFamily( const QString& key ) 39static QString fontFamily( const QString& key )
42{ 40{
43 int u0 = key.find('_'); 41 int u0 = key.find('_');
44 int u1 = key.find('_',u0+1); 42 int u1 = key.find('_',u0+1);
45 int u2 = key.find('_',u1+1); 43 int u2 = key.find('_',u1+1);
46 QString family = key.left(u0); 44 QString family = key.left(u0);
47 //int pointSize = key.mid(u0+1,u1-u0-1).toInt(); 45 //int pointSize = key.mid(u0+1,u1-u0-1).toInt();
48 //int weight = key.mid(u1+1,u2-u1-1).toInt(); 46 //int weight = key.mid(u1+1,u2-u1-1).toInt();
49 //bool italic = key.mid(u2-1,1) == "i"; 47 //bool italic = key.mid(u2-1,1) == "i";
50 // #### ignores _t and _I fields 48 // #### ignores _t and _I fields
51 return family; 49 return family;
52} 50}
53#endif 51#endif
54 52
55 53
56QValueList<FontFactory> *FontDatabase::factoryList = 0; 54QValueList<FontFactory> *FontDatabase::factoryList = 0;
57/*! 55/*!
58 \class FontDatabase fontdatabase.h 56 \class FontDatabase fontdatabase.h
59 \brief The FontDatabase class provides information about available fonts. 57 \brief The FontDatabase class provides information about available fonts.
60 58
61 Most often you will simply want to query the database for the 59 Most often you will simply want to query the database for the
62 available font families(). 60 available font families().
63 61
64 Use FontDatabase rather than QFontDatabase when you may need access 62 Use FontDatabase rather than QFontDatabase when you may need access
65 to fonts that are not normally available. For example, if the 63 to fonts that are not normally available. For example, if the
66 freetype library and the Qtopia freetype plugin are installed, 64 freetype library and the Qtopia freetype plugin are installed,
67 TrueType fonts will be available to your application. Font renderer 65 TrueType fonts will be available to your application. Font renderer
68 plugins have greater resource requirements than system fonts so they 66 plugins have greater resource requirements than system fonts so they
69 should be used only when necessary. You can force the loading of 67 should be used only when necessary. You can force the loading of
70 font renderer plugins with loadRenderers(). 68 font renderer plugins with loadRenderers().
71 69
72 \ingroup qtopiaemb 70 \ingroup qtopiaemb
73*/ 71*/
74 72
75/*! 73/*!
76 Constructs a FontDatabase object. 74 Constructs a FontDatabase object.
77*/ 75*/
78FontDatabase::FontDatabase() 76FontDatabase::FontDatabase()
79#ifndef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE 77#ifndef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
80 : QFontDatabase() 78 : QFontDatabase()
81#endif 79#endif
82{ 80{
83 if ( !factoryList ) 81 if ( !factoryList )
84 loadRenderers(); 82 loadRenderers();
85} 83}
86 84
87/*! 85/*!
88 Returns a list of names of all the available font families. 86 Returns a list of names of all the available font families.
89*/ 87*/
90QStringList FontDatabase::families() const 88QStringList FontDatabase::families() const
91{ 89{
92#ifndef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE 90#ifndef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
93 return QFontDatabase::families(); 91 return QFontDatabase::families();
94#else 92#else
95 93
96#ifndef QWS 94#ifndef QWS
97 QStringList list; 95 QStringList list;
98 return list; 96 return list;
99#else 97#else
100 QStringList list; 98 QStringList list;
101 QDict<void> familyDict; 99 QDict<void> familyDict;
102 QDiskFont *qdf; 100 QDiskFont *qdf;
103 for ( qdf=qt_fontmanager->diskfonts.first(); qdf!=0; 101 for ( qdf=qt_fontmanager->diskfonts.first(); qdf!=0;
104 qdf=qt_fontmanager->diskfonts.next()) { 102 qdf=qt_fontmanager->diskfonts.next()) {
105 QString familyname = qdf->name; 103 QString familyname = qdf->name;
106 if ( !familyDict.find( familyname ) ) { 104 if ( !familyDict.find( familyname ) ) {
107 familyDict.insert( familyname, (void *)1 ); 105 familyDict.insert( familyname, (void *)1 );
108 list.append( familyname ); 106 list.append( familyname );
109 } 107 }
110 } 108 }
111 109
112 QDir dir(fontDir(),"*.qpf"); 110 QDir dir(fontDir(),"*.qpf");
113 for (int i=0; i<(int)dir.count(); i++) { 111 for (int i=0; i<(int)dir.count(); i++) {
114 QString familyname = fontFamily(dir[i]); 112 QString familyname = fontFamily(dir[i]);
115 if ( !familyDict.find( familyname ) ) { 113 if ( !familyDict.find( familyname ) ) {
116 familyDict.insert( familyname, (void *)1 ); 114 familyDict.insert( familyname, (void *)1 );
117 list.append( familyname ); 115 list.append( familyname );
118 } 116 }
119 } 117 }
120 118
121 return list; 119 return list;
122#endif 120#endif
123#endif 121#endif
124} 122}
125 123
126#ifdef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE 124#ifdef QT_NO_FONTDATABASE
127/*! 125/*!
128 Returns a list of standard fontsizes. 126 Returns a list of standard fontsizes.
129*/ 127*/
130QValueList<int> FontDatabase::standardSizes() 128QValueList<int> FontDatabase::standardSizes()
131{ 129{
132 static int s[]={ 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28, 130 static int s[]={ 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18, 20, 22, 24, 26, 28,
133 36, 48, 72, 0 }; 131 36, 48, 72, 0 };
134 static bool first = TRUE; 132 static bool first = TRUE;
135 static QValueList<int> sList; 133 static QValueList<int> sList;
136 if ( first ) { 134 if ( first ) {
137 first = FALSE; 135 first = FALSE;
138 int i = 0; 136 int i = 0;
139 while( s[i] ) 137 while( s[i] )
140 sList.append( s[i++] ); 138 sList.append( s[i++] );
141 } 139 }
142 return sList; 140 return sList;
143} 141}
144 142
145#endif 143#endif
146 144
147/*! 145/*!
148 Load any font renderer plugins that are available and make the fonts 146 Load any font renderer plugins that are available and make the fonts
149 that the plugins can read available. 147 that the plugins can read available.
150*/ 148*/
151void FontDatabase::loadRenderers() 149void FontDatabase::loadRenderers()
152{ 150{
153#ifndef QWS 151#ifndef QWS
154 return; 152 return;
155#else 153#else
156 154
157#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT 155#ifndef QT_NO_COMPONENT
158 if ( !factoryList ) 156 if ( !factoryList )
159 factoryList = new QValueList<FontFactory>; 157 factoryList = new QValueList<FontFactory>;
160 158
161 QValueList<FontFactory>::Iterator mit; 159 QValueList<FontFactory>::Iterator mit;
162 for ( mit = factoryList->begin(); mit != factoryList->end(); ++mit ) { 160 for ( mit = factoryList->begin(); mit != factoryList->end(); ++mit ) {
163 qt_fontmanager->factories.setAutoDelete( false ); 161 qt_fontmanager->factories.setAutoDelete( false );
164 qt_fontmanager->factories.removeRef( (*mit).factory ); 162 qt_fontmanager->factories.removeRef( (*mit).factory );
165 qt_fontmanager->factories.setAutoDelete( true ); 163 qt_fontmanager->factories.setAutoDelete( true );
166 (*mit).interface->release(); 164 (*mit).interface->release();
167 (*mit).library->unload(); 165 (*mit).library->unload();
168 delete (*mit).library; 166 delete (*mit).library;
169 } 167 }
170 factoryList->clear(); 168 factoryList->clear();
171 169
172 QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "/plugins/fontfactories"; 170 QString path = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "/plugins/fontfactories";
173#ifdef Q_OS_MACX 171#ifdef Q_OS_MACX
174 QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" ); 172 QDir dir( path, "lib*.dylib" );
175#else 173#else
176 QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" ); 174 QDir dir( path, "lib*.so" );
177#endif 175#endif
178 176
179 if ( !dir.exists()) 177 if ( !dir.exists())
180 return; 178 return;
181 179
182 QStringList list = dir.entryList(); 180 QStringList list = dir.entryList();
183 QStringList::Iterator it; 181 QStringList::Iterator it;
184 for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) { 182 for ( it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it ) {
185 FontFactoryInterface *iface = 0; 183 FontFactoryInterface *iface = 0;
186 QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it ); 184 QLibrary *lib = new QLibrary( path + "/" + *it );
187 if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_FontFactory, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK ) { 185 if ( lib->queryInterface( IID_FontFactory, (QUnknownInterface**)&iface ) == QS_OK ) {
188 FontFactory factory; 186 FontFactory factory;
189 factory.library = lib; 187 factory.library = lib;
190 factory.interface = iface; 188 factory.interface = iface;
191 factory.factory = factory.interface->fontFactory(); 189 factory.factory = factory.interface->fontFactory();
192 factoryList->append( factory ); 190 factoryList->append( factory );
193 qt_fontmanager->factories.append( factory.factory ); 191 qt_fontmanager->factories.append( factory.factory );
194 readFonts( factory.factory ); 192 readFonts( factory.factory );
195 } else { 193 } else {
196 delete lib; 194 delete lib;
197 } 195 }
198 } 196 }
199#endif 197#endif
200#endif 198#endif
201} 199}
202 200
203/*! 201/*!
204 \internal 202 \internal
205*/ 203*/
206void FontDatabase::readFonts( QFontFactory *factory ) 204void FontDatabase::readFonts( QFontFactory *factory )
207{ 205{
208#ifndef QWS 206#ifndef QWS
209return; 207return;
210#else 208#else
211 // Load in font definition file 209 // Load in font definition file
212 QString fn = fontDir() + "fontdir"; 210 QString fn = fontDir() + "fontdir";
213 FILE* fontdef=fopen(fn.local8Bit(),"r"); 211 FILE* fontdef=fopen(fn.local8Bit(),"r");
214 if(!fontdef) { 212 if(!fontdef) {
215 QCString temp=fn.local8Bit(); 213 QCString temp=fn.local8Bit();
216 qWarning("Cannot find font definition file %s - is $QTDIR set correctly?", 214 qWarning("Cannot find font definition file %s - is $QTDIR set correctly?",
217 temp.data()); 215 temp.data());
218 return; 216 return;
219 } 217 }
220 char buf[200]=""; 218 char buf[200]="";
221 char name[200]=""; 219 char name[200]="";
222 char render[200]=""; 220 char render[200]="";
223 char file[200]=""; 221 char file[200]="";
224 char flags[200]=""; 222 char flags[200]="";
225 char isitalic[10]=""; 223 char isitalic[10]="";
226 fgets(buf,200,fontdef); 224 fgets(buf,200,fontdef);
227 while(!feof(fontdef)) { 225 while(!feof(fontdef)) {
228 if ( buf[0] != '#' ) { 226 if ( buf[0] != '#' ) {
229 int weight=50; 227 int weight=50;
230 int size=0; 228 int size=0;
231 flags[0]=0; 229 flags[0]=0;
232 sscanf(buf,"%s %s %s %s %d %d %s",name,file,render,isitalic,&weight,&size,flags); 230 sscanf(buf,"%s %s %s %s %d %d %s",name,file,render,isitalic,&weight,&size,flags);
233 QString filename; 231 QString filename;
234 if ( file[0] != '/' ) 232 if ( file[0] != '/' )
235 filename = fontDir(); 233 filename = fontDir();
236 filename += file; 234 filename += file;
237 if ( QFile::exists(filename) ) { 235 if ( QFile::exists(filename) ) {
238 if( factory->name() == render ) { 236 if( factory->name() == render ) {
239 QDiskFont * qdf=new QDiskFont(factory,name,isitalic[0]=='y', 237 QDiskFont * qdf=new QDiskFont(factory,name,isitalic[0]=='y',
240 weight,size,flags,filename); 238 weight,size,flags,filename);
241 qt_fontmanager->diskfonts.append(qdf); 239 qt_fontmanager->diskfonts.append(qdf);
242#if QT_VERSION >= 232 240#if QT_VERSION >= 232
243 QFontDatabase::qwsAddDiskFont( qdf ); 241 QFontDatabase::qwsAddDiskFont( qdf );
244#endif 242#endif
245 } 243 }
246 } 244 }
247 } 245 }
248 fgets(buf,200,fontdef); 246 fgets(buf,200,fontdef);
249 } 247 }
250 fclose(fontdef); 248 fclose(fontdef);
251#endif 249#endif
252} 250}
253 251
diff --git a/library/global.cpp b/library/global.cpp
index a627348..5ac969b 100644
--- a/library/global.cpp
+++ b/library/global.cpp
@@ -1,435 +1,433 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST 20#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_LANGLIST
21#include <qpe/qpedebug.h> 21#include <qpe/qpedebug.h>
22#include <qpe/global.h> 22#include <qpe/global.h>
23#include <qpe/qdawg.h> 23#include <qpe/qdawg.h>
24#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 24#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
25#include <qpe/resource.h> 25#include <qpe/resource.h>
26#include <qpe/storage.h> 26#include <qpe/storage.h>
27#include <qpe/applnk.h> 27#include <qpe/applnk.h>
28#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> 28#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
29#include <qpe/config.h> 29#include <qpe/config.h>
30 30
31#include <qfile.h>
32#include <qlabel.h> 31#include <qlabel.h>
33#include <qtimer.h> 32#include <qtimer.h>
34#include <qmap.h> 33#include <qmap.h>
35#include <qdict.h> 34#include <qdict.h>
36#include <qdir.h> 35#include <qdir.h>
37#include <qmessagebox.h> 36#include <qmessagebox.h>
38#include <qregexp.h> 37#include <qregexp.h>
39 38
40#include <stdlib.h> 39#include <stdlib.h>
41#include <sys/stat.h> 40#include <sys/stat.h>
42#include <sys/wait.h> 41#include <sys/wait.h>
43#include <sys/types.h> 42#include <sys/types.h>
44#include <fcntl.h> 43#include <fcntl.h>
45#include <unistd.h> 44#include <unistd.h>
46#include <errno.h> 45#include <errno.h>
47 46
48#include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> // for qwsServer 47#include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> // for qwsServer
49#include <qdatetime.h> 48#include <qdatetime.h>
50 49
51#include <qfile.h>
52 50
53//#include "quickexec_p.h" 51//#include "quickexec_p.h"
54 52
55class Emitter : public QObject { 53class Emitter : public QObject {
56 Q_OBJECT 54 Q_OBJECT
57public: 55public:
58 Emitter( QWidget* receiver, const QString& document ) 56 Emitter( QWidget* receiver, const QString& document )
59 { 57 {
60 connect(this, SIGNAL(setDocument(const QString&)), 58 connect(this, SIGNAL(setDocument(const QString&)),
61 receiver, SLOT(setDocument(const QString&))); 59 receiver, SLOT(setDocument(const QString&)));
62 emit setDocument(document); 60 emit setDocument(document);
63 disconnect(this, SIGNAL(setDocument(const QString&)), 61 disconnect(this, SIGNAL(setDocument(const QString&)),
64 receiver, SLOT(setDocument(const QString&))); 62 receiver, SLOT(setDocument(const QString&)));
65 } 63 }
66 64
67signals: 65signals:
68 void setDocument(const QString&); 66 void setDocument(const QString&);
69}; 67};
70 68
71 69
72class StartingAppList : public QObject { 70class StartingAppList : public QObject {
73 Q_OBJECT 71 Q_OBJECT
74public: 72public:
75 static void add( const QString& name ); 73 static void add( const QString& name );
76 static bool isStarting( const QString name ); 74 static bool isStarting( const QString name );
77private slots: 75private slots:
78 void handleNewChannel( const QString &); 76 void handleNewChannel( const QString &);
79private: 77private:
80 StartingAppList( QObject *parent=0, const char* name=0 ) ; 78 StartingAppList( QObject *parent=0, const char* name=0 ) ;
81 79
82 QDict<QTime> dict; 80 QDict<QTime> dict;
83 static StartingAppList *appl; 81 static StartingAppList *appl;
84}; 82};
85 83
86StartingAppList* StartingAppList::appl = 0; 84StartingAppList* StartingAppList::appl = 0;
87 85
88StartingAppList::StartingAppList( QObject *parent, const char* name ) 86StartingAppList::StartingAppList( QObject *parent, const char* name )
89 :QObject( parent, name ) 87 :QObject( parent, name )
90{ 88{
91#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && defined(QWS) 89#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && defined(QWS)
92 connect( qwsServer, SIGNAL( newChannel(const QString&)), 90 connect( qwsServer, SIGNAL( newChannel(const QString&)),
93 this, SLOT( handleNewChannel(const QString&)) ); 91 this, SLOT( handleNewChannel(const QString&)) );
94#endif 92#endif
95 dict.setAutoDelete( TRUE ); 93 dict.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
96} 94}
97 95
98void StartingAppList::add( const QString& name ) 96void StartingAppList::add( const QString& name )
99{ 97{
100#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && !defined(QT_NO_COP) 98#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
101 if ( !appl ) 99 if ( !appl )
102 appl = new StartingAppList; 100 appl = new StartingAppList;
103 QTime *t = new QTime; 101 QTime *t = new QTime;
104 t->start(); 102 t->start();
105 appl->dict.insert( "QPE/Application/" + name, t ); 103 appl->dict.insert( "QPE/Application/" + name, t );
106#endif 104#endif
107} 105}
108 106
109bool StartingAppList::isStarting( const QString name ) 107bool StartingAppList::isStarting( const QString name )
110{ 108{
111#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && !defined(QT_NO_COP) 109#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
112 if ( appl ) { 110 if ( appl ) {
113 QTime *t = appl->dict.find( "QPE/Application/" + name ); 111 QTime *t = appl->dict.find( "QPE/Application/" + name );
114 if ( !t ) 112 if ( !t )
115 return FALSE; 113 return FALSE;
116 if ( t->elapsed() > 10000 ) { 114 if ( t->elapsed() > 10000 ) {
117 // timeout in case of crash or something 115 // timeout in case of crash or something
118 appl->dict.remove( "QPE/Application/" + name ); 116 appl->dict.remove( "QPE/Application/" + name );
119 return FALSE; 117 return FALSE;
120 } 118 }
121 return TRUE; 119 return TRUE;
122 } 120 }
123#endif 121#endif
124 return FALSE; 122 return FALSE;
125} 123}
126 124
127void StartingAppList::handleNewChannel( const QString & name ) 125void StartingAppList::handleNewChannel( const QString & name )
128{ 126{
129#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && !defined(QT_NO_COP) 127#if QT_VERSION >= 232 && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
130 dict.remove( name ); 128 dict.remove( name );
131#endif 129#endif
132} 130}
133 131
134static bool docDirCreated = FALSE; 132static bool docDirCreated = FALSE;
135static QDawg* fixed_dawg = 0; 133static QDawg* fixed_dawg = 0;
136static QDict<QDawg> *named_dawg = 0; 134static QDict<QDawg> *named_dawg = 0;
137 135
138static QString qpeDir() 136static QString qpeDir()
139{ 137{
140 QString dir = getenv("OPIEDIR"); 138 QString dir = getenv("OPIEDIR");
141 if ( dir.isEmpty() ) dir = ".."; 139 if ( dir.isEmpty() ) dir = "..";
142 return dir; 140 return dir;
143} 141}
144 142
145static QString dictDir() 143static QString dictDir()
146{ 144{
147 return qpeDir() + "/etc/dict"; 145 return qpeDir() + "/etc/dict";
148} 146}
149 147
150/*! 148/*!
151 \class Global global.h 149 \class Global global.h
152 \brief The Global class provides application-wide global functions. 150 \brief The Global class provides application-wide global functions.
153 151
154 The Global functions are grouped as follows: 152 The Global functions are grouped as follows:
155 \tableofcontents 153 \tableofcontents
156 154
157 \section1 User Interface 155 \section1 User Interface
158 156
159 The statusMessage() function provides short-duration messages to the 157 The statusMessage() function provides short-duration messages to the
160 user. The showInputMethod() function shows the current input method, 158 user. The showInputMethod() function shows the current input method,
161 and hideInputMethod() hides the input method. 159 and hideInputMethod() hides the input method.
162 160
163 \section1 Document related 161 \section1 Document related
164 162
165 The findDocuments() function creates a set of \link doclnk.html 163 The findDocuments() function creates a set of \link doclnk.html
166 DocLnk\endlink objects in a particular folder. 164 DocLnk\endlink objects in a particular folder.
167 165
168 \section1 Filesystem related 166 \section1 Filesystem related
169 167
170 Global provides an applicationFileName() function that returns the 168 Global provides an applicationFileName() function that returns the
171 full path of an application-specific file. 169 full path of an application-specific file.
172 170
173 The execute() function runs an application. 171 The execute() function runs an application.
174 172
175 \section1 Word list related 173 \section1 Word list related
176 174
177 A list of words relevant to the current locale is maintained by the 175 A list of words relevant to the current locale is maintained by the
178 system. The list is held in a \link qdawg.html DAWG\endlink 176 system. The list is held in a \link qdawg.html DAWG\endlink
179 (implemented by the QDawg class). This list is used, for example, by 177 (implemented by the QDawg class). This list is used, for example, by
180 the pickboard input method. 178 the pickboard input method.
181 179
182 The global QDawg is returned by fixedDawg(); this cannot be updated. 180 The global QDawg is returned by fixedDawg(); this cannot be updated.
183 An updatable copy of the global QDawg is returned by addedDawg(). 181 An updatable copy of the global QDawg is returned by addedDawg().
184 Applications may have their own word lists stored in \l{QDawg}s 182 Applications may have their own word lists stored in \l{QDawg}s
185 which are returned by dawg(). Use addWords() to add words to the 183 which are returned by dawg(). Use addWords() to add words to the
186 updateable copy of the global QDawg or to named application 184 updateable copy of the global QDawg or to named application
187 \l{QDawg}s. 185 \l{QDawg}s.
188 186
189 \section1 Quoting 187 \section1 Quoting
190 188
191 The shellQuote() function quotes a string suitable for passing to a 189 The shellQuote() function quotes a string suitable for passing to a
192 shell. The stringQuote() function backslash escapes '\' and '"' 190 shell. The stringQuote() function backslash escapes '\' and '"'
193 characters. 191 characters.
194 192
195 \section1 Hardware 193 \section1 Hardware
196 194
197 The implementation of the writeHWClock() function depends on the AlarmServer 195 The implementation of the writeHWClock() function depends on the AlarmServer
198 implementation. If the AlarmServer is using atd the clock will be synced to 196 implementation. If the AlarmServer is using atd the clock will be synced to
199 hardware. If opie-alarm is used the hardware clock will be synced before 197 hardware. If opie-alarm is used the hardware clock will be synced before
200 suspending the device. opie-alarm is used by iPAQ and Zaurii implementation 198 suspending the device. opie-alarm is used by iPAQ and Zaurii implementation
201 199
202 \ingroup qtopiaemb 200 \ingroup qtopiaemb
203*/ 201*/
204 202
205/*! 203/*!
206 \internal 204 \internal
207*/ 205*/
208Global::Global() 206Global::Global()
209{ 207{
210} 208}
211 209
212/*! 210/*!
213 Returns the unchangeable QDawg that contains general 211 Returns the unchangeable QDawg that contains general
214 words for the current locale. 212 words for the current locale.
215 213
216 \sa addedDawg() 214 \sa addedDawg()
217*/ 215*/
218const QDawg& Global::fixedDawg() 216const QDawg& Global::fixedDawg()
219{ 217{
220 if ( !fixed_dawg ) { 218 if ( !fixed_dawg ) {
221 if ( !docDirCreated ) 219 if ( !docDirCreated )
222 createDocDir(); 220 createDocDir();
223 221
224 fixed_dawg = new QDawg; 222 fixed_dawg = new QDawg;
225 QString dawgfilename = dictDir() + "/dawg"; 223 QString dawgfilename = dictDir() + "/dawg";
226 QString words_lang; 224 QString words_lang;
227 QStringList langs = Global::languageList(); 225 QStringList langs = Global::languageList();
228 for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = langs.begin(); it!=langs.end(); ++it) { 226 for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = langs.begin(); it!=langs.end(); ++it) {
229 QString lang = *it; 227 QString lang = *it;
230 words_lang = dictDir() + "/words." + lang; 228 words_lang = dictDir() + "/words." + lang;
231 QString dawgfilename_lang = dawgfilename + "." + lang; 229 QString dawgfilename_lang = dawgfilename + "." + lang;
232 if ( QFile::exists(dawgfilename_lang) || 230 if ( QFile::exists(dawgfilename_lang) ||
233 QFile::exists(words_lang) ) { 231 QFile::exists(words_lang) ) {
234 dawgfilename = dawgfilename_lang; 232 dawgfilename = dawgfilename_lang;
235 break; 233 break;
236 } 234 }
237 } 235 }
238 QFile dawgfile(dawgfilename); 236 QFile dawgfile(dawgfilename);
239 237
240 if ( !dawgfile.exists() ) { 238 if ( !dawgfile.exists() ) {
241 QString fn = dictDir() + "/words"; 239 QString fn = dictDir() + "/words";
242 if ( QFile::exists(words_lang) ) 240 if ( QFile::exists(words_lang) )
243 fn = words_lang; 241 fn = words_lang;
244 QFile in(fn); 242 QFile in(fn);
245 if ( in.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) { 243 if ( in.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) {
246 fixed_dawg->createFromWords(&in); 244 fixed_dawg->createFromWords(&in);
247 dawgfile.open(IO_WriteOnly); 245 dawgfile.open(IO_WriteOnly);
248 fixed_dawg->write(&dawgfile); 246 fixed_dawg->write(&dawgfile);
249 dawgfile.close(); 247 dawgfile.close();
250 } 248 }
251 } else { 249 } else {
252 fixed_dawg->readFile(dawgfilename); 250 fixed_dawg->readFile(dawgfilename);
253 } 251 }
254 } 252 }
255 253
256 return *fixed_dawg; 254 return *fixed_dawg;
257} 255}
258 256
259/*! 257/*!
260 Returns the changeable QDawg that contains general 258 Returns the changeable QDawg that contains general
261 words for the current locale. 259 words for the current locale.
262 260
263 \sa fixedDawg() 261 \sa fixedDawg()
264*/ 262*/
265const QDawg& Global::addedDawg() 263const QDawg& Global::addedDawg()
266{ 264{
267 return dawg("local"); 265 return dawg("local");
268} 266}
269 267
270/*! 268/*!
271 Returns the QDawg with the given \a name. 269 Returns the QDawg with the given \a name.
272 This is an application-specific word list. 270 This is an application-specific word list.
273 271
274 \a name should not contain "/". 272 \a name should not contain "/".
275*/ 273*/
276const QDawg& Global::dawg(const QString& name) 274const QDawg& Global::dawg(const QString& name)
277{ 275{
278 createDocDir(); 276 createDocDir();
279 if ( !named_dawg ) 277 if ( !named_dawg )
280 named_dawg = new QDict<QDawg>; 278 named_dawg = new QDict<QDawg>;
281 QDawg* r = named_dawg->find(name); 279 QDawg* r = named_dawg->find(name);
282 if ( !r ) { 280 if ( !r ) {
283 r = new QDawg; 281 r = new QDawg;
284 named_dawg->insert(name,r); 282 named_dawg->insert(name,r);
285 QString dawgfilename = applicationFileName("Dictionary", name ) + ".dawg"; 283 QString dawgfilename = applicationFileName("Dictionary", name ) + ".dawg";
286 QFile dawgfile(dawgfilename); 284 QFile dawgfile(dawgfilename);
287 if ( dawgfile.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) 285 if ( dawgfile.open(IO_ReadOnly) )
288 r->readFile(dawgfilename); 286 r->readFile(dawgfilename);
289 } 287 }
290 return *r; 288 return *r;
291} 289}
292 290
293/*! 291/*!
294 \overload 292 \overload
295 Adds \a wordlist to the addedDawg(). 293 Adds \a wordlist to the addedDawg().
296 294
297 Note that the addition of words persists between program executions 295 Note that the addition of words persists between program executions
298 (they are saved in the dictionary files), so you should confirm the 296 (they are saved in the dictionary files), so you should confirm the
299 words with the user before adding them. 297 words with the user before adding them.
300*/ 298*/
301void Global::addWords(const QStringList& wordlist) 299void Global::addWords(const QStringList& wordlist)
302{ 300{
303 addWords("local",wordlist); 301 addWords("local",wordlist);
304} 302}
305 303
306/*! 304/*!
307 \overload 305 \overload
308 Adds \a wordlist to the addedDawg(). 306 Adds \a wordlist to the addedDawg().
309 307
310 Note that the addition of words persists between program executions 308 Note that the addition of words persists between program executions
311 (they are saved in the dictionary files), so you should confirm the 309 (they are saved in the dictionary files), so you should confirm the
312 words with the user before adding them. 310 words with the user before adding them.
313*/ 311*/
314void Global::addWords(const QString& dictname, const QStringList& wordlist) 312void Global::addWords(const QString& dictname, const QStringList& wordlist)
315{ 313{
316 QDawg& d = (QDawg&)dawg(dictname); 314 QDawg& d = (QDawg&)dawg(dictname);
317 QStringList all = d.allWords() + wordlist; 315 QStringList all = d.allWords() + wordlist;
318 d.createFromWords(all); 316 d.createFromWords(all);
319 317
320 QString dawgfilename = applicationFileName("Dictionary", dictname) + ".dawg"; 318 QString dawgfilename = applicationFileName("Dictionary", dictname) + ".dawg";
321 QFile dawgfile(dawgfilename); 319 QFile dawgfile(dawgfilename);
322 if ( dawgfile.open(IO_WriteOnly) ) { 320 if ( dawgfile.open(IO_WriteOnly) ) {
323 d.write(&dawgfile); 321 d.write(&dawgfile);
324 dawgfile.close(); 322 dawgfile.close();
325 } 323 }
326 324
327 // #### Re-read the dawg here if we use mmap(). 325 // #### Re-read the dawg here if we use mmap().
328 326
329 // #### Signal other processes to re-read. 327 // #### Signal other processes to re-read.
330} 328}
331 329
332 330
333/*! 331/*!
334 Returns the full path for the application called \a appname, with the 332 Returns the full path for the application called \a appname, with the
335 given \a filename. Returns QString::null if there was a problem creating 333 given \a filename. Returns QString::null if there was a problem creating
336 the directory tree for \a appname. 334 the directory tree for \a appname.
337 If \a filename contains "/", it is the caller's responsibility to 335 If \a filename contains "/", it is the caller's responsibility to
338 ensure that those directories exist. 336 ensure that those directories exist.
339*/ 337*/
340QString Global::applicationFileName(const QString& appname, const QString& filename) 338QString Global::applicationFileName(const QString& appname, const QString& filename)
341{ 339{
342 QDir d; 340 QDir d;
343 QString r = getenv("HOME"); 341 QString r = getenv("HOME");
344 r += "/Applications/"; 342 r += "/Applications/";
345 if ( !QFile::exists( r ) ) 343 if ( !QFile::exists( r ) )
346 if ( d.mkdir(r) == false ) 344 if ( d.mkdir(r) == false )
347 return QString::null; 345 return QString::null;
348 r += appname; 346 r += appname;
349 if ( !QFile::exists( r ) ) 347 if ( !QFile::exists( r ) )
350 if ( d.mkdir(r) == false ) 348 if ( d.mkdir(r) == false )
351 return QString::null; 349 return QString::null;
352 r += "/"; r += filename; 350 r += "/"; r += filename;
353 return r; 351 return r;
354} 352}
355 353
356/*! 354/*!
357 \internal 355 \internal
358*/ 356*/
359void Global::createDocDir() 357void Global::createDocDir()
360{ 358{
361 if ( !docDirCreated ) { 359 if ( !docDirCreated ) {
362 docDirCreated = TRUE; 360 docDirCreated = TRUE;
363 mkdir( QPEApplication::documentDir().latin1(), 0755 ); 361 mkdir( QPEApplication::documentDir().latin1(), 0755 );
364 } 362 }
365} 363}
366 364
367 365
368/*! 366/*!
369 Displays a status \a message to the user. This usually appears 367 Displays a status \a message to the user. This usually appears
370 in the taskbar for a short amount of time, then disappears. 368 in the taskbar for a short amount of time, then disappears.
371*/ 369*/
372void Global::statusMessage(const QString& message) 370void Global::statusMessage(const QString& message)
373{ 371{
374#if !defined(QT_NO_COP) 372#if !defined(QT_NO_COP)
375 QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/TaskBar", "message(QString)" ); 373 QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/TaskBar", "message(QString)" );
376 e << message; 374 e << message;
377#endif 375#endif
378} 376}
379 377
380/*! 378/*!
381 \internal 379 \internal
382*/ 380*/
383void Global::applyStyle() 381void Global::applyStyle()
384{ 382{
385#if !defined(QT_NO_COP) 383#if !defined(QT_NO_COP)
386 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/System", "applyStyle()" ); 384 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/System", "applyStyle()" );
387#else 385#else
388 ((QPEApplication *)qApp)->applyStyle(); // apply without needing QCop for floppy version 386 ((QPEApplication *)qApp)->applyStyle(); // apply without needing QCop for floppy version
389#endif 387#endif
390} 388}
391 389
392/*! 390/*!
393 \internal 391 \internal
394*/ 392*/
395QWidget *Global::shutdown( bool ) 393QWidget *Global::shutdown( bool )
396{ 394{
397#if !defined(QT_NO_COP) 395#if !defined(QT_NO_COP)
398 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/System", "shutdown()" ); 396 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/System", "shutdown()" );
399#endif 397#endif
400 return 0; 398 return 0;
401} 399}
402 400
403/*! 401/*!
404 \internal 402 \internal
405*/ 403*/
406QWidget *Global::restart( bool ) 404QWidget *Global::restart( bool )
407{ 405{
408#if !defined(QT_NO_COP) 406#if !defined(QT_NO_COP)
409 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/System", "restart()" ); 407 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/System", "restart()" );
410#endif 408#endif
411 return 0; 409 return 0;
412} 410}
413 411
414/*! 412/*!
415 Explicitly show the current input method. 413 Explicitly show the current input method.
416 414
417 Input methods are indicated in the taskbar by a small icon. If the 415 Input methods are indicated in the taskbar by a small icon. If the
418 input method is activated (shown) then it takes up some proportion 416 input method is activated (shown) then it takes up some proportion
419 of the bottom of the screen, to allow the user to interact (input 417 of the bottom of the screen, to allow the user to interact (input
420 characters) with it. 418 characters) with it.
421 419
422 \sa hideInputMethod() 420 \sa hideInputMethod()
423*/ 421*/
424void Global::showInputMethod() 422void Global::showInputMethod()
425{ 423{
426#if !defined(QT_NO_COP) 424#if !defined(QT_NO_COP)
427 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/TaskBar", "showInputMethod()" ); 425 QCopChannel::send( "QPE/TaskBar", "showInputMethod()" );
428#endif 426#endif
429} 427}
430 428
431/*! 429/*!
432 Explicitly hide the current input method. 430 Explicitly hide the current input method.
433 431
434 The current input method is still indicated in the taskbar, but no 432 The current input method is still indicated in the taskbar, but no
435 longer takes up screen space, and can no longer be interacted with. 433 longer takes up screen space, and can no longer be interacted with.
diff --git a/library/imageedit.cpp b/library/imageedit.cpp
index caa538a..3a559f4 100644
--- a/library/imageedit.cpp
+++ b/library/imageedit.cpp
@@ -1,97 +1,96 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20#include "imageedit.h" 20#include "imageedit.h"
21#include <qpainter.h>
22 21
23ImageEdit::ImageEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name) 22ImageEdit::ImageEdit( QWidget *parent, const char *name)
24 : QScrollView( parent, name, WNorthWestGravity | WResizeNoErase ), buffer() 23 : QScrollView( parent, name, WNorthWestGravity | WResizeNoErase ), buffer()
25{ 24{
26 buffer.resize( size() ); 25 buffer.resize( size() );
27 buffer.fill( colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Base ) ); 26 buffer.fill( colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Base ) );
28} 27}
29 28
30ImageEdit::~ImageEdit() 29ImageEdit::~ImageEdit()
31{ 30{
32 31
33} 32}
34 33
35void ImageEdit::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e ) 34void ImageEdit::contentsMousePressEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
36{ 35{
37 lastPos = e->pos(); 36 lastPos = e->pos();
38} 37}
39 38
40void ImageEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e ) 39void ImageEdit::contentsMouseMoveEvent( QMouseEvent *e )
41{ 40{
42 QPainter pw( viewport() ); 41 QPainter pw( viewport() );
43 QPainter pb( &buffer ); 42 QPainter pb( &buffer );
44 pb.drawLine( lastPos, e->pos() ); 43 pb.drawLine( lastPos, e->pos() );
45 pw.drawLine( contentsToViewport( lastPos ), 44 pw.drawLine( contentsToViewport( lastPos ),
46 contentsToViewport( e->pos() ) ); 45 contentsToViewport( e->pos() ) );
47 lastPos = e->pos(); 46 lastPos = e->pos();
48} 47}
49 48
50void ImageEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * ) 49void ImageEdit::contentsMouseReleaseEvent( QMouseEvent * )
51{ 50{
52} 51}
53 52
54void ImageEdit::viewportResizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e ) 53void ImageEdit::viewportResizeEvent( QResizeEvent *e )
55{ 54{
56 enlargeBuffer(e->size()); 55 enlargeBuffer(e->size());
57} 56}
58 57
59void ImageEdit::enlargeBuffer( const QSize& sz ) 58void ImageEdit::enlargeBuffer( const QSize& sz )
60{ 59{
61 QSize osz = buffer.size(); 60 QSize osz = buffer.size();
62 QSize nsz( QMAX( osz.width(), sz.width() ), QMAX( osz.height(), sz.height() ) ); 61 QSize nsz( QMAX( osz.width(), sz.width() ), QMAX( osz.height(), sz.height() ) );
63 buffer.resize( nsz.width(), nsz.height() ); 62 buffer.resize( nsz.width(), nsz.height() );
64 // clear new area 63 // clear new area
65 QPainter p( &buffer ); 64 QPainter p( &buffer );
66 if ( sz.width() > osz.width() ) 65 if ( sz.width() > osz.width() )
67 p.fillRect( osz.width(), 0, sz.width() - osz.width(), nsz.height(), colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Base ) ); 66 p.fillRect( osz.width(), 0, sz.width() - osz.width(), nsz.height(), colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Base ) );
68 if ( sz.height() > osz.height() ) 67 if ( sz.height() > osz.height() )
69 p.fillRect( 0, osz.height(), nsz.width(), sz.height() - osz.height(), colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Base ) ); 68 p.fillRect( 0, osz.height(), nsz.width(), sz.height() - osz.height(), colorGroup().color( QColorGroup::Base ) );
70 p.end(); 69 p.end();
71} 70}
72 71
73void ImageEdit::drawContents( QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch ) 72void ImageEdit::drawContents( QPainter *p, int cx, int cy, int cw, int ch )
74{ 73{
75 p->drawPixmap( cx, cy, buffer, cx, cy, cw, ch ); 74 p->drawPixmap( cx, cy, buffer, cx, cy, cw, ch );
76} 75}
77 76
78void ImageEdit::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pm ) 77void ImageEdit::setPixmap( const QPixmap &pm )
79{ 78{
80 QSize osz = buffer.size(); 79 QSize osz = buffer.size();
81 if ( pm.width() < osz.width() || pm.height() < osz.height() ) { 80 if ( pm.width() < osz.width() || pm.height() < osz.height() ) {
82 buffer.fill(white); 81 buffer.fill(white);
83 enlargeBuffer( pm.size() ); 82 enlargeBuffer( pm.size() );
84 QPainter p(&buffer); 83 QPainter p(&buffer);
85 p.drawPixmap(0,0,pm); 84 p.drawPixmap(0,0,pm);
86 } else { 85 } else {
87 buffer = pm; 86 buffer = pm;
88 } 87 }
89 resizeContents( buffer.width(), buffer.height() ); 88 resizeContents( buffer.width(), buffer.height() );
90 viewport()->repaint( FALSE ); 89 viewport()->repaint( FALSE );
91} 90}
92 91
93QPixmap ImageEdit::pixmap() const 92QPixmap ImageEdit::pixmap() const
94{ 93{
95 return buffer; 94 return buffer;
96} 95}
97 96
diff --git a/library/ir.cpp b/library/ir.cpp
index b5b726d..32c0925 100644
--- a/library/ir.cpp
+++ b/library/ir.cpp
@@ -1,118 +1,116 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include "ir.h" 21#include "ir.h"
22 22
23#include <qstring.h>
24#include "qcopenvelope_qws.h" 23#include "qcopenvelope_qws.h"
25#include <qcopchannel_qws.h>
26#include "applnk.h" 24#include "applnk.h"
27 25
28/*! 26/*!
29 \class Ir ir.h 27 \class Ir ir.h
30 \brief The Ir class implements basic support for sending objects over an 28 \brief The Ir class implements basic support for sending objects over an
31 infrared communication link. 29 infrared communication link.
32 30
33 Both \link doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink objects and files can be 31 Both \link doclnk.html DocLnk\endlink objects and files can be
34 sent to another device via the infrared link using the send() 32 sent to another device via the infrared link using the send()
35 function. When the send has completed the done() signal is 33 function. When the send has completed the done() signal is
36 emitted. 34 emitted.
37 35
38 The supported() function returns whether the device supports 36 The supported() function returns whether the device supports
39 infrared communication or not. 37 infrared communication or not.
40 38
41 \ingroup qtopiaemb 39 \ingroup qtopiaemb
42*/ 40*/
43 41
44/*! 42/*!
45 Constructs an Ir object. The \a parent and \a name classes are the 43 Constructs an Ir object. The \a parent and \a name classes are the
46 standard QObject parameters. 44 standard QObject parameters.
47*/ 45*/
48Ir::Ir( QObject *parent, const char *name ) 46Ir::Ir( QObject *parent, const char *name )
49 : QObject( parent, name ) 47 : QObject( parent, name )
50{ 48{
51#ifndef QT_NO_COP 49#ifndef QT_NO_COP
52 ch = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Obex" ); 50 ch = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Obex" );
53 connect( ch, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)), 51 connect( ch, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)),
54 this, SLOT(obexMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) ); 52 this, SLOT(obexMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) );
55#endif 53#endif
56} 54}
57 55
58/*! 56/*!
59 Returns TRUE if the system supports infrared communication; 57 Returns TRUE if the system supports infrared communication;
60 otherwise returns FALSE. 58 otherwise returns FALSE.
61*/ 59*/
62bool Ir::supported() 60bool Ir::supported()
63{ 61{
64#ifndef QT_NO_COP 62#ifndef QT_NO_COP
65 return QCopChannel::isRegistered( "QPE/Obex" ); 63 return QCopChannel::isRegistered( "QPE/Obex" );
66#endif 64#endif
67} 65}
68 66
69/*! 67/*!
70 Sends the object in file \a fn over the infrared link. The \a 68 Sends the object in file \a fn over the infrared link. The \a
71 description is used in the text shown to the user while sending 69 description is used in the text shown to the user while sending
72 is in progress. The optional \a mimetype parameter specifies the 70 is in progress. The optional \a mimetype parameter specifies the
73 mimetype of the object. If this parameter is not set, it is 71 mimetype of the object. If this parameter is not set, it is
74 determined by the the filename's suffix. 72 determined by the the filename's suffix.
75 73
76 \sa done() 74 \sa done()
77*/ 75*/
78void Ir::send( const QString &fn, const QString &description, const QString &mimetype) 76void Ir::send( const QString &fn, const QString &description, const QString &mimetype)
79{ 77{
80 if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) return; 78 if ( !filename.isEmpty() ) return;
81 filename = fn; 79 filename = fn;
82#ifndef QT_NO_COP 80#ifndef QT_NO_COP
83 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/Obex", "send(QString,QString,QString)"); 81 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/Obex", "send(QString,QString,QString)");
84 e << description << filename << mimetype; 82 e << description << filename << mimetype;
85#endif 83#endif
86} 84}
87 85
88/*! 86/*!
89 \overload 87 \overload
90 88
91 Uses the DocLnk::file() and DocLnk::type() of \a doc. 89 Uses the DocLnk::file() and DocLnk::type() of \a doc.
92 90
93 \sa done() 91 \sa done()
94*/ 92*/
95void Ir::send( const DocLnk &doc, const QString &description ) 93void Ir::send( const DocLnk &doc, const QString &description )
96{ 94{
97 send( doc.file(), description, doc.type() ); 95 send( doc.file(), description, doc.type() );
98} 96}
99 97
100/*! 98/*!
101 \fn Ir::done( Ir *ir ); 99 \fn Ir::done( Ir *ir );
102 100
103 This signal is emitted by \a ir, when the send comand has been processed. 101 This signal is emitted by \a ir, when the send comand has been processed.
104*/ 102*/
105 103
106/*!\internal 104/*!\internal
107 */ 105 */
108void Ir::obexMessage( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data) 106void Ir::obexMessage( const QCString &msg, const QByteArray &data)
109{ 107{
110 if ( msg == "done(QString)" ) { 108 if ( msg == "done(QString)" ) {
111 QString fn; 109 QString fn;
112 QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); 110 QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly );
113 stream >> fn; 111 stream >> fn;
114 if ( fn == filename ) 112 if ( fn == filename )
115 emit done( this ); 113 emit done( this );
116 } 114 }
117} 115}
118 116
diff --git a/library/lnkproperties.cpp b/library/lnkproperties.cpp
index 8dca4ab..0661423 100644
--- a/library/lnkproperties.cpp
+++ b/library/lnkproperties.cpp
@@ -1,347 +1,346 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21// WARNING: Do *NOT* define this yourself. The SL5xxx from SHARP does NOT 21// WARNING: Do *NOT* define this yourself. The SL5xxx from SHARP does NOT
22// have this class. 22// have this class.
23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_FSLP 23#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_FSLP
24#include "lnkproperties.h"
25#include "lnkproperties.h"
26#include "lnkpropertiesbase_p.h" 24#include "lnkpropertiesbase_p.h"
25#include "lnkproperties.h"
27#include "ir.h" 26#include "ir.h"
28 27
29#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 28#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
30#include <qpe/applnk.h> 29#include <qpe/applnk.h>
31#include <qpe/global.h> 30#include <qpe/global.h>
32#include <qpe/categorywidget.h> 31#include <qpe/categorywidget.h>
33#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> 32#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
34#include <qpe/filemanager.h> 33#include <qpe/filemanager.h>
35#include <qpe/config.h> 34#include <qpe/config.h>
36#include <qpe/storage.h> 35#include <qpe/storage.h>
37#include <qpe/qpemessagebox.h> 36#include <qpe/qpemessagebox.h>
38#include <qpe/mimetype.h> 37#include <qpe/mimetype.h>
39 38
40#include <qlineedit.h> 39#include <qlineedit.h>
41#include <qtoolbutton.h> 40#include <qtoolbutton.h>
42#include <qpushbutton.h> 41#include <qpushbutton.h>
43#include <qgroupbox.h> 42#include <qgroupbox.h>
44#include <qcheckbox.h> 43#include <qcheckbox.h>
45#include <qlabel.h> 44#include <qlabel.h>
46#include <qlayout.h> 45#include <qlayout.h>
47#include <qfile.h> 46#include <qfile.h>
48#include <qfileinfo.h> 47#include <qfileinfo.h>
49#include <qmessagebox.h> 48#include <qmessagebox.h>
50#include <qsize.h> 49#include <qsize.h>
51#include <qcombobox.h> 50#include <qcombobox.h>
52#include <qregexp.h> 51#include <qregexp.h>
53#include <qbuttongroup.h> 52#include <qbuttongroup.h>
54 53
55#include <stdlib.h> 54#include <stdlib.h>
56 55
57LnkProperties::LnkProperties( AppLnk* l, QWidget* parent ) 56LnkProperties::LnkProperties( AppLnk* l, QWidget* parent )
58 : QDialog( parent, 0, TRUE ), lnk(l), fileSize( 0 ) 57 : QDialog( parent, 0, TRUE ), lnk(l), fileSize( 0 )
59{ 58{
60 setCaption( tr("Properties") ); 59 setCaption( tr("Properties") );
61 60
62 QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout( this ); 61 QVBoxLayout *vbox = new QVBoxLayout( this );
63 d = new LnkPropertiesBase( this ); 62 d = new LnkPropertiesBase( this );
64 vbox->add( d ); 63 vbox->add( d );
65 64
66 // hide custom rotation feature for now, need a new implementation to fit quicklauch, 65 // hide custom rotation feature for now, need a new implementation to fit quicklauch,
67 // is confusing for the user and doubtable useful since life rotation 66 // is confusing for the user and doubtable useful since life rotation
68 d->rotate->hide(); 67 d->rotate->hide();
69 d->rotateButtons->hide(); 68 d->rotateButtons->hide();
70 69
71 d->docname->setText(l->name()); 70 d->docname->setText(l->name());
72 QString inf; 71 QString inf;
73 if ( l->type().isEmpty() ) { 72 if ( l->type().isEmpty() ) {
74 d->type->hide(); 73 d->type->hide();
75 d->typeLabel->hide(); 74 d->typeLabel->hide();
76 } else { 75 } else {
77 d->type->setText( l->type() ); 76 d->type->setText( l->type() );
78 } 77 }
79 78
80 if ( l->comment().isEmpty() ) { 79 if ( l->comment().isEmpty() ) {
81 d->comment->hide(); 80 d->comment->hide();
82 d->commentLabel->hide(); 81 d->commentLabel->hide();
83 } else { 82 } else {
84 d->comment->setText( l->comment() ); 83 d->comment->setText( l->comment() );
85 } 84 }
86 85
87 connect(d->beam,SIGNAL(clicked()),this,SLOT(beamLnk())); 86 connect(d->beam,SIGNAL(clicked()),this,SLOT(beamLnk()));
88 if ( lnk->type().contains('/') ) { // A document? (#### better predicate needed) 87 if ( lnk->type().contains('/') ) { // A document? (#### better predicate needed)
89 connect(d->unlink,SIGNAL(clicked()),this,SLOT(unlinkLnk())); 88 connect(d->unlink,SIGNAL(clicked()),this,SLOT(unlinkLnk()));
90 connect(d->duplicate,SIGNAL(clicked()),this,SLOT(duplicateLnk())); 89 connect(d->duplicate,SIGNAL(clicked()),this,SLOT(duplicateLnk()));
91 90
92 d->docname->setReadOnly( FALSE ); 91 d->docname->setReadOnly( FALSE );
93 d->preload->hide(); 92 d->preload->hide();
94 d->rotate->hide(); 93 d->rotate->hide();
95 d->rotateButtons->hide(); 94 d->rotateButtons->hide();
96 d->labelspacer->hide(); 95 d->labelspacer->hide();
97 96
98 // ### THIS MUST GO, FIX WIERD BUG in QLAYOUT 97 // ### THIS MUST GO, FIX WIERD BUG in QLAYOUT
99 d->categoryEdit->kludge(); 98 d->categoryEdit->kludge();
100 99
101 d->categoryEdit->setCategories( lnk->categories(), 100 d->categoryEdit->setCategories( lnk->categories(),
102 "Document View", 101 "Document View",
103 tr("Document View") ); 102 tr("Document View") );
104 setupLocations(); 103 setupLocations();
105 } else { 104 } else {
106 d->unlink->hide(); 105 d->unlink->hide();
107 d->duplicate->hide(); 106 d->duplicate->hide();
108 d->beam->hide(); 107 d->beam->hide();
109 d->hline->hide(); 108 d->hline->hide();
110 d->locationLabel->hide(); 109 d->locationLabel->hide();
111 d->locationCombo->hide(); 110 d->locationCombo->hide();
112 111
113 // Can't edit categories, since the app .desktop files are global, 112 // Can't edit categories, since the app .desktop files are global,
114 // possibly read-only. 113 // possibly read-only.
115 d->categoryEdit->hide(); 114 d->categoryEdit->hide();
116 115
117 d->docname->setReadOnly( TRUE ); 116 d->docname->setReadOnly( TRUE );
118 117
119 if ( l->property("CanFastload") == "0" ) 118 if ( l->property("CanFastload") == "0" )
120 d->preload->hide(); 119 d->preload->hide();
121 if ( !l->property("Rotation"). isEmpty ()) { 120 if ( !l->property("Rotation"). isEmpty ()) {
122 d->rotate->setChecked ( true ); 121 d->rotate->setChecked ( true );
123 //don't use rotate buttons for now (see comment above) 122 //don't use rotate buttons for now (see comment above)
124 //d->rotateButtons->setButton((l->rotation().toInt()%360)/90); 123 //d->rotateButtons->setButton((l->rotation().toInt()%360)/90);
125 } 124 }
126 else { 125 else {
127 d->rotateButtons->setEnabled(false); 126 d->rotateButtons->setEnabled(false);
128 } 127 }
129 128
130 Config cfg("Launcher"); 129 Config cfg("Launcher");
131 cfg.setGroup("Preload"); 130 cfg.setGroup("Preload");
132 QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps",','); 131 QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps",',');
133 d->preload->setChecked( apps.contains(l->exec()) ); 132 d->preload->setChecked( apps.contains(l->exec()) );
134 if ( Global::isBuiltinCommand(lnk->exec()) ) 133 if ( Global::isBuiltinCommand(lnk->exec()) )
135 d->preload->hide(); // builtins are always fast 134 d->preload->hide(); // builtins are always fast
136 135
137 currentLocation = 0; // apps not movable (yet) 136 currentLocation = 0; // apps not movable (yet)
138 } 137 }
139} 138}
140 139
141LnkProperties::~LnkProperties() 140LnkProperties::~LnkProperties()
142{ 141{
143} 142}
144 143
145void LnkProperties::unlinkLnk() 144void LnkProperties::unlinkLnk()
146{ 145{
147 if ( QPEMessageBox::confirmDelete( this, tr("Delete"), lnk->name() ) ) { 146 if ( QPEMessageBox::confirmDelete( this, tr("Delete"), lnk->name() ) ) {
148 lnk->removeFiles(); 147 lnk->removeFiles();
149 if ( QFile::exists(lnk->file()) ) { 148 if ( QFile::exists(lnk->file()) ) {
150 QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Delete"), tr("File deletion failed.") ); 149 QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Delete"), tr("File deletion failed.") );
151 } else { 150 } else {
152 reject(); 151 reject();
153 } 152 }
154 } 153 }
155} 154}
156 155
157void LnkProperties::setupLocations() 156void LnkProperties::setupLocations()
158{ 157{
159 QFileInfo fi( lnk->file() ); 158 QFileInfo fi( lnk->file() );
160 fileSize = fi.size(); 159 fileSize = fi.size();
161 StorageInfo storage; 160 StorageInfo storage;
162 const QList<FileSystem> &fs = storage.fileSystems(); 161 const QList<FileSystem> &fs = storage.fileSystems();
163 QListIterator<FileSystem> it ( fs ); 162 QListIterator<FileSystem> it ( fs );
164 QString s; 163 QString s;
165 QString homeDir = getenv("HOME"); 164 QString homeDir = getenv("HOME");
166 QString hardDiskHome; 165 QString hardDiskHome;
167 QString hardDiskPath; 166 QString hardDiskPath;
168 int index = 0; 167 int index = 0;
169 currentLocation = -1; 168 currentLocation = -1;
170 for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) { 169 for ( ; it.current(); ++it ) {
171 // we add 10k to the file size so we are sure we can also save the desktop file 170 // we add 10k to the file size so we are sure we can also save the desktop file
172 if ( (ulong)(*it)->availBlocks() * (ulong)(*it)->blockSize() > (ulong)fileSize + 10000 ) { 171 if ( (ulong)(*it)->availBlocks() * (ulong)(*it)->blockSize() > (ulong)fileSize + 10000 ) {
173 if ( (*it)->isRemovable() || 172 if ( (*it)->isRemovable() ||
174 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock1" || 173 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock1" ||
175 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock/1" || 174 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock/1" ||
176 (*it)->disk().left(13) == "/dev/mtdblock" || 175 (*it)->disk().left(13) == "/dev/mtdblock" ||
177 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock6" || 176 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock6" ||
178 (*it )->disk() == "/dev/root" || 177 (*it )->disk() == "/dev/root" ||
179 (*it)->disk() == "tmpfs" ) { 178 (*it)->disk() == "tmpfs" ) {
180 d->locationCombo->insertItem( (*it)->name(), index ); 179 d->locationCombo->insertItem( (*it)->name(), index );
181 locations.append( ( ((*it)->isRemovable() || 180 locations.append( ( ((*it)->isRemovable() ||
182 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock6" || 181 (*it)->disk() == "/dev/mtdblock6" ||
183 (*it)->disk() == "tmpfs" ) 182 (*it)->disk() == "tmpfs" )
184 ? (*it)->path() : homeDir) ); 183 ? (*it)->path() : homeDir) );
185 if ( lnk->file().contains( (*it)->path() ) ) { 184 if ( lnk->file().contains( (*it)->path() ) ) {
186 d->locationCombo->setCurrentItem( index ); 185 d->locationCombo->setCurrentItem( index );
187 currentLocation = index; 186 currentLocation = index;
188 } 187 }
189 index++; 188 index++;
190 } else if ( (*it)->name().contains( tr("Hard Disk") ) && 189 } else if ( (*it)->name().contains( tr("Hard Disk") ) &&
191 homeDir.contains( (*it)->path() ) && 190 homeDir.contains( (*it)->path() ) &&
192 (*it)->path().length() > hardDiskHome.length() ) { 191 (*it)->path().length() > hardDiskHome.length() ) {
193 hardDiskHome = (*it)->name(); 192 hardDiskHome = (*it)->name();
194 hardDiskPath = (*it)->path(); 193 hardDiskPath = (*it)->path();
195 } 194 }
196 } 195 }
197 } 196 }
198 if ( !hardDiskHome.isEmpty() ) { 197 if ( !hardDiskHome.isEmpty() ) {
199 d->locationCombo->insertItem( hardDiskHome ); 198 d->locationCombo->insertItem( hardDiskHome );
200 locations.append( hardDiskPath ); 199 locations.append( hardDiskPath );
201 if ( currentLocation == -1 ) { // assume it's the hard disk 200 if ( currentLocation == -1 ) { // assume it's the hard disk
202 d->locationCombo->setCurrentItem( index ); 201 d->locationCombo->setCurrentItem( index );
203 currentLocation = index; 202 currentLocation = index;
204 } 203 }
205 } 204 }
206} 205}
207 206
208void LnkProperties::duplicateLnk() 207void LnkProperties::duplicateLnk()
209{ 208{
210 // The duplicate takes the new properties. 209 // The duplicate takes the new properties.
211 DocLnk newdoc( *((DocLnk *)lnk) ); 210 DocLnk newdoc( *((DocLnk *)lnk) );
212 if ( d->docname->text() == lnk->name() ) 211 if ( d->docname->text() == lnk->name() )
213 newdoc.setName(tr("Copy of ")+d->docname->text()); 212 newdoc.setName(tr("Copy of ")+d->docname->text());
214 else 213 else
215 newdoc.setName(d->docname->text()); 214 newdoc.setName(d->docname->text());
216 215
217 if ( !copyFile( newdoc ) ) { 216 if ( !copyFile( newdoc ) ) {
218 QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Duplicate"), tr("File copy failed.") ); 217 QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Duplicate"), tr("File copy failed.") );
219 return; 218 return;
220 } 219 }
221 reject(); 220 reject();
222} 221}
223 222
224bool LnkProperties::moveLnk() 223bool LnkProperties::moveLnk()
225{ 224{
226 DocLnk newdoc( *((DocLnk *)lnk) ); 225 DocLnk newdoc( *((DocLnk *)lnk) );
227 newdoc.setName(d->docname->text()); 226 newdoc.setName(d->docname->text());
228 227
229 if ( !copyFile( newdoc ) ) { 228 if ( !copyFile( newdoc ) ) {
230 QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Details"), tr("Moving Document failed.") ); 229 QMessageBox::warning( this, tr("Details"), tr("Moving Document failed.") );
231 return FALSE; 230 return FALSE;
232 } 231 }
233 // remove old lnk 232 // remove old lnk
234 lnk->removeFiles(); 233 lnk->removeFiles();
235 234
236 return TRUE; 235 return TRUE;
237} 236}
238 237
239void LnkProperties::beamLnk() 238void LnkProperties::beamLnk()
240{ 239{
241 Ir ir; 240 Ir ir;
242 DocLnk doc( *((DocLnk *)lnk) ); 241 DocLnk doc( *((DocLnk *)lnk) );
243 doc.setName(d->docname->text()); 242 doc.setName(d->docname->text());
244 reject(); 243 reject();
245 ir.send( doc, doc.comment() ); 244 ir.send( doc, doc.comment() );
246} 245}
247 246
248bool LnkProperties::copyFile( DocLnk &newdoc ) 247bool LnkProperties::copyFile( DocLnk &newdoc )
249{ 248{
250 const char *linkExtn = ".desktop"; 249 const char *linkExtn = ".desktop";
251 QString fileExtn; 250 QString fileExtn;
252 int extnPos = lnk->file().findRev( '.' ); 251 int extnPos = lnk->file().findRev( '.' );
253 if ( extnPos > 0 ) 252 if ( extnPos > 0 )
254 fileExtn = lnk->file().mid( extnPos ); 253 fileExtn = lnk->file().mid( extnPos );
255 254
256 QString safename = newdoc.name(); 255 QString safename = newdoc.name();
257 safename.replace(QRegExp("/"),"_"); 256 safename.replace(QRegExp("/"),"_");
258 257
259 QString fn = locations[ d->locationCombo->currentItem() ] 258 QString fn = locations[ d->locationCombo->currentItem() ]
260 + "/Documents/" + newdoc.type() + "/" + safename; 259 + "/Documents/" + newdoc.type() + "/" + safename;
261 if ( QFile::exists(fn + fileExtn) || QFile::exists(fn + linkExtn) ) { 260 if ( QFile::exists(fn + fileExtn) || QFile::exists(fn + linkExtn) ) {
262 int n=1; 261 int n=1;
263 QString nn = fn + "_" + QString::number(n); 262 QString nn = fn + "_" + QString::number(n);
264 while ( QFile::exists(nn+fileExtn) || QFile::exists(nn+linkExtn) ) { 263 while ( QFile::exists(nn+fileExtn) || QFile::exists(nn+linkExtn) ) {
265 n++; 264 n++;
266 nn = fn + "_" + QString::number(n); 265 nn = fn + "_" + QString::number(n);
267 } 266 }
268 fn = nn; 267 fn = nn;
269 } 268 }
270 newdoc.setFile( fn + fileExtn ); 269 newdoc.setFile( fn + fileExtn );
271 newdoc.setLinkFile( fn + linkExtn ); 270 newdoc.setLinkFile( fn + linkExtn );
272 271
273 // Copy file 272 // Copy file
274 FileManager fm; 273 FileManager fm;
275 if ( !fm.copyFile( *lnk, newdoc ) ) 274 if ( !fm.copyFile( *lnk, newdoc ) )
276 return FALSE; 275 return FALSE;
277 return TRUE; 276 return TRUE;
278} 277}
279 278
280void LnkProperties::done(int ok) 279void LnkProperties::done(int ok)
281{ 280{
282 if ( ok ) { 281 if ( ok ) {
283 bool changed=FALSE; 282 bool changed=FALSE;
284 bool reloadMime=FALSE; 283 bool reloadMime=FALSE;
285 284
286 if ( lnk->name() != d->docname->text() ) { 285 if ( lnk->name() != d->docname->text() ) {
287 lnk->setName(d->docname->text()); 286 lnk->setName(d->docname->text());
288 changed=TRUE; 287 changed=TRUE;
289 } 288 }
290 if ( d->categoryEdit->isVisible() ) { 289 if ( d->categoryEdit->isVisible() ) {
291 QArray<int> tmp = d->categoryEdit->newCategories(); 290 QArray<int> tmp = d->categoryEdit->newCategories();
292 if ( lnk->categories() != tmp ) { 291 if ( lnk->categories() != tmp ) {
293 lnk->setCategories( tmp ); 292 lnk->setCategories( tmp );
294 changed = TRUE; 293 changed = TRUE;
295 } 294 }
296 } 295 }
297 if ( !d->rotate->isHidden()) { 296 if ( !d->rotate->isHidden()) {
298 QString newrot; 297 QString newrot;
299 298
300 if ( d->rotate->isChecked() ) { 299 if ( d->rotate->isChecked() ) {
301 int rot=0; 300 int rot=0;
302 for(; rot<4; rot++) { 301 for(; rot<4; rot++) {
303 if (d->rotateButtons->find(rot)->isOn()) 302 if (d->rotateButtons->find(rot)->isOn())
304 break; 303 break;
305 } 304 }
306 newrot = QString::number((rot*90)%360); 305 newrot = QString::number((rot*90)%360);
307 } 306 }
308 if ( newrot != lnk->rotation() ) { 307 if ( newrot != lnk->rotation() ) {
309 lnk-> setRotation(newrot); 308 lnk-> setRotation(newrot);
310 changed = TRUE; 309 changed = TRUE;
311 reloadMime = TRUE; 310 reloadMime = TRUE;
312 } 311 }
313 } 312 }
314 if ( d->preload->isHidden() && d->locationCombo->currentItem() != currentLocation ) { 313 if ( d->preload->isHidden() && d->locationCombo->currentItem() != currentLocation ) {
315 moveLnk(); 314 moveLnk();
316 } else if ( changed ) { 315 } else if ( changed ) {
317 lnk->writeLink(); 316 lnk->writeLink();
318 } 317 }
319 318
320 if ( !d->preload->isHidden() ) { 319 if ( !d->preload->isHidden() ) {
321 Config cfg("Launcher"); 320 Config cfg("Launcher");
322 cfg.setGroup("Preload"); 321 cfg.setGroup("Preload");
323 QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps",','); 322 QStringList apps = cfg.readListEntry("Apps",',');
324 QString exe = lnk->exec(); 323 QString exe = lnk->exec();
325 if ( apps.contains(exe) != d->preload->isChecked() ) { 324 if ( apps.contains(exe) != d->preload->isChecked() ) {
326 if ( d->preload->isChecked() ) { 325 if ( d->preload->isChecked() ) {
327 apps.append(exe); 326 apps.append(exe);
328#ifndef QT_NO_COP 327#ifndef QT_NO_COP
329 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/Application/"+exe.local8Bit(), 328 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/Application/"+exe.local8Bit(),
330 "enablePreload()"); 329 "enablePreload()");
331#endif 330#endif
332 } else { 331 } else {
333 apps.remove(exe); 332 apps.remove(exe);
334#ifndef QT_NO_COP 333#ifndef QT_NO_COP
335 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/Application/"+exe.local8Bit(), 334 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/Application/"+exe.local8Bit(),
336 "quitIfInvisible()"); 335 "quitIfInvisible()");
337#endif 336#endif
338 } 337 }
339 cfg.writeEntry("Apps",apps,','); 338 cfg.writeEntry("Apps",apps,',');
340 } 339 }
341 } 340 }
342 if ( reloadMime ) 341 if ( reloadMime )
343 MimeType::updateApplications ( ); 342 MimeType::updateApplications ( );
344 } 343 }
345 QDialog::done( ok ); 344 QDialog::done( ok );
346} 345}
347 346
diff --git a/library/mimetype.cpp b/library/mimetype.cpp
index d0a578e..23de70b 100644
--- a/library/mimetype.cpp
+++ b/library/mimetype.cpp
@@ -1,370 +1,366 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT 21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT
22#include "mimetype.h" 22#include "mimetype.h"
23#include "applnk.h" 23#include "applnk.h"
24#include "resource.h" 24#include "resource.h"
25#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 25#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
26#include "config.h" 26#include "config.h"
27 27
28#include <qfile.h> 28#include <qfile.h>
29#include <qdict.h>
30#include <qregexp.h>
31#include <qstringlist.h>
32#include <qtextstream.h> 29#include <qtextstream.h>
33#include <qmap.h>
34 30
35 31
36static void cleanupMime() 32static void cleanupMime()
37{ 33{
38 MimeType::clear(); 34 MimeType::clear();
39} 35}
40 36
41class MimeTypeData { 37class MimeTypeData {
42public: 38public:
43 MimeTypeData(const QString& i) : 39 MimeTypeData(const QString& i) :
44 id(i) 40 id(i)
45 { 41 {
46 apps.setAutoDelete(TRUE); 42 apps.setAutoDelete(TRUE);
47 } 43 }
48 QString id; 44 QString id;
49 QString extension; 45 QString extension;
50 QList<AppLnk> apps; 46 QList<AppLnk> apps;
51 47
52 QString description() 48 QString description()
53 { 49 {
54 if ( desc.isEmpty() ) 50 if ( desc.isEmpty() )
55 desc = QPEApplication::tr("%1 document").arg(apps.first()->name()); 51 desc = QPEApplication::tr("%1 document").arg(apps.first()->name());
56 return desc; 52 return desc;
57 } 53 }
58 54
59 QPixmap regIcon() 55 QPixmap regIcon()
60 { 56 {
61 if ( regicon.isNull() ) 57 if ( regicon.isNull() )
62 loadPixmaps(); 58 loadPixmaps();
63 return regicon; 59 return regicon;
64 } 60 }
65 61
66 QPixmap bigIcon() 62 QPixmap bigIcon()
67 { 63 {
68 if ( bigicon.isNull() ) 64 if ( bigicon.isNull() )
69 loadPixmaps(); 65 loadPixmaps();
70 return bigicon; 66 return bigicon;
71 } 67 }
72 68
73private: 69private:
74 void loadPixmaps() 70 void loadPixmaps()
75 { 71 {
76 if ( apps.count() ) { 72 if ( apps.count() ) {
77 QString icon; 73 QString icon;
78 for (AppLnk* lnk = apps.first(); icon.isNull() && lnk; lnk=apps.next()) { 74 for (AppLnk* lnk = apps.first(); icon.isNull() && lnk; lnk=apps.next()) {
79 QStringList icons = lnk->mimeTypeIcons(); 75 QStringList icons = lnk->mimeTypeIcons();
80 if ( icons.count() ) { 76 if ( icons.count() ) {
81 QStringList types = lnk->mimeTypes(); 77 QStringList types = lnk->mimeTypes();
82 for (QStringList::ConstIterator t=types.begin(),i=icons.begin(); t!=types.end() && i!=icons.end(); ++i,++t) { 78 for (QStringList::ConstIterator t=types.begin(),i=icons.begin(); t!=types.end() && i!=icons.end(); ++i,++t) {
83 if ( *t == id ) { 79 if ( *t == id ) {
84 icon = *i; 80 icon = *i;
85 break; 81 break;
86 } 82 }
87 } 83 }
88 } 84 }
89 } 85 }
90 if ( icon.isNull() ) { 86 if ( icon.isNull() ) {
91 AppLnk* lnk = apps.first(); 87 AppLnk* lnk = apps.first();
92 regicon = lnk->pixmap(); 88 regicon = lnk->pixmap();
93 bigicon = lnk->bigPixmap(); 89 bigicon = lnk->bigPixmap();
94 } else { 90 } else {
95 QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( icon ); 91 QImage unscaledIcon = Resource::loadImage( icon );
96 regicon.convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( AppLnk::smallIconSize(), AppLnk::smallIconSize() ) ); 92 regicon.convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( AppLnk::smallIconSize(), AppLnk::smallIconSize() ) );
97 bigicon.convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( AppLnk::bigIconSize(), AppLnk::bigIconSize() ) ); 93 bigicon.convertFromImage( unscaledIcon.smoothScale( AppLnk::bigIconSize(), AppLnk::bigIconSize() ) );
98 } 94 }
99 } 95 }
100 } 96 }
101 97
102 QPixmap regicon; 98 QPixmap regicon;
103 QPixmap bigicon; 99 QPixmap bigicon;
104 QString desc; 100 QString desc;
105}; 101};
106 102
107class MimeType::Private : public QDict<MimeTypeData> { 103class MimeType::Private : public QDict<MimeTypeData> {
108public: 104public:
109 Private() {} 105 Private() {}
110 ~Private() {} 106 ~Private() {}
111 107
112 // ... 108 // ...
113}; 109};
114 110
115MimeType::Private* MimeType::d=0; 111MimeType::Private* MimeType::d=0;
116static QMap<QString,QString> *typeFor = 0; 112static QMap<QString,QString> *typeFor = 0;
117static QMap<QString,QStringList> *extFor = 0; 113static QMap<QString,QStringList> *extFor = 0;
118 114
119MimeType::Private& MimeType::data() 115MimeType::Private& MimeType::data()
120{ 116{
121 if ( !d ) { 117 if ( !d ) {
122 d = new Private; 118 d = new Private;
123 d->setAutoDelete(TRUE); 119 d->setAutoDelete(TRUE);
124 static bool setCleanup = FALSE; 120 static bool setCleanup = FALSE;
125 if ( !setCleanup ) { 121 if ( !setCleanup ) {
126 qAddPostRoutine( cleanupMime ); 122 qAddPostRoutine( cleanupMime );
127 setCleanup = TRUE; 123 setCleanup = TRUE;
128 } 124 }
129 } 125 }
130 return *d; 126 return *d;
131} 127}
132 128
133/*! 129/*!
134 \class MimeType mimetype.h 130 \class MimeType mimetype.h
135 \brief The MimeType class provides MIME type information. 131 \brief The MimeType class provides MIME type information.
136 132
137 A MimeType object is a light-weight value which 133 A MimeType object is a light-weight value which
138 provides information about a MIME type. 134 provides information about a MIME type.
139 135
140 \ingroup qtopiaemb 136 \ingroup qtopiaemb
141*/ 137*/
142 138
143/*! 139/*!
144 Constructs a MimeType. 140 Constructs a MimeType.
145 Normally, \a ext_or_id is a MIME type, 141 Normally, \a ext_or_id is a MIME type,
146 but if \a ext_or_id starts with / or contains no /, 142 but if \a ext_or_id starts with / or contains no /,
147 it is interpretted as a filename and the 143 it is interpretted as a filename and the
148 extension (eg. .txt) is used as the 144 extension (eg. .txt) is used as the
149 MIME type. 145 MIME type.
150*/ 146*/
151MimeType::MimeType( const QString& ext_or_id ) 147MimeType::MimeType( const QString& ext_or_id )
152{ 148{
153 init(ext_or_id); 149 init(ext_or_id);
154} 150}
155 151
156/*! 152/*!
157 Constructs a MimeType from the type() of \a lnk. 153 Constructs a MimeType from the type() of \a lnk.
158*/ 154*/
159MimeType::MimeType( const DocLnk& lnk ) 155MimeType::MimeType( const DocLnk& lnk )
160{ 156{
161 init(lnk.type()); 157 init(lnk.type());
162} 158}
163 159
164/*! 160/*!
165 Returns the MIME type identifier. 161 Returns the MIME type identifier.
166*/ 162*/
167QString MimeType::id() const 163QString MimeType::id() const
168{ 164{
169 return i; 165 return i;
170} 166}
171 167
172/*! 168/*!
173 Returns a description of the MIME Type. This is usually based 169 Returns a description of the MIME Type. This is usually based
174 on the application() associated with the type. 170 on the application() associated with the type.
175*/ 171*/
176QString MimeType::description() const 172QString MimeType::description() const
177{ 173{
178 MimeTypeData* d = data(i); 174 MimeTypeData* d = data(i);
179 return d ? d->description() : QString::null; 175 return d ? d->description() : QString::null;
180} 176}
181 177
182/*! 178/*!
183 Returns a small QPixmap appropriate for the MIME type. 179 Returns a small QPixmap appropriate for the MIME type.
184*/ 180*/
185QPixmap MimeType::pixmap() const 181QPixmap MimeType::pixmap() const
186{ 182{
187 MimeTypeData* d = data(i); 183 MimeTypeData* d = data(i);
188 return d ? d->regIcon() : QPixmap(); 184 return d ? d->regIcon() : QPixmap();
189} 185}
190 186
191/*! 187/*!
192 \internal 188 \internal
193 This function is not generally available. 189 This function is not generally available.
194*/ 190*/
195QString MimeType::extension() const 191QString MimeType::extension() const
196{ 192{
197 return extensions().first(); 193 return extensions().first();
198} 194}
199 195
200 196
201/*! 197/*!
202 \internal 198 \internal
203 This function is not generally available. 199 This function is not generally available.
204*/ 200*/
205QStringList MimeType::extensions() const 201QStringList MimeType::extensions() const
206{ 202{
207 loadExtensions(); 203 loadExtensions();
208 return *(*extFor).find(i); 204 return *(*extFor).find(i);
209} 205}
210 206
211/*! 207/*!
212 Returns a larger QPixmap appropriate for the MIME type. 208 Returns a larger QPixmap appropriate for the MIME type.
213*/ 209*/
214QPixmap MimeType::bigPixmap() const 210QPixmap MimeType::bigPixmap() const
215{ 211{
216 MimeTypeData* d = data(i); 212 MimeTypeData* d = data(i);
217 return d ? d->bigIcon() : QPixmap(); 213 return d ? d->bigIcon() : QPixmap();
218} 214}
219 215
220/*! 216/*!
221 Returns the AppLnk defining the application associated 217 Returns the AppLnk defining the application associated
222 with this MIME type, or 0 if none is associated. 218 with this MIME type, or 0 if none is associated.
223 219
224 The caller must not retain the pointer, 220 The caller must not retain the pointer,
225 but of course you can dereference it to take a copy if needed. 221 but of course you can dereference it to take a copy if needed.
226 222
227 \sa Service::binding() 223 \sa Service::binding()
228*/ 224*/
229const AppLnk* MimeType::application() const 225const AppLnk* MimeType::application() const
230{ 226{
231 MimeTypeData* d = data(i); 227 MimeTypeData* d = data(i);
232 return d ? d->apps.first() : 0; 228 return d ? d->apps.first() : 0;
233} 229}
234 230
235static QString serviceBinding(const QString& service) 231static QString serviceBinding(const QString& service)
236{ 232{
237 // Copied from qtopiaservices 233 // Copied from qtopiaservices
238 QString svrc = service; 234 QString svrc = service;
239 for (int i=0; i<(int)svrc.length(); i++) 235 for (int i=0; i<(int)svrc.length(); i++)
240 if ( svrc[i]=='/' ) svrc[i] = '-'; 236 if ( svrc[i]=='/' ) svrc[i] = '-';
241 return "Service-"+svrc; 237 return "Service-"+svrc;
242} 238}
243 239
244/*! 240/*!
245 \internal 241 \internal
246*/ 242*/
247void MimeType::registerApp( const AppLnk& lnk ) 243void MimeType::registerApp( const AppLnk& lnk )
248{ 244{
249 QStringList list = lnk.mimeTypes(); 245 QStringList list = lnk.mimeTypes();
250 for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it) { 246 for (QStringList::ConstIterator it = list.begin(); it != list.end(); ++it) {
251 MimeTypeData* cur = data()[*it]; 247 MimeTypeData* cur = data()[*it];
252 AppLnk* l = new AppLnk(lnk); 248 AppLnk* l = new AppLnk(lnk);
253 if ( !cur ) { 249 if ( !cur ) {
254 cur = new MimeTypeData( *it ); 250 cur = new MimeTypeData( *it );
255 data().insert( *it, cur ); 251 data().insert( *it, cur );
256 cur->apps.append(l); 252 cur->apps.append(l);
257 } else if ( cur->apps.count() ) { 253 } else if ( cur->apps.count() ) {
258 Config binding(serviceBinding("Open/"+*it)); 254 Config binding(serviceBinding("Open/"+*it));
259 binding.setGroup("Service"); 255 binding.setGroup("Service");
260 QString def = binding.readEntry("default"); 256 QString def = binding.readEntry("default");
261 if ( l->exec() == def ) 257 if ( l->exec() == def )
262 cur->apps.prepend(l); 258 cur->apps.prepend(l);
263 else 259 else
264 cur->apps.append(l); 260 cur->apps.append(l);
265 } else { 261 } else {
266 cur->apps.append(l); 262 cur->apps.append(l);
267 } 263 }
268 } 264 }
269} 265}
270 266
271/*! 267/*!
272 \internal 268 \internal
273*/ 269*/
274void MimeType::clear() 270void MimeType::clear()
275{ 271{
276 delete d; 272 delete d;
277 d = 0; 273 d = 0;
278} 274}
279 275
280void MimeType::loadExtensions() 276void MimeType::loadExtensions()
281{ 277{
282 if ( !typeFor ) { 278 if ( !typeFor ) {
283 extFor = new QMap<QString,QStringList>; 279 extFor = new QMap<QString,QStringList>;
284 typeFor = new QMap<QString,QString>; 280 typeFor = new QMap<QString,QString>;
285 loadExtensions("/etc/mime.types"); 281 loadExtensions("/etc/mime.types");
286 loadExtensions(QPEApplication::qpeDir()+"etc/mime.types"); 282 loadExtensions(QPEApplication::qpeDir()+"etc/mime.types");
287 } 283 }
288} 284}
289 285
290void MimeType::loadExtensions(const QString& filename) 286void MimeType::loadExtensions(const QString& filename)
291{ 287{
292 QFile file(filename); 288 QFile file(filename);
293 if ( file.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) { 289 if ( file.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) {
294 QTextStream in(&file); 290 QTextStream in(&file);
295 QRegExp space("[ \t]+"); 291 QRegExp space("[ \t]+");
296 while (!in.atEnd()) { 292 while (!in.atEnd()) {
297 QStringList tokens = QStringList::split(space, in.readLine()); 293 QStringList tokens = QStringList::split(space, in.readLine());
298 QStringList::ConstIterator it = tokens.begin(); 294 QStringList::ConstIterator it = tokens.begin();
299 if ( it != tokens.end() ) { 295 if ( it != tokens.end() ) {
300 QString id = *it; ++it; 296 QString id = *it; ++it;
301 // new override old (though left overrides right) 297 // new override old (though left overrides right)
302 QStringList exts = (*extFor)[id]; 298 QStringList exts = (*extFor)[id];
303 QStringList newexts; 299 QStringList newexts;
304 while ( it != tokens.end() ) { 300 while ( it != tokens.end() ) {
305 exts.remove(*it); 301 exts.remove(*it);
306 if ( !newexts.contains(*it) ) 302 if ( !newexts.contains(*it) )
307 newexts.append(*it); 303 newexts.append(*it);
308 (*typeFor)[*it] = id; 304 (*typeFor)[*it] = id;
309 ++it; 305 ++it;
310 } 306 }
311 (*extFor)[id] = newexts + exts; 307 (*extFor)[id] = newexts + exts;
312 } 308 }
313 } 309 }
314 } 310 }
315} 311}
316 312
317void MimeType::init( const QString& ext_or_id ) 313void MimeType::init( const QString& ext_or_id )
318{ 314{
319 if ( ext_or_id[0] != '/' && ext_or_id.contains('/') ) { 315 if ( ext_or_id[0] != '/' && ext_or_id.contains('/') ) {
320 i = ext_or_id.lower(); 316 i = ext_or_id.lower();
321 } else { 317 } else {
322 loadExtensions(); 318 loadExtensions();
323 int dot = ext_or_id.findRev('.'); 319 int dot = ext_or_id.findRev('.');
324 QString ext = dot >= 0 ? ext_or_id.mid(dot+1) : ext_or_id; 320 QString ext = dot >= 0 ? ext_or_id.mid(dot+1) : ext_or_id;
325 i = (*typeFor)[ext.lower()]; 321 i = (*typeFor)[ext.lower()];
326 if ( i.isNull() ) 322 if ( i.isNull() )
327 i = "application/octet-stream"; 323 i = "application/octet-stream";
328 } 324 }
329 static bool appsUpdated = FALSE; 325 static bool appsUpdated = FALSE;
330 if ( !appsUpdated ) { 326 if ( !appsUpdated ) {
331 appsUpdated = TRUE; 327 appsUpdated = TRUE;
332 updateApplications(); 328 updateApplications();
333 } 329 }
334} 330}
335 331
336MimeTypeData* MimeType::data(const QString& id) 332MimeTypeData* MimeType::data(const QString& id)
337{ 333{
338 MimeTypeData* d = data()[id]; 334 MimeTypeData* d = data()[id];
339 if ( !d ) { 335 if ( !d ) {
340 int s = id.find('/'); 336 int s = id.find('/');
341 QString idw = id.left(s)+"/*"; 337 QString idw = id.left(s)+"/*";
342 d = data()[idw]; 338 d = data()[idw];
343 } 339 }
344 return d; 340 return d;
345} 341}
346 342
347/*! 343/*!
348 Returns a Qtopia folder containing application definitions. 344 Returns a Qtopia folder containing application definitions.
349*/ 345*/
350QString MimeType::appsFolderName() 346QString MimeType::appsFolderName()
351{ 347{
352 return QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "apps"; 348 return QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "apps";
353} 349}
354 350
355/*! 351/*!
356 Reloads application definitions. 352 Reloads application definitions.
357*/ 353*/
358void MimeType::updateApplications() 354void MimeType::updateApplications()
359{ 355{
360 clear(); 356 clear();
361 AppLnkSet apps( appsFolderName() ); 357 AppLnkSet apps( appsFolderName() );
362 updateApplications(&apps); 358 updateApplications(&apps);
363} 359}
364 360
365void MimeType::updateApplications(AppLnkSet* folder) 361void MimeType::updateApplications(AppLnkSet* folder)
366{ 362{
367 for ( QListIterator<AppLnk> it( folder->children() ); it.current(); ++it ) { 363 for ( QListIterator<AppLnk> it( folder->children() ); it.current(); ++it ) {
368 registerApp(*it.current()); 364 registerApp(*it.current());
369 } 365 }
370} 366}
diff --git a/library/qcopenvelope_qws.cpp b/library/qcopenvelope_qws.cpp
index 0aac32b..8f58787 100644
--- a/library/qcopenvelope_qws.cpp
+++ b/library/qcopenvelope_qws.cpp
@@ -1,147 +1,145 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#ifndef QT_NO_COP 21#ifndef QT_NO_COP
22#include "qcopenvelope_qws.h" 22#include "qcopenvelope_qws.h"
23#endif 23#endif
24#include "global.h"
25#include <qbuffer.h> 24#include <qbuffer.h>
26#include <qdatastream.h>
27#include <qfile.h> 25#include <qfile.h>
28#include <unistd.h> 26#include <unistd.h>
29#include <errno.h> 27#include <errno.h>
30#include <sys/file.h> 28#include <sys/file.h>
31#include <sys/types.h> 29#include <sys/types.h>
32#include <sys/stat.h> 30#include <sys/stat.h>
33#include <time.h> 31#include <time.h>
34 32
35#ifndef QT_NO_COP 33#ifndef QT_NO_COP
36 34
37/*! 35/*!
38 \class QCopEnvelope qcopenvelope_qws.h 36 \class QCopEnvelope qcopenvelope_qws.h
39 \brief The QCopEnvelope class encapsulates and sends QCop messages 37 \brief The QCopEnvelope class encapsulates and sends QCop messages
40 over QCopChannels. 38 over QCopChannels.
41 39
42 QCop messages allow applications to communicate with each other. 40 QCop messages allow applications to communicate with each other.
43 These messages are sent using QCopEnvelope, and received by connecting 41 These messages are sent using QCopEnvelope, and received by connecting
44 to a QCopChannel. 42 to a QCopChannel.
45 43
46 To send a message, use the following protocol: 44 To send a message, use the following protocol:
47 45
48 \code 46 \code
49 QCopEnvelope e(channelname, messagename); 47 QCopEnvelope e(channelname, messagename);
50 e << parameter1 << parameter2 << ...; 48 e << parameter1 << parameter2 << ...;
51 \endcode 49 \endcode
52 50
53 For messages without parameters, simply use: 51 For messages without parameters, simply use:
54 52
55 \code 53 \code
56 QCopEnvelope e(channelname, messagename); 54 QCopEnvelope e(channelname, messagename);
57 \endcode 55 \endcode
58 56
59 (Do not try to simplify this further as it may confuse some 57 (Do not try to simplify this further as it may confuse some
60 compilers.) 58 compilers.)
61 59
62 The \c{channelname} of channels within Qtopia all start with "QPE/". 60 The \c{channelname} of channels within Qtopia all start with "QPE/".
63 The \c{messagename} is a function identifier followed by a list of types 61 The \c{messagename} is a function identifier followed by a list of types
64 in parentheses. There is no whitespace in the message name. 62 in parentheses. There is no whitespace in the message name.
65 63
66 To receive a message, you will generally just use your application's 64 To receive a message, you will generally just use your application's
67 predefined QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel 65 predefined QPE/Application/\e{appname} channel
68 (see QPEApplication::appMessage()), but you can make another channel 66 (see QPEApplication::appMessage()), but you can make another channel
69 and connect it to a slot like this: 67 and connect it to a slot like this:
70 68
71 \code 69 \code
72 myChannel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/FooBar", this ); 70 myChannel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/FooBar", this );
73 connect( myChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)), 71 connect( myChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)),
74 this, SLOT(fooBarMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) ); 72 this, SLOT(fooBarMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) );
75 \endcode 73 \endcode
76 74
77 See also, the \link qcop.html list of Qtopia messages\endlink. 75 See also, the \link qcop.html list of Qtopia messages\endlink.
78*/ 76*/
79 77
80/*! 78/*!
81 Constructs a QCopEnvelope that will write \a message to \a channel. 79 Constructs a QCopEnvelope that will write \a message to \a channel.
82 If \a message has parameters, you must then use operator<<() to 80 If \a message has parameters, you must then use operator<<() to
83 add these parameters to the envelope. 81 add these parameters to the envelope.
84*/ 82*/
85QCopEnvelope::QCopEnvelope( const QCString& channel, const QCString& message ) : 83QCopEnvelope::QCopEnvelope( const QCString& channel, const QCString& message ) :
86 QDataStream(new QBuffer), 84 QDataStream(new QBuffer),
87 ch(channel), msg(message) 85 ch(channel), msg(message)
88{ 86{
89 device()->open(IO_WriteOnly); 87 device()->open(IO_WriteOnly);
90} 88}
91 89
92/*! 90/*!
93 Writes the message and then destroys the QCopEnvelope. 91 Writes the message and then destroys the QCopEnvelope.
94*/ 92*/
95QCopEnvelope::~QCopEnvelope() 93QCopEnvelope::~QCopEnvelope()
96{ 94{
97 QByteArray data = ((QBuffer*)device())->buffer(); 95 QByteArray data = ((QBuffer*)device())->buffer();
98 const int pref=16; 96 const int pref=16;
99 if ( qstrncmp(ch.data(),"QPE/Application/",pref)==0 ) { 97 if ( qstrncmp(ch.data(),"QPE/Application/",pref)==0 ) {
100 QString qcopfn("/tmp/qcop-msg-"); 98 QString qcopfn("/tmp/qcop-msg-");
101 qcopfn += ch.mid(pref); 99 qcopfn += ch.mid(pref);
102 QFile qcopfile(qcopfn); 100 QFile qcopfile(qcopfn);
103 101
104 if ( qcopfile.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Append) ) { 102 if ( qcopfile.open(IO_WriteOnly | IO_Append) ) {
105#ifndef Q_OS_WIN32 103#ifndef Q_OS_WIN32
106 if(flock(qcopfile.handle(), LOCK_EX)) { 104 if(flock(qcopfile.handle(), LOCK_EX)) {
107 /* some error occurred */ 105 /* some error occurred */
108 qWarning(QString("Failed to obtain file lock on %1 (%2)") 106 qWarning(QString("Failed to obtain file lock on %1 (%2)")
109 .arg(qcopfn).arg( errno )); 107 .arg(qcopfn).arg( errno ));
110 } 108 }
111#endif 109#endif
112 { 110 {
113 QDataStream ds(&qcopfile); 111 QDataStream ds(&qcopfile);
114 ds << ch << msg << data; 112 ds << ch << msg << data;
115 qcopfile.flush(); 113 qcopfile.flush();
116#ifndef Q_OS_WIN32 114#ifndef Q_OS_WIN32
117 flock(qcopfile.handle(), LOCK_UN); 115 flock(qcopfile.handle(), LOCK_UN);
118#endif 116#endif
119 qcopfile.close(); 117 qcopfile.close();
120 } 118 }
121 119
122 QByteArray b; 120 QByteArray b;
123 QDataStream stream(b, IO_WriteOnly); 121 QDataStream stream(b, IO_WriteOnly);
124 stream << QString(ch.mid(pref)); 122 stream << QString(ch.mid(pref));
125 QCopChannel::send("QPE/Server", "processQCop(QString)", b); 123 QCopChannel::send("QPE/Server", "processQCop(QString)", b);
126 delete device(); 124 delete device();
127 return; 125 return;
128 } else { 126 } else {
129 qWarning(QString("Failed to open file %1") 127 qWarning(QString("Failed to open file %1")
130 .arg(qcopfn)); 128 .arg(qcopfn));
131 } // endif open 129 } // endif open
132 } 130 }
133 else if (qstrncmp(ch.data(), "QPE/SOAP/", 9) == 0) { 131 else if (qstrncmp(ch.data(), "QPE/SOAP/", 9) == 0) {
134 // If this is a message that should go along the SOAP channel, we move the 132 // If this is a message that should go along the SOAP channel, we move the
135 // endpoint URL to the data section. 133 // endpoint URL to the data section.
136 QString endpoint = ch.mid(9); 134 QString endpoint = ch.mid(9);
137 135
138 ch = "QPE/SOAP"; 136 ch = "QPE/SOAP";
139 // Since byte arrays are explicitly shared, this is appended to the data variable.. 137 // Since byte arrays are explicitly shared, this is appended to the data variable..
140 *this << endpoint; 138 *this << endpoint;
141 } 139 }
142 140
143 QCopChannel::send(ch,msg,data); 141 QCopChannel::send(ch,msg,data);
144 delete device(); 142 delete device();
145} 143}
146 144
147#endif 145#endif
diff --git a/library/qdawg.cpp b/library/qdawg.cpp
index af5dc82..2ea5734 100644
--- a/library/qdawg.cpp
+++ b/library/qdawg.cpp
@@ -1,407 +1,405 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20#include "qdawg.h" 20#include "qdawg.h"
21#include <qintdict.h> 21#include <qintdict.h>
22#include <qvaluelist.h>
23#include <qtextstream.h>
24#include <qfile.h> 22#include <qfile.h>
25#include <qtl.h> 23#include <qtl.h>
26 24
27#include <limits.h> 25#include <limits.h>
28#include <stdio.h> 26#include <stdio.h>
29 27
30// for mmap 28// for mmap
31#include <sys/types.h> 29#include <sys/types.h>
32#include <sys/stat.h> 30#include <sys/stat.h>
33#include <sys/mman.h> 31#include <sys/mman.h>
34#include <fcntl.h> 32#include <fcntl.h>
35#include <errno.h> 33#include <errno.h>
36#include <unistd.h> 34#include <unistd.h>
37 35
38class QDawgPrivate; 36class QDawgPrivate;
39class QTrie; 37class QTrie;
40 38
41typedef QValueList<QTrie*> TrieClub; 39typedef QValueList<QTrie*> TrieClub;
42typedef QIntDict<TrieClub> TrieClubDirectory; 40typedef QIntDict<TrieClub> TrieClubDirectory;
43 41
44class TriePtr { 42class TriePtr {
45public: 43public:
46 QChar letter; 44 QChar letter;
47 QTrie* p; 45 QTrie* p;
48 int operator <(const TriePtr& o) const; 46 int operator <(const TriePtr& o) const;
49 int operator >(const TriePtr& o) const; 47 int operator >(const TriePtr& o) const;
50 int operator <=(const TriePtr& o) const; 48 int operator <=(const TriePtr& o) const;
51}; 49};
52 50
53class TrieList : public QValueList<TriePtr> { 51class TrieList : public QValueList<TriePtr> {
54 bool sorted; 52 bool sorted;
55public: 53public:
56 TrieList() 54 TrieList()
57 { 55 {
58 sorted=TRUE; 56 sorted=TRUE;
59 } 57 }
60 58
61 QTrie* findAdd(QChar c); 59 QTrie* findAdd(QChar c);
62 bool equal(TrieList& l); 60 bool equal(TrieList& l);
63 61
64 void sort() 62 void sort()
65 { 63 {
66 if ( !sorted ) { 64 if ( !sorted ) {
67 qHeapSort(*this); 65 qHeapSort(*this);
68 sorted = TRUE; 66 sorted = TRUE;
69 } 67 }
70 } 68 }
71}; 69};
72 70
73// A fast but memory-wasting temporary class. The Dawg is the goal. 71// A fast but memory-wasting temporary class. The Dawg is the goal.
74class QTrie { 72class QTrie {
75public: 73public:
76 QTrie(); 74 QTrie();
77 ~QTrie(); 75 ~QTrie();
78 76
79 void insertWord(const QString& s, uint index=0); 77 void insertWord(const QString& s, uint index=0);
80 bool equal(QTrie* o); 78 bool equal(QTrie* o);
81 void dump(int indent=0); 79 void dump(int indent=0);
82 80
83private: 81private:
84 TrieList children; 82 TrieList children;
85 bool isword; 83 bool isword;
86 84
87 friend class QDawgPrivate; 85 friend class QDawgPrivate;
88 int maxdepth; 86 int maxdepth;
89 int decendants; 87 int decendants;
90 int key; 88 int key;
91 void distributeKeys(TrieClubDirectory& directory); 89 void distributeKeys(TrieClubDirectory& directory);
92 QTrie* clubLeader(TrieClubDirectory& directory); 90 QTrie* clubLeader(TrieClubDirectory& directory);
93 int collectKeys(); 91 int collectKeys();
94 friend class TriePtr; 92 friend class TriePtr;
95 friend class TrieList; 93 friend class TrieList;
96}; 94};
97 95
98QTrie::QTrie() 96QTrie::QTrie()
99{ 97{
100 key = 0; 98 key = 0;
101 isword = FALSE; 99 isword = FALSE;
102} 100}
103 101
104QTrie::~QTrie() 102QTrie::~QTrie()
105{ 103{
106 // NOTE: we do not delete the children - after conversion to DAWG 104 // NOTE: we do not delete the children - after conversion to DAWG
107 // it's too difficult. The QTrie's are deleted via the directory. 105 // it's too difficult. The QTrie's are deleted via the directory.
108} 106}
109 107
110void QTrie::insertWord(const QString& s, uint index) 108void QTrie::insertWord(const QString& s, uint index)
111{ 109{
112 if ( index == s.length() ) { 110 if ( index == s.length() ) {
113 isword = TRUE; 111 isword = TRUE;
114 } else { 112 } else {
115 QTrie* t = children.findAdd(s[index]); 113 QTrie* t = children.findAdd(s[index]);
116 t->insertWord(s,index+1); 114 t->insertWord(s,index+1);
117 } 115 }
118} 116}
119 117
120bool QTrie::equal(QTrie* o) 118bool QTrie::equal(QTrie* o)
121{ 119{
122 if ( o == this ) return TRUE; 120 if ( o == this ) return TRUE;
123 if ( isword != o->isword ) 121 if ( isword != o->isword )
124 return FALSE; 122 return FALSE;
125 return children.equal(o->children); 123 return children.equal(o->children);
126} 124}
127 125
128void QTrie::dump(int indent) 126void QTrie::dump(int indent)
129{ 127{
130 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) { 128 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) {
131 QTrie* s = (*it).p; 129 QTrie* s = (*it).p;
132 for (int in=0; in<indent; in++) 130 for (int in=0; in<indent; in++)
133 fputc(' ',stderr); 131 fputc(' ',stderr);
134 fprintf(stderr," %c %d %s %p\n",(*it).letter.unicode(), 132 fprintf(stderr," %c %d %s %p\n",(*it).letter.unicode(),
135 s->key,s->isword?"word":"",s); 133 s->key,s->isword?"word":"",s);
136 s->dump(indent+2); 134 s->dump(indent+2);
137 } 135 }
138} 136}
139 137
140void QTrie::distributeKeys(TrieClubDirectory& directory) 138void QTrie::distributeKeys(TrieClubDirectory& directory)
141{ 139{
142 maxdepth = INT_MIN; 140 maxdepth = INT_MIN;
143 decendants = children.count(); 141 decendants = children.count();
144 key = 0; 142 key = 0;
145 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) { 143 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) {
146 QTrie* s = (*it).p; 144 QTrie* s = (*it).p;
147 QChar l = (*it).letter; 145 QChar l = (*it).letter;
148 s->distributeKeys(directory); 146 s->distributeKeys(directory);
149 key = key*64+l.unicode()+s->key*5; 147 key = key*64+l.unicode()+s->key*5;
150 decendants += s->decendants; 148 decendants += s->decendants;
151 if ( s->maxdepth+1 > maxdepth ) 149 if ( s->maxdepth+1 > maxdepth )
152 maxdepth = s->maxdepth+1; 150 maxdepth = s->maxdepth+1;
153 } 151 }
154 if ( decendants ) { 152 if ( decendants ) {
155 key += decendants + maxdepth*256 + children.count() * 65536; 153 key += decendants + maxdepth*256 + children.count() * 65536;
156 if ( !key ) key++; // unlikely 154 if ( !key ) key++; // unlikely
157 } 155 }
158 TrieClub* c = directory[key]; 156 TrieClub* c = directory[key];
159 if ( !c ) directory.insert(key, (c = new TrieClub) ); 157 if ( !c ) directory.insert(key, (c = new TrieClub) );
160 c->prepend(this); 158 c->prepend(this);
161} 159}
162 160
163QTrie* QTrie::clubLeader(TrieClubDirectory& directory) 161QTrie* QTrie::clubLeader(TrieClubDirectory& directory)
164{ 162{
165 if ( !key ) return directory[0]->first(); 163 if ( !key ) return directory[0]->first();
166 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) { 164 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) {
167 QTrie* t= (*it).p->clubLeader(directory); 165 QTrie* t= (*it).p->clubLeader(directory);
168 (*it).p = t; 166 (*it).p = t;
169 } 167 }
170 TrieClub *club = directory[key]; 168 TrieClub *club = directory[key];
171 for (TrieClub::Iterator it = club->begin(); it != club->end(); ++it) { 169 for (TrieClub::Iterator it = club->begin(); it != club->end(); ++it) {
172 QTrie* o = *it; 170 QTrie* o = *it;
173 if ( o->equal(this) ) 171 if ( o->equal(this) )
174 return o; 172 return o;
175 } 173 }
176 return this; 174 return this;
177} 175}
178 176
179int QTrie::collectKeys() 177int QTrie::collectKeys()
180{ 178{
181 int n=0; 179 int n=0;
182 if ( key ) key=0,n+=children.count(); 180 if ( key ) key=0,n+=children.count();
183 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it) 181 for (TrieList::Iterator it=children.begin(); it!=children.end(); ++it)
184 n += (*it).p->collectKeys(); 182 n += (*it).p->collectKeys();
185 return n; 183 return n;
186} 184}
187 185
188int TriePtr::operator <(const TriePtr& o) const 186int TriePtr::operator <(const TriePtr& o) const
189 { return letter < o.letter; } 187 { return letter < o.letter; }
190int TriePtr::operator >(const TriePtr& o) const 188int TriePtr::operator >(const TriePtr& o) const
191 { return letter > o.letter; } 189 { return letter > o.letter; }
192int TriePtr::operator <=(const TriePtr& o) const 190int TriePtr::operator <=(const TriePtr& o) const
193 { return letter <= o.letter; } 191 { return letter <= o.letter; }
194 192
195bool TrieList::equal(TrieList& l) 193bool TrieList::equal(TrieList& l)
196{ 194{
197 if ( count() != l.count() ) 195 if ( count() != l.count() )
198 return FALSE; 196 return FALSE;
199 sort(); l.sort(); 197 sort(); l.sort();
200 ConstIterator it2 = begin(); 198 ConstIterator it2 = begin();
201 ConstIterator it = l.begin(); 199 ConstIterator it = l.begin();
202 for( ; it != l.end(); ++it, ++it2 ) 200 for( ; it != l.end(); ++it, ++it2 )
203 if ( (*it).letter != (*it2).letter || ! (*it).p->equal((*it2).p) ) 201 if ( (*it).letter != (*it2).letter || ! (*it).p->equal((*it2).p) )
204 return FALSE; 202 return FALSE;
205 return TRUE; 203 return TRUE;
206} 204}
207QTrie* TrieList::findAdd(QChar c) 205QTrie* TrieList::findAdd(QChar c)
208{ 206{
209 for (Iterator it=begin(); it!=end(); ++it) { 207 for (Iterator it=begin(); it!=end(); ++it) {
210 if ( (*it).letter == c ) 208 if ( (*it).letter == c )
211 return (*it).p; 209 return (*it).p;
212 } 210 }
213 TriePtr p; 211 TriePtr p;
214 p.p = new QTrie; 212 p.p = new QTrie;
215 p.letter = c; 213 p.letter = c;
216 prepend(p); 214 prepend(p);
217 sorted=FALSE; 215 sorted=FALSE;
218 sort(); 216 sort();
219 return p.p; 217 return p.p;
220} 218}
221 219
222static const char* dawg_sig = "QDAWG100"; 220static const char* dawg_sig = "QDAWG100";
223 221
224class QDawgPrivate { 222class QDawgPrivate {
225public: 223public:
226 QDawgPrivate(QIODevice* dev) 224 QDawgPrivate(QIODevice* dev)
227 { 225 {
228 QDataStream ds(dev); 226 QDataStream ds(dev);
229 char sig[8]; 227 char sig[8];
230 ds.readRawBytes(sig,8); 228 ds.readRawBytes(sig,8);
231 if ( !strncmp(dawg_sig,sig,8) ) { 229 if ( !strncmp(dawg_sig,sig,8) ) {
232 uint n; 230 uint n;
233 char* nn; 231 char* nn;
234 ds.readBytes(nn,n); 232 ds.readBytes(nn,n);
235 233
236 // #### endianness problem ignored. 234 // #### endianness problem ignored.
237 node = (QDawg::Node*)nn; 235 node = (QDawg::Node*)nn;
238 nodes = n / sizeof(QDawg::Node); 236 nodes = n / sizeof(QDawg::Node);
239 } else { 237 } else {
240 node = 0; 238 node = 0;
241 } 239 }
242 } 240 }
243 241
244 bool ok() const { return node; } 242 bool ok() const { return node; }
245 243
246 QDawgPrivate(uchar* mem) 244 QDawgPrivate(uchar* mem)
247 { 245 {
248 if ( !strncmp(dawg_sig,(char*)mem,8) ) { 246 if ( !strncmp(dawg_sig,(char*)mem,8) ) {
249 mem += 8; 247 mem += 8;
250 248
251 int n = ((mem[0]*256+mem[1])*256+mem[2])*256+mem[3]; 249 int n = ((mem[0]*256+mem[1])*256+mem[2])*256+mem[3];
252 mem += 4; 250 mem += 4;
253 251
254 // #### endianness problem ignored. 252 // #### endianness problem ignored.
255 node = (QDawg::Node*)((char*)mem); 253 node = (QDawg::Node*)((char*)mem);
256 nodes = n / sizeof(QDawg::Node); 254 nodes = n / sizeof(QDawg::Node);
257 } 255 }
258 } 256 }
259 257
260 QDawgPrivate(QTrie* t) // destroys the QTrie. 258 QDawgPrivate(QTrie* t) // destroys the QTrie.
261 { 259 {
262 TrieClubDirectory directory(9973); 260 TrieClubDirectory directory(9973);
263 t->distributeKeys(directory); 261 t->distributeKeys(directory);
264 QTrie* l = t->clubLeader(directory); 262 QTrie* l = t->clubLeader(directory);
265 ASSERT(l==t); 263 ASSERT(l==t);
266 generateArray(t); 264 generateArray(t);
267 265
268 TrieClub *club; 266 TrieClub *club;
269 for (QIntDictIterator<TrieClub> dit(directory); (club=dit); ++dit) 267 for (QIntDictIterator<TrieClub> dit(directory); (club=dit); ++dit)
270 { 268 {
271 for (TrieClub::Iterator it = club->begin(); it != club->end(); ++it) { 269 for (TrieClub::Iterator it = club->begin(); it != club->end(); ++it) {
272 delete *it; 270 delete *it;
273 } 271 }
274 delete club; 272 delete club;
275 } 273 }
276 } 274 }
277 275
278 bool write(QIODevice* dev) 276 bool write(QIODevice* dev)
279 { 277 {
280 QDataStream ds(dev); 278 QDataStream ds(dev);
281 ds.writeRawBytes(dawg_sig,8); 279 ds.writeRawBytes(dawg_sig,8);
282 // #### endianness problem ignored. 280 // #### endianness problem ignored.
283 ds.writeBytes((char*)node,sizeof(QDawg::Node)*nodes); 281 ds.writeBytes((char*)node,sizeof(QDawg::Node)*nodes);
284 return dev->state() == IO_Ok; 282 return dev->state() == IO_Ok;
285 } 283 }
286 284
287 void dumpWords(int nid=0, int index=0) 285 void dumpWords(int nid=0, int index=0)
288 { 286 {
289 static char word[256]; // ick latin1 287 static char word[256]; // ick latin1
290 int i=0; 288 int i=0;
291 do { 289 do {
292 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i]; 290 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i];
293 word[index] = n.let; 291 word[index] = n.let;
294 if ( n.isword ) 292 if ( n.isword )
295 fprintf(stderr,"%.*s\n",index+1,word); 293 fprintf(stderr,"%.*s\n",index+1,word);
296 if ( n.offset ) dumpWords(n.offset+nid+i,index+1); 294 if ( n.offset ) dumpWords(n.offset+nid+i,index+1);
297 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast); 295 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast);
298 } 296 }
299 297
300 void dump(int nid=0, int indent=0) 298 void dump(int nid=0, int indent=0)
301 { 299 {
302 int i=0; 300 int i=0;
303 do { 301 do {
304 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i]; 302 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i];
305 fprintf(stderr,"%d: ",nid+i); 303 fprintf(stderr,"%d: ",nid+i);
306 for (int in=0; in<indent; in++) 304 for (int in=0; in<indent; in++)
307 fputc(' ',stderr); 305 fputc(' ',stderr);
308 fprintf(stderr," %c %d %d %d\n",n.let, 306 fprintf(stderr," %c %d %d %d\n",n.let,
309 n.isword,n.islast,n.offset); 307 n.isword,n.islast,n.offset);
310 if ( n.offset ) dump(n.offset+nid+i,indent+2); 308 if ( n.offset ) dump(n.offset+nid+i,indent+2);
311 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast); 309 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast);
312 } 310 }
313 311
314 int countWords(int nid=0) 312 int countWords(int nid=0)
315 { 313 {
316 int t=0; 314 int t=0;
317 int i=0; 315 int i=0;
318 do { 316 do {
319 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i]; 317 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i];
320 if ( n.isword ) 318 if ( n.isword )
321 t++; 319 t++;
322 if ( n.offset ) 320 if ( n.offset )
323 t+=countWords(n.offset+nid+i); 321 t+=countWords(n.offset+nid+i);
324 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast); 322 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast);
325 return t; 323 return t;
326 } 324 }
327 325
328 bool contains(const QString& s, int nid=0, int index=0) const 326 bool contains(const QString& s, int nid=0, int index=0) const
329 { 327 {
330 int i=0; 328 int i=0;
331 do { 329 do {
332 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i]; 330 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i];
333 if ( s[index] == QChar((ushort)n.let) ) { 331 if ( s[index] == QChar((ushort)n.let) ) {
334 if ( n.isword && index == (int)s.length()-1 ) 332 if ( n.isword && index == (int)s.length()-1 )
335 return TRUE; 333 return TRUE;
336 if ( n.offset ) 334 if ( n.offset )
337 return contains(s,n.offset+nid+i,index+1); 335 return contains(s,n.offset+nid+i,index+1);
338 } 336 }
339 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast); 337 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast);
340 return FALSE; 338 return FALSE;
341 } 339 }
342 340
343 void appendAllWords(QStringList& list, int nid=0, QString s="") const 341 void appendAllWords(QStringList& list, int nid=0, QString s="") const
344 { 342 {
345 int i=0; 343 int i=0;
346 int next = s.length(); 344 int next = s.length();
347 do { 345 do {
348 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i]; 346 QDawg::Node& n = node[nid+i];
349 s[next] = QChar((ushort)n.let); 347 s[next] = QChar((ushort)n.let);
350 if ( n.isword ) 348 if ( n.isword )
351 list.append(s); 349 list.append(s);
352 if ( n.offset ) 350 if ( n.offset )
353 appendAllWords(list, n.offset+nid+i, s); 351 appendAllWords(list, n.offset+nid+i, s);
354 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast); 352 } while (!node[nid+i++].islast);
355 } 353 }
356 354
357 const QDawg::Node* root() { return node; } 355 const QDawg::Node* root() { return node; }
358 356
359private: 357private:
360 void generateArray(QTrie* t) 358 void generateArray(QTrie* t)
361 { 359 {
362 nodes = 0; 360 nodes = 0;
363 int n = t->collectKeys(); 361 int n = t->collectKeys();
364 node = new QDawg::Node[n]; 362 node = new QDawg::Node[n];
365 appendToArray(t); 363 appendToArray(t);
366 ASSERT(n == nodes); 364 ASSERT(n == nodes);
367 } 365 }
368 366
369 int appendToArray(QTrie* t) 367 int appendToArray(QTrie* t)
370 { 368 {
371 if ( !t->key ) { 369 if ( !t->key ) {
372 if ( !t->children.count() ) 370 if ( !t->children.count() )
373 return 0; 371 return 0;
374 t->key = nodes; 372 t->key = nodes;
375 nodes += t->children.count(); 373 nodes += t->children.count();
376 QDawg::Node* n = &node[t->key-1]; 374 QDawg::Node* n = &node[t->key-1];
377 int here = t->key; 375 int here = t->key;
378 for (TrieList::Iterator it=t->children.begin(); it!=t->children.end(); ++it) { 376 for (TrieList::Iterator it=t->children.begin(); it!=t->children.end(); ++it) {
379 QTrie* s = (*it).p; 377 QTrie* s = (*it).p;
380 ++n; 378 ++n;
381 n->let = (*it).letter.unicode(); 379 n->let = (*it).letter.unicode();
382 n->isword = s->isword; 380 n->isword = s->isword;
383 n->islast = 0; 381 n->islast = 0;
384 n->offset = appendToArray(s); 382 n->offset = appendToArray(s);
385 if ( n->offset ) { 383 if ( n->offset ) {
386 int t = n->offset-here; 384 int t = n->offset-here;
387 n->offset=t; 385 n->offset=t;
388 if ( n->offset != t ) 386 if ( n->offset != t )
389 qWarning("Overflow: too many words"); 387 qWarning("Overflow: too many words");
390 } 388 }
391 here++; 389 here++;
392 } 390 }
393 n->islast = 1; 391 n->islast = 1;
394 } 392 }
395 return t->key; 393 return t->key;
396 } 394 }
397 395
398private: 396private:
399 int nodes; 397 int nodes;
400 QDawg::Node *node; 398 QDawg::Node *node;
401}; 399};
402 400
403/*! 401/*!
404 \class QDawg qdawg.h 402 \class QDawg qdawg.h
405 \brief The QDawg class provides an implementation of a Directed Acyclic Word Graph. 403 \brief The QDawg class provides an implementation of a Directed Acyclic Word Graph.
406 404
407 A DAWG provides very fast look-up of words in a word list. 405 A DAWG provides very fast look-up of words in a word list.
diff --git a/library/qpeapplication.cpp b/library/qpeapplication.cpp
index c7ef2b7..262221e 100644
--- a/library/qpeapplication.cpp
+++ b/library/qpeapplication.cpp
@@ -721,769 +721,768 @@ QPEApplication::QPEApplication( int & argc, char **argv, Type t )
721 setVolume(); 721 setVolume();
722 } 722 }
723 723
724 installEventFilter( this ); 724 installEventFilter( this );
725 725
726 QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize(); 726 QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize();
727 727
728#ifdef QT_NO_QWS_CURSOR 728#ifdef QT_NO_QWS_CURSOR
729 // if we have no cursor, probably don't want tooltips 729 // if we have no cursor, probably don't want tooltips
730 QToolTip::setEnabled( FALSE ); 730 QToolTip::setEnabled( FALSE );
731#endif 731#endif
732} 732}
733 733
734 734
735#ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP 735#ifdef QTOPIA_INTERNAL_INITAPP
736void QPEApplication::initApp( int argc, char **argv ) 736void QPEApplication::initApp( int argc, char **argv )
737{ 737{
738 delete pidChannel; 738 delete pidChannel;
739 d->keep_running = TRUE; 739 d->keep_running = TRUE;
740 d->preloaded = FALSE; 740 d->preloaded = FALSE;
741 d->forceshow = FALSE; 741 d->forceshow = FALSE;
742 742
743 QCString channel = QCString(argv[0]); 743 QCString channel = QCString(argv[0]);
744 744
745 channel.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),""); 745 channel.replace(QRegExp(".*/"),"");
746 d->appName = channel; 746 d->appName = channel;
747 747
748 #if QT_VERSION > 235 748 #if QT_VERSION > 235
749 qt_fbdpy->setIdentity( channel ); // In Qt/E 2.3.6 749 qt_fbdpy->setIdentity( channel ); // In Qt/E 2.3.6
750 #endif 750 #endif
751 751
752 channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel; 752 channel = "QPE/Application/" + channel;
753 pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this); 753 pidChannel = new QCopChannel( channel, this);
754 connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)), 754 connect( pidChannel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)),
755 this, SLOT(pidMessage(const QCString &, const QByteArray &))); 755 this, SLOT(pidMessage(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)));
756 756
757 757
758 758
759 processQCopFile(); 759 processQCopFile();
760 d->keep_running = d->qcopq.isEmpty(); 760 d->keep_running = d->qcopq.isEmpty();
761 761
762 for (int a=0; a<argc; a++) { 762 for (int a=0; a<argc; a++) {
763 if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload")==0 ) { 763 if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload")==0 ) {
764 argv[a] = argv[a+1]; 764 argv[a] = argv[a+1];
765 a++; 765 a++;
766 d->preloaded = TRUE; 766 d->preloaded = TRUE;
767 argc-=1; 767 argc-=1;
768 } else if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload-show")==0 ) { 768 } else if ( qstrcmp(argv[a],"-preload-show")==0 ) {
769 argv[a] = argv[a+1]; 769 argv[a] = argv[a+1];
770 a++; 770 a++;
771 d->preloaded = TRUE; 771 d->preloaded = TRUE;
772 d->forceshow = TRUE; 772 d->forceshow = TRUE;
773 argc-=1; 773 argc-=1;
774 } 774 }
775 } 775 }
776 776
777 /* overide stored arguments */ 777 /* overide stored arguments */
778 setArgs(argc, argv); 778 setArgs(argc, argv);
779 779
780 /* install translation here */ 780 /* install translation here */
781 for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = d->langs.begin(); it != d->langs.end(); ++it ) 781 for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = d->langs.begin(); it != d->langs.end(); ++it )
782 installTranslation( (*it) + "/" + d->appName + ".qm" ); 782 installTranslation( (*it) + "/" + d->appName + ".qm" );
783} 783}
784#endif 784#endif
785 785
786 786
787static QPtrDict<void>* inputMethodDict = 0; 787static QPtrDict<void>* inputMethodDict = 0;
788static void createInputMethodDict() 788static void createInputMethodDict()
789{ 789{
790 if ( !inputMethodDict ) 790 if ( !inputMethodDict )
791 inputMethodDict = new QPtrDict<void>; 791 inputMethodDict = new QPtrDict<void>;
792} 792}
793 793
794/*! 794/*!
795 Returns the currently set hint to the system as to whether 795 Returns the currently set hint to the system as to whether
796 widget \a w has any use for text input methods. 796 widget \a w has any use for text input methods.
797 797
798 798
799 \sa setInputMethodHint() InputMethodHint 799 \sa setInputMethodHint() InputMethodHint
800*/ 800*/
801QPEApplication::InputMethodHint QPEApplication::inputMethodHint( QWidget * w ) 801QPEApplication::InputMethodHint QPEApplication::inputMethodHint( QWidget * w )
802{ 802{
803 if ( inputMethodDict && w ) 803 if ( inputMethodDict && w )
804 return ( InputMethodHint ) ( int ) inputMethodDict->find( w ); 804 return ( InputMethodHint ) ( int ) inputMethodDict->find( w );
805 return Normal; 805 return Normal;
806} 806}
807 807
808/*! 808/*!
809 \enum QPEApplication::InputMethodHint 809 \enum QPEApplication::InputMethodHint
810 810
811 \value Normal the application sometimes needs text input (the default). 811 \value Normal the application sometimes needs text input (the default).
812 \value AlwaysOff the application never needs text input. 812 \value AlwaysOff the application never needs text input.
813 \value AlwaysOn the application always needs text input. 813 \value AlwaysOn the application always needs text input.
814*/ 814*/
815 815
816/*! 816/*!
817 Hints to the system that widget \a w has use for text input methods 817 Hints to the system that widget \a w has use for text input methods
818 as specified by \a mode. 818 as specified by \a mode.
819 819
820 \sa inputMethodHint() InputMethodHint 820 \sa inputMethodHint() InputMethodHint
821*/ 821*/
822void QPEApplication::setInputMethodHint( QWidget * w, InputMethodHint mode ) 822void QPEApplication::setInputMethodHint( QWidget * w, InputMethodHint mode )
823{ 823{
824 createInputMethodDict(); 824 createInputMethodDict();
825 if ( mode == Normal ) { 825 if ( mode == Normal ) {
826 inputMethodDict->remove 826 inputMethodDict->remove
827 ( w ); 827 ( w );
828 } 828 }
829 else { 829 else {
830 inputMethodDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode ); 830 inputMethodDict->insert( w, ( void* ) mode );
831 } 831 }
832} 832}
833 833
834class HackDialog : public QDialog 834class HackDialog : public QDialog
835{ 835{
836public: 836public:
837 void acceptIt() 837 void acceptIt()
838 { 838 {
839 accept(); 839 accept();
840 } 840 }
841 void rejectIt() 841 void rejectIt()
842 { 842 {
843 reject(); 843 reject();
844 } 844 }
845}; 845};
846 846
847 847
848void QPEApplication::mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent * ke, int key ) 848void QPEApplication::mapToDefaultAction( QWSKeyEvent * ke, int key )
849{ 849{
850 // specialised actions for certain widgets. May want to 850 // specialised actions for certain widgets. May want to
851 // add more stuff here. 851 // add more stuff here.
852 if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QListBox" ) 852 if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QListBox" )
853 && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() 853 && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget()
854 && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() ->inherits( "QComboBox" ) ) 854 && activePopupWidget() ->parentWidget() ->inherits( "QComboBox" ) )
855 key = Qt::Key_Return; 855 key = Qt::Key_Return;
856 856
857 if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) 857 if ( activePopupWidget() && activePopupWidget() ->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) )
858 key = Qt::Key_Return; 858 key = Qt::Key_Return;
859 859
860#ifdef QWS 860#ifdef QWS
861 861
862 ke->simpleData.keycode = key; 862 ke->simpleData.keycode = key;
863#endif 863#endif
864} 864}
865 865
866class HackWidget : public QWidget 866class HackWidget : public QWidget
867{ 867{
868public: 868public:
869 bool needsOk() 869 bool needsOk()
870 { 870 {
871 return ( getWState() & WState_Reserved1 ); 871 return ( getWState() & WState_Reserved1 );
872 } 872 }
873}; 873};
874 874
875/*! 875/*!
876 \internal 876 \internal
877*/ 877*/
878 878
879#ifdef QWS 879#ifdef QWS
880bool QPEApplication::qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * e ) 880bool QPEApplication::qwsEventFilter( QWSEvent * e )
881{ 881{
882 if ( !d->notbusysent && e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) { 882 if ( !d->notbusysent && e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) {
883 if ( qApp->type() != QApplication::GuiServer ) { 883 if ( qApp->type() != QApplication::GuiServer ) {
884 QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "notBusy(QString)" ); 884 QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "notBusy(QString)" );
885 e << d->appName; 885 e << d->appName;
886 } 886 }
887 d->notbusysent = TRUE; 887 d->notbusysent = TRUE;
888 } 888 }
889 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 889 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
890 switch ( e->type ) { 890 switch ( e->type ) {
891 case QWSEvent::Mouse: 891 case QWSEvent::Mouse:
892 if ( e->asMouse() ->simpleData.state && !QWidget::find( e->window() ) ) 892 if ( e->asMouse() ->simpleData.state && !QWidget::find( e->window() ) )
893 emit clientMoused(); 893 emit clientMoused();
894 break; 894 break;
895 default: 895 default:
896 break; 896 break;
897 } 897 }
898 } 898 }
899 if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Key ) { 899 if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Key ) {
900 QWSKeyEvent *ke = ( QWSKeyEvent * ) e; 900 QWSKeyEvent *ke = ( QWSKeyEvent * ) e;
901 if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F33 ) { 901 if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F33 ) {
902 // Use special "OK" key to press "OK" on top level widgets 902 // Use special "OK" key to press "OK" on top level widgets
903 QWidget * active = activeWindow(); 903 QWidget * active = activeWindow();
904 QWidget *popup = 0; 904 QWidget *popup = 0;
905 if ( active && active->isPopup() ) { 905 if ( active && active->isPopup() ) {
906 popup = active; 906 popup = active;
907 active = active->parentWidget(); 907 active = active->parentWidget();
908 } 908 }
909 if ( active && ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window && 909 if ( active && ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window &&
910 !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) { 910 !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) {
911 if ( ke->simpleData.is_press ) { 911 if ( ke->simpleData.is_press ) {
912 if ( popup ) 912 if ( popup )
913 popup->close(); 913 popup->close();
914 if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) { 914 if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) {
915 HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active; 915 HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active;
916 d->acceptIt(); 916 d->acceptIt();
917 return TRUE; 917 return TRUE;
918 } 918 }
919 else if ( ( ( HackWidget * ) active ) ->needsOk() ) { 919 else if ( ( ( HackWidget * ) active ) ->needsOk() ) {
920 QSignal s; 920 QSignal s;
921 s.connect( active, SLOT( accept() ) ); 921 s.connect( active, SLOT( accept() ) );
922 s.activate(); 922 s.activate();
923 } 923 }
924 else { 924 else {
925 // do the same as with the select key: Map to the default action of the widget: 925 // do the same as with the select key: Map to the default action of the widget:
926 mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Return ); 926 mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Return );
927 } 927 }
928 } 928 }
929 } 929 }
930 } 930 }
931 else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F30 ) { 931 else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_F30 ) {
932 // Use special "select" key to do whatever default action a widget has 932 // Use special "select" key to do whatever default action a widget has
933 mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Space ); 933 mapToDefaultAction( ke, Qt::Key_Space );
934 } 934 }
935 else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_Escape && 935 else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode == Qt::Key_Escape &&
936 ke->simpleData.is_press ) { 936 ke->simpleData.is_press ) {
937 // Escape key closes app if focus on toplevel 937 // Escape key closes app if focus on toplevel
938 QWidget * active = activeWindow(); 938 QWidget * active = activeWindow();
939 if ( active && active->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) && 939 if ( active && active->testWFlags( WType_TopLevel ) &&
940 ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window && 940 ( int ) active->winId() == ke->simpleData.window &&
941 !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Dialog | WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) { 941 !active->testWFlags( WStyle_Dialog | WStyle_Customize | WType_Popup | WType_Desktop ) ) {
942 if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) { 942 if ( active->inherits( "QDialog" ) ) {
943 HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active; 943 HackDialog * d = ( HackDialog * ) active;
944 d->rejectIt(); 944 d->rejectIt();
945 return TRUE; 945 return TRUE;
946 } 946 }
947 else if ( strcmp( argv() [ 0 ], "embeddedkonsole" ) != 0 ) { 947 else if ( strcmp( argv() [ 0 ], "embeddedkonsole" ) != 0 ) {
948 active->close(); 948 active->close();
949 } 949 }
950 } 950 }
951 } 951 }
952 else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode >= Qt::Key_F1 && ke->simpleData.keycode <= Qt::Key_F29 ) { 952 else if ( ke->simpleData.keycode >= Qt::Key_F1 && ke->simpleData.keycode <= Qt::Key_F29 ) {
953 // this should be if ( ODevice::inst ( )-> buttonForKeycode ( ... )) 953 // this should be if ( ODevice::inst ( )-> buttonForKeycode ( ... ))
954 // but we cannot access libopie function within libqpe :( 954 // but we cannot access libopie function within libqpe :(
955 955
956 QWidget * active = activeWindow ( ); 956 QWidget * active = activeWindow ( );
957 if ( active && ((int) active-> winId ( ) == ke-> simpleData.window )) { 957 if ( active && ((int) active-> winId ( ) == ke-> simpleData.window )) {
958 if ( d-> kbgrabbed ) { // we grabbed the keyboard 958 if ( d-> kbgrabbed ) { // we grabbed the keyboard
959 QChar ch ( ke-> simpleData.unicode ); 959 QChar ch ( ke-> simpleData.unicode );
960 QKeyEvent qke ( ke-> simpleData. is_press ? QEvent::KeyPress : QEvent::KeyRelease, 960 QKeyEvent qke ( ke-> simpleData. is_press ? QEvent::KeyPress : QEvent::KeyRelease,
961 ke-> simpleData.keycode, 961 ke-> simpleData.keycode,
962 ch. latin1 ( ), 962 ch. latin1 ( ),
963 ke-> simpleData.modifiers, 963 ke-> simpleData.modifiers,
964 QString ( ch ), 964 QString ( ch ),
965 ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat, 1 ); 965 ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat, 1 );
966 966
967 QObject *which = QWidget::keyboardGrabber ( ); 967 QObject *which = QWidget::keyboardGrabber ( );
968 if ( !which ) 968 if ( !which )
969 which = QApplication::focusWidget ( ); 969 which = QApplication::focusWidget ( );
970 if ( !which ) 970 if ( !which )
971 which = QApplication::activeWindow ( ); 971 which = QApplication::activeWindow ( );
972 if ( !which ) 972 if ( !which )
973 which = qApp; 973 which = qApp;
974 974
975 QApplication::sendEvent ( which, &qke ); 975 QApplication::sendEvent ( which, &qke );
976 } 976 }
977 else { // we didn't grab the keyboard, so send the event to the launcher 977 else { // we didn't grab the keyboard, so send the event to the launcher
978 QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/Launcher", "deviceButton(int,int,int)" ); 978 QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/Launcher", "deviceButton(int,int,int)" );
979 e << int( ke-> simpleData.keycode ) << int( ke-> simpleData. is_press ) << int( ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat ); 979 e << int( ke-> simpleData.keycode ) << int( ke-> simpleData. is_press ) << int( ke-> simpleData.is_auto_repeat );
980 } 980 }
981 } 981 }
982 return true; 982 return true;
983 } 983 }
984 } 984 }
985 if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) { 985 if ( e->type == QWSEvent::Focus ) {
986 QWSFocusEvent * fe = ( QWSFocusEvent* ) e; 986 QWSFocusEvent * fe = ( QWSFocusEvent* ) e;
987 if ( !fe->simpleData.get_focus ) { 987 if ( !fe->simpleData.get_focus ) {
988 QWidget * active = activeWindow(); 988 QWidget * active = activeWindow();
989 while ( active && active->isPopup() ) { 989 while ( active && active->isPopup() ) {
990 active->close(); 990 active->close();
991 active = activeWindow(); 991 active = activeWindow();
992 } 992 }
993 } 993 }
994 else { 994 else {
995 // make sure our modal widget is ALWAYS on top 995 // make sure our modal widget is ALWAYS on top
996 QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget(); 996 QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget();
997 if ( topm ) { 997 if ( topm ) {
998 topm->raise(); 998 topm->raise();
999 } 999 }
1000 } 1000 }
1001 if ( fe->simpleData.get_focus && inputMethodDict ) { 1001 if ( fe->simpleData.get_focus && inputMethodDict ) {
1002 InputMethodHint m = inputMethodHint( QWidget::find( e->window() ) ); 1002 InputMethodHint m = inputMethodHint( QWidget::find( e->window() ) );
1003 if ( m == AlwaysOff ) 1003 if ( m == AlwaysOff )
1004 Global::hideInputMethod(); 1004 Global::hideInputMethod();
1005 if ( m == AlwaysOn ) 1005 if ( m == AlwaysOn )
1006 Global::showInputMethod(); 1006 Global::showInputMethod();
1007 } 1007 }
1008 } 1008 }
1009 1009
1010 1010
1011 return QApplication::qwsEventFilter( e ); 1011 return QApplication::qwsEventFilter( e );
1012} 1012}
1013#endif 1013#endif
1014 1014
1015/*! 1015/*!
1016 Destroys the QPEApplication. 1016 Destroys the QPEApplication.
1017*/ 1017*/
1018QPEApplication::~QPEApplication() 1018QPEApplication::~QPEApplication()
1019{ 1019{
1020 ungrabKeyboard(); 1020 ungrabKeyboard();
1021#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP) 1021#if defined(Q_WS_QWS) && !defined(QT_NO_COP)
1022 // Need to delete QCopChannels early, since the display will 1022 // Need to delete QCopChannels early, since the display will
1023 // be gone by the time we get to ~QObject(). 1023 // be gone by the time we get to ~QObject().
1024 delete sysChannel; 1024 delete sysChannel;
1025 delete pidChannel; 1025 delete pidChannel;
1026#endif 1026#endif
1027 1027
1028 delete d; 1028 delete d;
1029} 1029}
1030 1030
1031/*! 1031/*!
1032 Returns <tt>$OPIEDIR/</tt>. 1032 Returns <tt>$OPIEDIR/</tt>.
1033*/ 1033*/
1034QString QPEApplication::qpeDir() 1034QString QPEApplication::qpeDir()
1035{ 1035{
1036 const char * base = getenv( "OPIEDIR" ); 1036 const char * base = getenv( "OPIEDIR" );
1037 if ( base ) 1037 if ( base )
1038 return QString( base ) + "/"; 1038 return QString( base ) + "/";
1039 1039
1040 return QString( "../" ); 1040 return QString( "../" );
1041} 1041}
1042 1042
1043/*! 1043/*!
1044 Returns the user's current Document directory. There is a trailing "/". 1044 Returns the user's current Document directory. There is a trailing "/".
1045 .. well, it does now,, and there's no trailing '/' 1045 .. well, it does now,, and there's no trailing '/'
1046*/ 1046*/
1047QString QPEApplication::documentDir() 1047QString QPEApplication::documentDir()
1048{ 1048{
1049 const char* base = getenv( "HOME"); 1049 const char* base = getenv( "HOME");
1050 if ( base ) 1050 if ( base )
1051 return QString( base ) + "/Documents"; 1051 return QString( base ) + "/Documents";
1052 1052
1053 return QString( "../Documents" ); 1053 return QString( "../Documents" );
1054} 1054}
1055 1055
1056static int deforient = -1; 1056static int deforient = -1;
1057 1057
1058/*! 1058/*!
1059 \internal 1059 \internal
1060*/ 1060*/
1061int QPEApplication::defaultRotation() 1061int QPEApplication::defaultRotation()
1062{ 1062{
1063 if ( deforient < 0 ) { 1063 if ( deforient < 0 ) {
1064 QString d = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" ); 1064 QString d = getenv( "QWS_DISPLAY" );
1065 if ( d.contains( "Rot90" ) ) { 1065 if ( d.contains( "Rot90" ) ) {
1066 deforient = 90; 1066 deforient = 90;
1067 } 1067 }
1068 else if ( d.contains( "Rot180" ) ) { 1068 else if ( d.contains( "Rot180" ) ) {
1069 deforient = 180; 1069 deforient = 180;
1070 } 1070 }
1071 else if ( d.contains( "Rot270" ) ) { 1071 else if ( d.contains( "Rot270" ) ) {
1072 deforient = 270; 1072 deforient = 270;
1073 } 1073 }
1074 else { 1074 else {
1075 deforient = 0; 1075 deforient = 0;
1076 } 1076 }
1077 } 1077 }
1078 return deforient; 1078 return deforient;
1079} 1079}
1080 1080
1081/*! 1081/*!
1082 \internal 1082 \internal
1083*/ 1083*/
1084void QPEApplication::setDefaultRotation( int r ) 1084void QPEApplication::setDefaultRotation( int r )
1085{ 1085{
1086 if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) { 1086 if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) {
1087 deforient = r; 1087 deforient = r;
1088 setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "Transformed:Rot%1:0" ).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 ); 1088 setenv( "QWS_DISPLAY", QString( "Transformed:Rot%1:0" ).arg( r ).latin1(), 1 );
1089 Config config("qpe"); 1089 Config config("qpe");
1090 config.setGroup( "Rotation" ); 1090 config.setGroup( "Rotation" );
1091 config.writeEntry( "Rot", r ); 1091 config.writeEntry( "Rot", r );
1092 } 1092 }
1093 else { 1093 else {
1094#ifndef QT_NO_COP 1094#ifndef QT_NO_COP
1095 { QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "setDefaultRotation(int)" ); 1095 { QCopEnvelope e( "QPE/System", "setDefaultRotation(int)" );
1096 e << r; 1096 e << r;
1097 } 1097 }
1098#endif 1098#endif
1099 1099
1100 } 1100 }
1101} 1101}
1102 1102
1103#include <qgfx_qws.h> 1103#include <qgfx_qws.h>
1104#include <qwindowsystem_qws.h> 1104#include <qwindowsystem_qws.h>
1105#include <qpixmapcache.h>
1106 1105
1107extern void qws_clearLoadedFonts(); 1106extern void qws_clearLoadedFonts();
1108 1107
1109void QPEApplication::setCurrentMode( int x, int y, int depth ) 1108void QPEApplication::setCurrentMode( int x, int y, int depth )
1110{ 1109{
1111 // Reset the caches 1110 // Reset the caches
1112 qws_clearLoadedFonts(); 1111 qws_clearLoadedFonts();
1113 QPixmapCache::clear(); 1112 QPixmapCache::clear();
1114 1113
1115 // Change the screen mode 1114 // Change the screen mode
1116 qt_screen->setMode(x, y, depth); 1115 qt_screen->setMode(x, y, depth);
1117 1116
1118 if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) { 1117 if ( qApp->type() == GuiServer ) {
1119 // Reconfigure the GuiServer 1118 // Reconfigure the GuiServer
1120 qwsServer->beginDisplayReconfigure(); 1119 qwsServer->beginDisplayReconfigure();
1121 qwsServer->endDisplayReconfigure(); 1120 qwsServer->endDisplayReconfigure();
1122 1121
1123 // Get all the running apps to reset 1122 // Get all the running apps to reset
1124 QCopEnvelope env( "QPE/System", "reset()" ); 1123 QCopEnvelope env( "QPE/System", "reset()" );
1125 } 1124 }
1126} 1125}
1127 1126
1128void QPEApplication::reset() { 1127void QPEApplication::reset() {
1129 // Reconnect to the screen 1128 // Reconnect to the screen
1130 qt_screen->disconnect(); 1129 qt_screen->disconnect();
1131 qt_screen->connect( QString::null ); 1130 qt_screen->connect( QString::null );
1132 1131
1133 // Redraw everything 1132 // Redraw everything
1134 applyStyle(); 1133 applyStyle();
1135} 1134}
1136 1135
1137/*! 1136/*!
1138 \internal 1137 \internal
1139*/ 1138*/
1140void QPEApplication::applyStyle() 1139void QPEApplication::applyStyle()
1141{ 1140{
1142 Config config( "qpe" ); 1141 Config config( "qpe" );
1143 config.setGroup( "Appearance" ); 1142 config.setGroup( "Appearance" );
1144 1143
1145#if QT_VERSION > 233 1144#if QT_VERSION > 233
1146#if !defined(OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT) 1145#if !defined(OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT)
1147 // don't block ourselves ... 1146 // don't block ourselves ...
1148 Opie::force_appearance = 0; 1147 Opie::force_appearance = 0;
1149 1148
1150 static QString appname = Opie::binaryName ( ); 1149 static QString appname = Opie::binaryName ( );
1151 1150
1152 QStringList ex = config. readListEntry ( "NoStyle", ';' ); 1151 QStringList ex = config. readListEntry ( "NoStyle", ';' );
1153 int nostyle = 0; 1152 int nostyle = 0;
1154 for ( QStringList::Iterator it = ex. begin ( ); it != ex. end ( ); ++it ) { 1153 for ( QStringList::Iterator it = ex. begin ( ); it != ex. end ( ); ++it ) {
1155 if ( QRegExp (( *it ). mid ( 1 ), false, true ). find ( appname, 0 ) >= 0 ) { 1154 if ( QRegExp (( *it ). mid ( 1 ), false, true ). find ( appname, 0 ) >= 0 ) {
1156 nostyle = ( *it ). left ( 1 ). toInt ( 0, 32 ); 1155 nostyle = ( *it ). left ( 1 ). toInt ( 0, 32 );
1157 break; 1156 break;
1158 } 1157 }
1159 } 1158 }
1160#else 1159#else
1161 int nostyle = 0; 1160 int nostyle = 0;
1162#endif 1161#endif
1163 1162
1164 // Widget style 1163 // Widget style
1165 QString style = config.readEntry( "Style", "FlatStyle" ); 1164 QString style = config.readEntry( "Style", "FlatStyle" );
1166 1165
1167 // don't set a custom style 1166 // don't set a custom style
1168 if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Style ) 1167 if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Style )
1169 style = "FlatStyle"; 1168 style = "FlatStyle";
1170 1169
1171 internalSetStyle ( style ); 1170 internalSetStyle ( style );
1172 1171
1173 // Colors - from /etc/colors/Liquid.scheme 1172 // Colors - from /etc/colors/Liquid.scheme
1174 QColor bgcolor( config.readEntry( "Background", "#E0E0E0" ) ); 1173 QColor bgcolor( config.readEntry( "Background", "#E0E0E0" ) );
1175 QColor btncolor( config.readEntry( "Button", "#96c8fa" ) ); 1174 QColor btncolor( config.readEntry( "Button", "#96c8fa" ) );
1176 QPalette pal( btncolor, bgcolor ); 1175 QPalette pal( btncolor, bgcolor );
1177 QString color = config.readEntry( "Highlight", "#73adef" ); 1176 QString color = config.readEntry( "Highlight", "#73adef" );
1178 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, QColor( color ) ); 1177 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Highlight, QColor( color ) );
1179 color = config.readEntry( "HighlightedText", "#FFFFFF" ); 1178 color = config.readEntry( "HighlightedText", "#FFFFFF" );
1180 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, QColor( color ) ); 1179 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::HighlightedText, QColor( color ) );
1181 color = config.readEntry( "Text", "#000000" ); 1180 color = config.readEntry( "Text", "#000000" );
1182 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, QColor( color ) ); 1181 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Text, QColor( color ) );
1183 color = config.readEntry( "ButtonText", "#000000" ); 1182 color = config.readEntry( "ButtonText", "#000000" );
1184 pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::ButtonText, QColor( color ) ); 1183 pal.setColor( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::ButtonText, QColor( color ) );
1185 color = config.readEntry( "Base", "#FFFFFF" ); 1184 color = config.readEntry( "Base", "#FFFFFF" );
1186 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, QColor( color ) ); 1185 pal.setColor( QColorGroup::Base, QColor( color ) );
1187 1186
1188 pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::Text, 1187 pal.setColor( QPalette::Disabled, QColorGroup::Text,
1189 pal.color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background ).dark() ); 1188 pal.color( QPalette::Active, QColorGroup::Background ).dark() );
1190 1189
1191 setPalette( pal, TRUE ); 1190 setPalette( pal, TRUE );
1192 1191
1193 // Window Decoration 1192 // Window Decoration
1194 QString dec = config.readEntry( "Decoration", "Flat" ); 1193 QString dec = config.readEntry( "Decoration", "Flat" );
1195 1194
1196 // don't set a custom deco 1195 // don't set a custom deco
1197 if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Decoration ) 1196 if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Decoration )
1198 dec = ""; 1197 dec = "";
1199 1198
1200 //qDebug ( "Setting Deco: %s -- old %s (%d)", dec.latin1(), d-> decorationName.latin1(), nostyle); 1199 //qDebug ( "Setting Deco: %s -- old %s (%d)", dec.latin1(), d-> decorationName.latin1(), nostyle);
1201 1200
1202 if ( dec != d->decorationName ) { 1201 if ( dec != d->decorationName ) {
1203 qwsSetDecoration( new QPEDecoration( dec ) ); 1202 qwsSetDecoration( new QPEDecoration( dec ) );
1204 d->decorationName = dec; 1203 d->decorationName = dec;
1205 } 1204 }
1206 1205
1207 // Font 1206 // Font
1208 QString ff = config.readEntry( "FontFamily", font().family() ); 1207 QString ff = config.readEntry( "FontFamily", font().family() );
1209 int fs = config.readNumEntry( "FontSize", font().pointSize() ); 1208 int fs = config.readNumEntry( "FontSize", font().pointSize() );
1210 1209
1211 // don't set a custom font 1210 // don't set a custom font
1212 if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Font ) { 1211 if ( nostyle & Opie::Force_Font ) {
1213 ff = "Vera"; 1212 ff = "Vera";
1214 fs = 10; 1213 fs = 10;
1215 } 1214 }
1216 1215
1217 setFont ( QFont ( ff, fs ), true ); 1216 setFont ( QFont ( ff, fs ), true );
1218 1217
1219#if !defined(OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT) 1218#if !defined(OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT)
1220 // revert to global blocking policy ... 1219 // revert to global blocking policy ...
1221 Opie::force_appearance = config. readBoolEntry ( "ForceStyle", false ) ? Opie::Force_All : Opie::Force_None; 1220 Opie::force_appearance = config. readBoolEntry ( "ForceStyle", false ) ? Opie::Force_All : Opie::Force_None;
1222 Opie::force_appearance &= ~nostyle; 1221 Opie::force_appearance &= ~nostyle;
1223#endif 1222#endif
1224#endif 1223#endif
1225} 1224}
1226 1225
1227void QPEApplication::systemMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data ) 1226void QPEApplication::systemMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data )
1228{ 1227{
1229#ifdef Q_WS_QWS 1228#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
1230 QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly ); 1229 QDataStream stream( data, IO_ReadOnly );
1231 if ( msg == "applyStyle()" ) { 1230 if ( msg == "applyStyle()" ) {
1232 applyStyle(); 1231 applyStyle();
1233 } 1232 }
1234 else if ( msg == "toggleApplicationMenu()" ) { 1233 else if ( msg == "toggleApplicationMenu()" ) {
1235 QWidget *active = activeWindow ( ); 1234 QWidget *active = activeWindow ( );
1236 1235
1237 if ( active ) { 1236 if ( active ) {
1238 QPEMenuToolFocusManager *man = QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager ( ); 1237 QPEMenuToolFocusManager *man = QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager ( );
1239 bool oldactive = man-> isActive ( ); 1238 bool oldactive = man-> isActive ( );
1240 1239
1241 man-> setActive( !man-> isActive() ); 1240 man-> setActive( !man-> isActive() );
1242 1241
1243 if ( !oldactive && !man-> isActive ( )) { // no menubar to toggle -> try O-Menu 1242 if ( !oldactive && !man-> isActive ( )) { // no menubar to toggle -> try O-Menu
1244 QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/TaskBar", "toggleStartMenu()" ); 1243 QCopEnvelope e ( "QPE/TaskBar", "toggleStartMenu()" );
1245 } 1244 }
1246 } 1245 }
1247 } 1246 }
1248 else if ( msg == "setDefaultRotation(int)" ) { 1247 else if ( msg == "setDefaultRotation(int)" ) {
1249 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 1248 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
1250 int r; 1249 int r;
1251 stream >> r; 1250 stream >> r;
1252 setDefaultRotation( r ); 1251 setDefaultRotation( r );
1253 } 1252 }
1254 } 1253 }
1255 else if ( msg == "setCurrentMode(int,int,int)" ) { // Added: 2003-06-11 by Tim Ansell <mithro@mithis.net> 1254 else if ( msg == "setCurrentMode(int,int,int)" ) { // Added: 2003-06-11 by Tim Ansell <mithro@mithis.net>
1256 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 1255 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
1257 int x, y, depth; 1256 int x, y, depth;
1258 stream >> x; 1257 stream >> x;
1259 stream >> y; 1258 stream >> y;
1260 stream >> depth; 1259 stream >> depth;
1261 setCurrentMode( x, y, depth ); 1260 setCurrentMode( x, y, depth );
1262 } 1261 }
1263 } 1262 }
1264 else if ( msg == "reset()" ) { 1263 else if ( msg == "reset()" ) {
1265 if ( type() != GuiServer ) 1264 if ( type() != GuiServer )
1266 reset(); 1265 reset();
1267 } 1266 }
1268 else if ( msg == "setCurrentRotation(int)" ) { 1267 else if ( msg == "setCurrentRotation(int)" ) {
1269 int r; 1268 int r;
1270 stream >> r; 1269 stream >> r;
1271 setCurrentRotation( r ); 1270 setCurrentRotation( r );
1272 } 1271 }
1273 else if ( msg == "shutdown()" ) { 1272 else if ( msg == "shutdown()" ) {
1274 if ( type() == GuiServer ) 1273 if ( type() == GuiServer )
1275 shutdown(); 1274 shutdown();
1276 } 1275 }
1277 else if ( msg == "quit()" ) { 1276 else if ( msg == "quit()" ) {
1278 if ( type() != GuiServer ) 1277 if ( type() != GuiServer )
1279 tryQuit(); 1278 tryQuit();
1280 } 1279 }
1281 else if ( msg == "forceQuit()" ) { 1280 else if ( msg == "forceQuit()" ) {
1282 if ( type() != GuiServer ) 1281 if ( type() != GuiServer )
1283 quit(); 1282 quit();
1284 } 1283 }
1285 else if ( msg == "restart()" ) { 1284 else if ( msg == "restart()" ) {
1286 if ( type() == GuiServer ) 1285 if ( type() == GuiServer )
1287 restart(); 1286 restart();
1288 } 1287 }
1289 else if ( msg == "language(QString)" ) { 1288 else if ( msg == "language(QString)" ) {
1290 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 1289 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
1291 QString l; 1290 QString l;
1292 stream >> l; 1291 stream >> l;
1293 QString cl = getenv( "LANG" ); 1292 QString cl = getenv( "LANG" );
1294 if ( cl != l ) { 1293 if ( cl != l ) {
1295 if ( l.isNull() ) 1294 if ( l.isNull() )
1296 unsetenv( "LANG" ); 1295 unsetenv( "LANG" );
1297 else 1296 else
1298 setenv( "LANG", l.latin1(), 1 ); 1297 setenv( "LANG", l.latin1(), 1 );
1299 restart(); 1298 restart();
1300 } 1299 }
1301 } 1300 }
1302 } 1301 }
1303 else if ( msg == "timeChange(QString)" ) { 1302 else if ( msg == "timeChange(QString)" ) {
1304 QString t; 1303 QString t;
1305 stream >> t; 1304 stream >> t;
1306 if ( t.isNull() ) 1305 if ( t.isNull() )
1307 unsetenv( "TZ" ); 1306 unsetenv( "TZ" );
1308 else 1307 else
1309 setenv( "TZ", t.latin1(), 1 ); 1308 setenv( "TZ", t.latin1(), 1 );
1310 // emit the signal so everyone else knows... 1309 // emit the signal so everyone else knows...
1311 emit timeChanged(); 1310 emit timeChanged();
1312 } 1311 }
1313 else if ( msg == "addAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) { 1312 else if ( msg == "addAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) {
1314 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 1313 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
1315 QDateTime when; 1314 QDateTime when;
1316 QCString channel, message; 1315 QCString channel, message;
1317 int data; 1316 int data;
1318 stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data; 1317 stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data;
1319 AlarmServer::addAlarm( when, channel, message, data ); 1318 AlarmServer::addAlarm( when, channel, message, data );
1320 } 1319 }
1321 } 1320 }
1322 else if ( msg == "deleteAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) { 1321 else if ( msg == "deleteAlarm(QDateTime,QCString,QCString,int)" ) {
1323 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 1322 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
1324 QDateTime when; 1323 QDateTime when;
1325 QCString channel, message; 1324 QCString channel, message;
1326 int data; 1325 int data;
1327 stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data; 1326 stream >> when >> channel >> message >> data;
1328 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when, channel, message, data ); 1327 AlarmServer::deleteAlarm( when, channel, message, data );
1329 } 1328 }
1330 } 1329 }
1331 else if ( msg == "clockChange(bool)" ) { 1330 else if ( msg == "clockChange(bool)" ) {
1332 int tmp; 1331 int tmp;
1333 stream >> tmp; 1332 stream >> tmp;
1334 emit clockChanged( tmp ); 1333 emit clockChanged( tmp );
1335 } 1334 }
1336 else if ( msg == "weekChange(bool)" ) { 1335 else if ( msg == "weekChange(bool)" ) {
1337 int tmp; 1336 int tmp;
1338 stream >> tmp; 1337 stream >> tmp;
1339 emit weekChanged( tmp ); 1338 emit weekChanged( tmp );
1340 } 1339 }
1341 else if ( msg == "setDateFormat(DateFormat)" ) { 1340 else if ( msg == "setDateFormat(DateFormat)" ) {
1342 DateFormat tmp; 1341 DateFormat tmp;
1343 stream >> tmp; 1342 stream >> tmp;
1344 emit dateFormatChanged( tmp ); 1343 emit dateFormatChanged( tmp );
1345 } 1344 }
1346 else if ( msg == "setVolume(int,int)" ) { 1345 else if ( msg == "setVolume(int,int)" ) {
1347 int t, v; 1346 int t, v;
1348 stream >> t >> v; 1347 stream >> t >> v;
1349 setVolume( t, v ); 1348 setVolume( t, v );
1350 emit volumeChanged( muted ); 1349 emit volumeChanged( muted );
1351 } 1350 }
1352 else if ( msg == "volumeChange(bool)" ) { 1351 else if ( msg == "volumeChange(bool)" ) {
1353 stream >> muted; 1352 stream >> muted;
1354 setVolume(); 1353 setVolume();
1355 emit volumeChanged( muted ); 1354 emit volumeChanged( muted );
1356 } 1355 }
1357 else if ( msg == "setMic(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com> 1356 else if ( msg == "setMic(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com>
1358 int t, v; 1357 int t, v;
1359 stream >> t >> v; 1358 stream >> t >> v;
1360 setMic( t, v ); 1359 setMic( t, v );
1361 emit micChanged( micMuted ); 1360 emit micChanged( micMuted );
1362 } 1361 }
1363 else if ( msg == "micChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com> 1362 else if ( msg == "micChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-02-08 by Jeremy Cowgar <jc@cowgar.com>
1364 stream >> micMuted; 1363 stream >> micMuted;
1365 setMic(); 1364 setMic();
1366 emit micChanged( micMuted ); 1365 emit micChanged( micMuted );
1367 } 1366 }
1368 else if ( msg == "setBass(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> 1367 else if ( msg == "setBass(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
1369 int t, v; 1368 int t, v;
1370 stream >> t >> v; 1369 stream >> t >> v;
1371 setBass( t, v ); 1370 setBass( t, v );
1372 } 1371 }
1373 else if ( msg == "bassChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> 1372 else if ( msg == "bassChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
1374 setBass(); 1373 setBass();
1375 } 1374 }
1376 else if ( msg == "setTreble(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> 1375 else if ( msg == "setTreble(int,int)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
1377 int t, v; 1376 int t, v;
1378 stream >> t >> v; 1377 stream >> t >> v;
1379 setTreble( t, v ); 1378 setTreble( t, v );
1380 } 1379 }
1381 else if ( msg == "trebleChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org> 1380 else if ( msg == "trebleChange(bool)" ) { // Added: 2002-12-13 by Maximilian Reiss <harlekin@handhelds.org>
1382 setTreble(); 1381 setTreble();
1383 } else if ( msg == "getMarkedText()" ) { 1382 } else if ( msg == "getMarkedText()" ) {
1384 if ( type() == GuiServer ) { 1383 if ( type() == GuiServer ) {
1385 const ushort unicode = 'C'-'@'; 1384 const ushort unicode = 'C'-'@';
1386 const int scan = Key_C; 1385 const int scan = Key_C;
1387 qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, TRUE, FALSE ); 1386 qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, TRUE, FALSE );
1388 qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, FALSE, FALSE ); 1387 qwsServer->processKeyEvent( unicode, scan, ControlButton, FALSE, FALSE );
1389 } 1388 }
1390 } else if ( msg == "newChannel(QString)") { 1389 } else if ( msg == "newChannel(QString)") {
1391 QString myChannel = "QPE/Application/" + d->appName; 1390 QString myChannel = "QPE/Application/" + d->appName;
1392 QString channel; 1391 QString channel;
1393 stream >> channel; 1392 stream >> channel;
1394 if (channel == myChannel) { 1393 if (channel == myChannel) {
1395 processQCopFile(); 1394 processQCopFile();
1396 d->sendQCopQ(); 1395 d->sendQCopQ();
1397 } 1396 }
1398 } 1397 }
1399 1398
1400 1399
1401#endif 1400#endif
1402} 1401}
1403 1402
1404 1403
1405 1404
1406 1405
1407 1406
1408/*! 1407/*!
1409 \internal 1408 \internal
1410*/ 1409*/
1411bool QPEApplication::raiseAppropriateWindow() 1410bool QPEApplication::raiseAppropriateWindow()
1412{ 1411{
1413 bool r=FALSE; 1412 bool r=FALSE;
1414 1413
1415 // 1. Raise the main widget 1414 // 1. Raise the main widget
1416 QWidget *top = d->qpe_main_widget; 1415 QWidget *top = d->qpe_main_widget;
1417 if ( !top ) top = mainWidget(); 1416 if ( !top ) top = mainWidget();
1418 1417
1419 if ( top && d->keep_running ) { 1418 if ( top && d->keep_running ) {
1420 if ( top->isVisible() ) 1419 if ( top->isVisible() )
1421 r = TRUE; 1420 r = TRUE;
1422 else if (d->preloaded) { 1421 else if (d->preloaded) {
1423 // We are preloaded and not visible.. pretend we just started.. 1422 // We are preloaded and not visible.. pretend we just started..
1424#ifndef QT_NO_COP 1423#ifndef QT_NO_COP
1425 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)"); 1424 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)");
1426 e << d->appName; 1425 e << d->appName;
1427#endif 1426#endif
1428 } 1427 }
1429 1428
1430 d->show_mx(top,d->nomaximize, d->appName); 1429 d->show_mx(top,d->nomaximize, d->appName);
1431 top->raise(); 1430 top->raise();
1432 } 1431 }
1433 1432
1434 QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget(); 1433 QWidget *topm = activeModalWidget();
1435 1434
1436 // 2. Raise any parentless widgets (except top and topm, as they 1435 // 2. Raise any parentless widgets (except top and topm, as they
1437 // are raised before and after this loop). Order from most 1436 // are raised before and after this loop). Order from most
1438 // recently raised as deepest to least recently as top, so 1437 // recently raised as deepest to least recently as top, so
1439 // that repeated calls cycle through widgets. 1438 // that repeated calls cycle through widgets.
1440 QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets(); 1439 QWidgetList *list = topLevelWidgets();
1441 if ( list ) { 1440 if ( list ) {
1442 bool foundlast = FALSE; 1441 bool foundlast = FALSE;
1443 QWidget* topsub = 0; 1442 QWidget* topsub = 0;
1444 if ( d->lastraised ) { 1443 if ( d->lastraised ) {
1445 for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) { 1444 for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) {
1446 if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) { 1445 if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) {
1447 if ( w == d->lastraised ) 1446 if ( w == d->lastraised )
1448 foundlast = TRUE; 1447 foundlast = TRUE;
1449 if ( foundlast ) { 1448 if ( foundlast ) {
1450 w->raise(); 1449 w->raise();
1451 topsub = w; 1450 topsub = w;
1452 } 1451 }
1453 } 1452 }
1454 } 1453 }
1455 } 1454 }
1456 for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) { 1455 for (QWidget* w = list->first(); w; w = list->next()) {
1457 if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) { 1456 if ( !w->parentWidget() && w != topm && w->isVisible() && !w->isDesktop() ) {
1458 if ( w == d->lastraised ) 1457 if ( w == d->lastraised )
1459 break; 1458 break;
1460 w->raise(); 1459 w->raise();
1461 topsub = w; 1460 topsub = w;
1462 } 1461 }
1463 } 1462 }
1464 d->lastraised = topsub; 1463 d->lastraised = topsub;
1465 delete list; 1464 delete list;
1466 } 1465 }
1467 1466
1468 // 3. Raise the active modal widget. 1467 // 3. Raise the active modal widget.
1469 if ( topm && topm != top ) { 1468 if ( topm && topm != top ) {
1470 topm->show(); 1469 topm->show();
1471 topm->raise(); 1470 topm->raise();
1472 // If we haven't already handled the fastAppShowing message 1471 // If we haven't already handled the fastAppShowing message
1473 if (!top && d->preloaded) { 1472 if (!top && d->preloaded) {
1474#ifndef QT_NO_COP 1473#ifndef QT_NO_COP
1475 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)"); 1474 QCopEnvelope e("QPE/System", "fastAppShowing(QString)");
1476 e << d->appName; 1475 e << d->appName;
1477#endif 1476#endif
1478 } 1477 }
1479 r = FALSE; 1478 r = FALSE;
1480 } 1479 }
1481 1480
1482 return r; 1481 return r;
1483} 1482}
1484 1483
1485 1484
1486void QPEApplication::pidMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data) 1485void QPEApplication::pidMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& data)
1487{ 1486{
1488#ifdef Q_WS_QWS 1487#ifdef Q_WS_QWS
1489 1488
diff --git a/library/qpemenubar.cpp b/library/qpemenubar.cpp
index 3e5bad5..1d8eff4 100644
--- a/library/qpemenubar.cpp
+++ b/library/qpemenubar.cpp
@@ -1,330 +1,329 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#define INCLUDE_MENUITEM_DEF 21#define INCLUDE_MENUITEM_DEF
22 22
23#include "qpemenubar.h" 23#include "qpemenubar.h"
24#include <qapplication.h> 24#include <qapplication.h>
25#include <qguardedptr.h>
26#include <qtimer.h> 25#include <qtimer.h>
27 26
28 27
29class QMenuBarHack : public QMenuBar 28class QMenuBarHack : public QMenuBar
30{ 29{
31public: 30public:
32 int activeItem() const { return actItem; } 31 int activeItem() const { return actItem; }
33 32
34 void goodbye() 33 void goodbye()
35 { 34 {
36 activateItemAt(-1); 35 activateItemAt(-1);
37 for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) { 36 for ( unsigned int i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
38 QMenuItem *mi = findItem( idAt(i) ); 37 QMenuItem *mi = findItem( idAt(i) );
39 if ( mi->popup() ) { 38 if ( mi->popup() ) {
40 mi->popup()->hide(); 39 mi->popup()->hide();
41 } 40 }
42 } 41 }
43 } 42 }
44}; 43};
45 44
46 45
47// Sharp ROM compatibility 46// Sharp ROM compatibility
48void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::setMenukeyEnabled ( bool ) 47void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::setMenukeyEnabled ( bool )
49{ 48{
50} 49}
51int QPEMenuBar::getOldFocus ( ) 50int QPEMenuBar::getOldFocus ( )
52{ 51{
53 return 0; 52 return 0;
54} 53}
55 54
56QPEMenuToolFocusManager *QPEMenuToolFocusManager::me = 0; 55QPEMenuToolFocusManager *QPEMenuToolFocusManager::me = 0;
57 56
58QPEMenuToolFocusManager::QPEMenuToolFocusManager() : QObject() 57QPEMenuToolFocusManager::QPEMenuToolFocusManager() : QObject()
59{ 58{
60 qApp->installEventFilter( this ); 59 qApp->installEventFilter( this );
61} 60}
62 61
63void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::addWidget( QWidget *w ) 62void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::addWidget( QWidget *w )
64{ 63{
65 list.append( GuardedWidget(w) ); 64 list.append( GuardedWidget(w) );
66} 65}
67 66
68void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::removeWidget( QWidget *w ) 67void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::removeWidget( QWidget *w )
69{ 68{
70 list.remove( GuardedWidget(w) ); 69 list.remove( GuardedWidget(w) );
71} 70}
72 71
73void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::setActive( bool a ) 72void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::setActive( bool a )
74{ 73{
75 if ( a ) { 74 if ( a ) {
76 oldFocus = qApp->focusWidget(); 75 oldFocus = qApp->focusWidget();
77 QValueList<GuardedWidget>::Iterator it; 76 QValueList<GuardedWidget>::Iterator it;
78 it = list.begin(); 77 it = list.begin();
79 while ( it != list.end() ) { 78 while ( it != list.end() ) {
80 QWidget *w = (*it); 79 QWidget *w = (*it);
81 if ( w && w->isEnabled() && w->isVisible() && 80 if ( w && w->isEnabled() && w->isVisible() &&
82 w->topLevelWidget() == qApp->activeWindow() ) { 81 w->topLevelWidget() == qApp->activeWindow() ) {
83 setFocus( w ); 82 setFocus( w );
84 return; 83 return;
85 } 84 }
86 ++it; 85 ++it;
87 } 86 }
88 } else { 87 } else {
89 if ( inFocus ) { 88 if ( inFocus ) {
90 if ( inFocus->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) 89 if ( inFocus->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) )
91 ((QMenuBarHack *)(QWidget *)inFocus)->goodbye(); 90 ((QMenuBarHack *)(QWidget *)inFocus)->goodbye();
92 if ( inFocus->hasFocus() ) { 91 if ( inFocus->hasFocus() ) {
93 if ( oldFocus && oldFocus->isVisible() && oldFocus->isEnabled() ) { 92 if ( oldFocus && oldFocus->isVisible() && oldFocus->isEnabled() ) {
94 oldFocus->setFocus(); 93 oldFocus->setFocus();
95 } else { 94 } else {
96 inFocus->clearFocus(); 95 inFocus->clearFocus();
97 } 96 }
98 } 97 }
99 } 98 }
100 inFocus = 0; 99 inFocus = 0;
101 oldFocus = 0; 100 oldFocus = 0;
102 } 101 }
103} 102}
104 103
105bool QPEMenuToolFocusManager::isActive() const 104bool QPEMenuToolFocusManager::isActive() const
106{ 105{
107 return !inFocus.isNull(); 106 return !inFocus.isNull();
108} 107}
109 108
110void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::moveFocus( bool next ) 109void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::moveFocus( bool next )
111{ 110{
112 if ( !isActive() ) 111 if ( !isActive() )
113 return; 112 return;
114 113
115 int n = list.count(); 114 int n = list.count();
116 QValueList<GuardedWidget>::Iterator it; 115 QValueList<GuardedWidget>::Iterator it;
117 it = list.find( inFocus ); 116 it = list.find( inFocus );
118 if ( it == list.end() ) 117 if ( it == list.end() )
119 it = list.begin(); 118 it = list.begin();
120 while ( --n ) { 119 while ( --n ) {
121 if ( next ) { 120 if ( next ) {
122 ++it; 121 ++it;
123 if ( it == list.end() ) 122 if ( it == list.end() )
124 it = list.begin(); 123 it = list.begin();
125 } else { 124 } else {
126 if ( it == list.begin() ) 125 if ( it == list.begin() )
127 it = list.end(); 126 it = list.end();
128 --it; 127 --it;
129 } 128 }
130 QWidget *w = (*it); 129 QWidget *w = (*it);
131 if ( w && w->isEnabled() && w->isVisible() && !w->inherits("QToolBarSeparator") && 130 if ( w && w->isEnabled() && w->isVisible() && !w->inherits("QToolBarSeparator") &&
132 w->topLevelWidget() == qApp->activeWindow() ) { 131 w->topLevelWidget() == qApp->activeWindow() ) {
133 setFocus( w, next ); 132 setFocus( w, next );
134 return; 133 return;
135 } 134 }
136 } 135 }
137} 136}
138 137
139void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize() 138void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::initialize()
140{ 139{
141 if ( !me ) 140 if ( !me )
142 me = new QPEMenuToolFocusManager; 141 me = new QPEMenuToolFocusManager;
143} 142}
144 143
145QPEMenuToolFocusManager *QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager() 144QPEMenuToolFocusManager *QPEMenuToolFocusManager::manager()
146{ 145{
147 if ( !me ) 146 if ( !me )
148 me = new QPEMenuToolFocusManager; 147 me = new QPEMenuToolFocusManager;
149 148
150 return me; 149 return me;
151} 150}
152 151
153void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::setFocus( QWidget *w, bool next ) 152void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::setFocus( QWidget *w, bool next )
154{ 153{
155 inFocus = w; 154 inFocus = w;
156// qDebug( "Set focus on %s", w->className() ); 155// qDebug( "Set focus on %s", w->className() );
157 if ( inFocus->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) { 156 if ( inFocus->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) {
158 QMenuBar *mb = (QMenuBar *)(QWidget *)inFocus; 157 QMenuBar *mb = (QMenuBar *)(QWidget *)inFocus;
159 if ( next ) 158 if ( next )
160 mb->activateItemAt( 0 ); 159 mb->activateItemAt( 0 );
161 else 160 else
162 mb->activateItemAt( mb->count()-1 ); 161 mb->activateItemAt( mb->count()-1 );
163 } 162 }
164 inFocus->setFocus(); 163 inFocus->setFocus();
165} 164}
166 165
167bool QPEMenuToolFocusManager::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event ) 166bool QPEMenuToolFocusManager::eventFilter( QObject *object, QEvent *event )
168{ 167{
169 if ( event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) { 168 if ( event->type() == QEvent::KeyPress ) {
170 QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)event; 169 QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)event;
171 if ( isActive() ) { 170 if ( isActive() ) {
172 if ( object->inherits( "QButton" ) ) { 171 if ( object->inherits( "QButton" ) ) {
173 switch ( ke->key() ) { 172 switch ( ke->key() ) {
174 case Key_Left: 173 case Key_Left:
175 moveFocus( FALSE ); 174 moveFocus( FALSE );
176 return TRUE; 175 return TRUE;
177 176
178 case Key_Right: 177 case Key_Right:
179 moveFocus( TRUE ); 178 moveFocus( TRUE );
180 return TRUE; 179 return TRUE;
181 180
182 case Key_Up: 181 case Key_Up:
183 case Key_Down: 182 case Key_Down:
184 return TRUE; 183 return TRUE;
185 } 184 }
186 } else if ( object->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) { 185 } else if ( object->inherits( "QPopupMenu" ) ) {
187 // Deactivate when a menu item is selected 186 // Deactivate when a menu item is selected
188 if ( ke->key() == Key_Enter || ke->key() == Key_Return || 187 if ( ke->key() == Key_Enter || ke->key() == Key_Return ||
189 ke->key() == Key_Escape ) { 188 ke->key() == Key_Escape ) {
190 QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT(deactivate()) ); 189 QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT(deactivate()) );
191 } 190 }
192 } else if ( object->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) { 191 } else if ( object->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) {
193 int dx = 0; 192 int dx = 0;
194 switch ( ke->key() ) { 193 switch ( ke->key() ) {
195 case Key_Left: 194 case Key_Left:
196 dx = -1; 195 dx = -1;
197 break; 196 break;
198 197
199 case Key_Right: 198 case Key_Right:
200 dx = 1; 199 dx = 1;
201 break; 200 break;
202 } 201 }
203 202
204 QMenuBarHack *mb = (QMenuBarHack *)object; 203 QMenuBarHack *mb = (QMenuBarHack *)object;
205 if ( dx && mb->activeItem() >= 0 ) { 204 if ( dx && mb->activeItem() >= 0 ) {
206 int i = mb->activeItem(); 205 int i = mb->activeItem();
207 int c = mb->count(); 206 int c = mb->count();
208 int n = c; 207 int n = c;
209 while ( n-- ) { 208 while ( n-- ) {
210 i = i + dx; 209 i = i + dx;
211 if ( i == c ) { 210 if ( i == c ) {
212 mb->goodbye(); 211 mb->goodbye();
213 moveFocus( TRUE ); 212 moveFocus( TRUE );
214 return TRUE; 213 return TRUE;
215 } else if ( i < 0 ) { 214 } else if ( i < 0 ) {
216 mb->goodbye(); 215 mb->goodbye();
217 moveFocus( FALSE ); 216 moveFocus( FALSE );
218 return TRUE; 217 return TRUE;
219 } 218 }
220 QMenuItem *mi = mb->findItem( mb->idAt(i) ); 219 QMenuItem *mi = mb->findItem( mb->idAt(i) );
221 if ( mi->isEnabled() && !mi->isSeparator() ) { 220 if ( mi->isEnabled() && !mi->isSeparator() ) {
222 break; 221 break;
223 } 222 }
224 } 223 }
225 } 224 }
226 } 225 }
227 } 226 }
228 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) { 227 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::KeyRelease ) {
229 QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)event; 228 QKeyEvent *ke = (QKeyEvent *)event;
230 if ( isActive() ) { 229 if ( isActive() ) {
231 if ( object->inherits( "QButton" ) ) { 230 if ( object->inherits( "QButton" ) ) {
232 // Deactivate when a button is selected 231 // Deactivate when a button is selected
233 if ( ke->key() == Key_Space ) 232 if ( ke->key() == Key_Space )
234 QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT(deactivate()) ); 233 QTimer::singleShot( 0, this, SLOT(deactivate()) );
235 } 234 }
236 } 235 }
237 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::FocusIn ) { 236 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::FocusIn ) {
238 if ( isActive() ) { 237 if ( isActive() ) {
239 // A non-menu/tool widget has been selected - we're deactivated 238 // A non-menu/tool widget has been selected - we're deactivated
240 QWidget *w = (QWidget *)object; 239 QWidget *w = (QWidget *)object;
241 if ( !w->isPopup() && !list.contains( GuardedWidget( w ) ) ) { 240 if ( !w->isPopup() && !list.contains( GuardedWidget( w ) ) ) {
242 inFocus = 0; 241 inFocus = 0;
243 } 242 }
244 } 243 }
245 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::Hide ) { 244 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::Hide ) {
246 if ( isActive() ) { 245 if ( isActive() ) {
247 // Deaticvate if a menu/tool has been hidden 246 // Deaticvate if a menu/tool has been hidden
248 QWidget *w = (QWidget *)object; 247 QWidget *w = (QWidget *)object;
249 if ( !w->isPopup() && !list.contains( GuardedWidget( w ) ) ) { 248 if ( !w->isPopup() && !list.contains( GuardedWidget( w ) ) ) {
250 setActive( FALSE ); 249 setActive( FALSE );
251 } 250 }
252 } 251 }
253 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted ) { 252 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::ChildInserted ) {
254 QChildEvent *ce = (QChildEvent *)event; 253 QChildEvent *ce = (QChildEvent *)event;
255 if ( ce->child()->isWidgetType() ) { 254 if ( ce->child()->isWidgetType() ) {
256 if ( ce->child()->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) { 255 if ( ce->child()->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) {
257 addWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() ); 256 addWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() );
258 ce->child()->installEventFilter( this ); 257 ce->child()->installEventFilter( this );
259 } else if ( object->inherits( "QToolBar" ) ) { 258 } else if ( object->inherits( "QToolBar" ) ) {
260 addWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() ); 259 addWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() );
261 } 260 }
262 } 261 }
263 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved ) { 262 } else if ( event->type() == QEvent::ChildRemoved ) {
264 QChildEvent *ce = (QChildEvent *)event; 263 QChildEvent *ce = (QChildEvent *)event;
265 if ( ce->child()->isWidgetType() ) { 264 if ( ce->child()->isWidgetType() ) {
266 if ( ce->child()->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) { 265 if ( ce->child()->inherits( "QMenuBar" ) ) {
267 removeWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() ); 266 removeWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() );
268 ce->child()->removeEventFilter( this ); 267 ce->child()->removeEventFilter( this );
269 } else if ( object->inherits( "QToolBar" ) ) { 268 } else if ( object->inherits( "QToolBar" ) ) {
270 removeWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() ); 269 removeWidget( (QWidget *)ce->child() );
271 } 270 }
272 } 271 }
273 } 272 }
274 273
275 return FALSE; 274 return FALSE;
276} 275}
277 276
278void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::deactivate() 277void QPEMenuToolFocusManager::deactivate()
279{ 278{
280 setActive( FALSE ); 279 setActive( FALSE );
281} 280}
282 281
283/*! 282/*!
284 \class QPEMenuBar qpemenubar.h 283 \class QPEMenuBar qpemenubar.h
285 \brief The QPEMenuBar class is obsolete. Use QMenuBar instead. 284 \brief The QPEMenuBar class is obsolete. Use QMenuBar instead.
286 285
287 \obsolete 286 \obsolete
288 287
289 This class is obsolete. Use QMenuBar instead. 288 This class is obsolete. Use QMenuBar instead.
290 289
291*/ 290*/
292 291
293/*! 292/*!
294 Constructs a QPEMenuBar just as you would construct 293 Constructs a QPEMenuBar just as you would construct
295 a QMenuBar, passing \a parent and \a name. 294 a QMenuBar, passing \a parent and \a name.
296*/ 295*/
297QPEMenuBar::QPEMenuBar( QWidget *parent, const char *name ) 296QPEMenuBar::QPEMenuBar( QWidget *parent, const char *name )
298 : QMenuBar( parent, name ) 297 : QMenuBar( parent, name )
299{ 298{
300} 299}
301 300
302/*! 301/*!
303 \reimp 302 \reimp
304*/ 303*/
305QPEMenuBar::~QPEMenuBar() 304QPEMenuBar::~QPEMenuBar()
306{ 305{
307} 306}
308 307
309/*! 308/*!
310 \internal 309 \internal
311*/ 310*/
312void QPEMenuBar::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e ) 311void QPEMenuBar::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
313{ 312{
314 QMenuBar::keyPressEvent( e ); 313 QMenuBar::keyPressEvent( e );
315} 314}
316 315
317/*! 316/*!
318 \internal 317 \internal
319*/ 318*/
320void QPEMenuBar::activateItem( int index ) { 319void QPEMenuBar::activateItem( int index ) {
321 activateItemAt( index ); 320 activateItemAt( index );
322} 321}
323void QPEMenuBar::goodbye() { 322void QPEMenuBar::goodbye() {
324 activateItemAt(-1); 323 activateItemAt(-1);
325 for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) { 324 for ( uint i = 0; i < count(); i++ ) {
326 QMenuItem* mi = findItem( idAt(i) ); 325 QMenuItem* mi = findItem( idAt(i) );
327 if (mi->popup() ) 326 if (mi->popup() )
328 mi->popup()->hide(); 327 mi->popup()->hide();
329 } 328 }
330} 329}
diff --git a/library/qpestyle.cpp b/library/qpestyle.cpp
index 665910c..b61ada4 100644
--- a/library/qpestyle.cpp
+++ b/library/qpestyle.cpp
@@ -1,409 +1,406 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include "qpestyle.h" 21#include "qpestyle.h"
22#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
23#include <qpushbutton.h>
24 22
25#include <qpainter.h>
26 23
27#define QCOORDARRLEN(x) sizeof(x)/(sizeof(QCOORD)*2) 24#define QCOORDARRLEN(x) sizeof(x)/(sizeof(QCOORD)*2)
28 25
29#if QT_VERSION >= 300 26#if QT_VERSION >= 300
30 27
31#include <qdrawutil.h> 28#include <qdrawutil.h>
32#include <qcombobox.h> 29#include <qcombobox.h>
33#include <qtabbar.h> 30#include <qtabbar.h>
34 31
35QPEStyle::QPEStyle() 32QPEStyle::QPEStyle()
36{ 33{
37} 34}
38 35
39QPEStyle::~QPEStyle() 36QPEStyle::~QPEStyle()
40{ 37{
41} 38}
42 39
43void QPEStyle::drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe, QPainter *p, const QRect &r, 40void QPEStyle::drawPrimitive( PrimitiveElement pe, QPainter *p, const QRect &r,
44 const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags flags, const QStyleOption &data) const 41 const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags flags, const QStyleOption &data) const
45{ 42{
46 switch ( pe ) { 43 switch ( pe ) {
47 case PE_ButtonTool: 44 case PE_ButtonTool:
48 { 45 {
49 QColorGroup mycg = cg; 46 QColorGroup mycg = cg;
50 if ( flags & Style_On ) { 47 if ( flags & Style_On ) {
51 QBrush fill( cg.mid(), Dense4Pattern ); 48 QBrush fill( cg.mid(), Dense4Pattern );
52 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill ); 49 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill );
53 } 50 }
54 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags, data ); 51 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags, data );
55 break; 52 break;
56 } 53 }
57 case PE_ButtonCommand: 54 case PE_ButtonCommand:
58 case PE_ButtonDefault: 55 case PE_ButtonDefault:
59 case PE_ButtonBevel: 56 case PE_ButtonBevel:
60 case PE_HeaderSection: 57 case PE_HeaderSection:
61 { 58 {
62 QPen oldPen = p->pen(); 59 QPen oldPen = p->pen();
63 p->fillRect( r.x()+1, r.y()+1, r.width()-2, r.height()-2, cg.brush(QColorGroup::Button) ); 60 p->fillRect( r.x()+1, r.y()+1, r.width()-2, r.height()-2, cg.brush(QColorGroup::Button) );
64 61
65 int x2 = r.right(); 62 int x2 = r.right();
66 int y2 = r.bottom(); 63 int y2 = r.bottom();
67 64
68 if ( flags & (Style_Sunken | Style_Down | Style_On) ) 65 if ( flags & (Style_Sunken | Style_Down | Style_On) )
69 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 66 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
70 else 67 else
71 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 68 p->setPen( cg.light() );
72 p->drawLine( r.x(), r.y()+1, r.x(), y2-1 ); 69 p->drawLine( r.x(), r.y()+1, r.x(), y2-1 );
73 p->drawLine( r.x()+1, r.y(), x2-1, r.y() ); 70 p->drawLine( r.x()+1, r.y(), x2-1, r.y() );
74 71
75 if ( flags & (Style_Sunken | Style_Down | Style_On) ) 72 if ( flags & (Style_Sunken | Style_Down | Style_On) )
76 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 73 p->setPen( cg.light() );
77 else 74 else
78 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 75 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
79 p->drawLine( x2, r.y()+1, x2, y2-1 ); 76 p->drawLine( x2, r.y()+1, x2, y2-1 );
80 p->drawLine( r.x()+1, y2, x2-1, y2 ); 77 p->drawLine( r.x()+1, y2, x2-1, y2 );
81 p->setPen( oldPen ); 78 p->setPen( oldPen );
82 break; 79 break;
83 } 80 }
84 case PE_FocusRect: 81 case PE_FocusRect:
85 break; 82 break;
86 case PE_Indicator: 83 case PE_Indicator:
87 { 84 {
88 QColorGroup mycg( cg ); 85 QColorGroup mycg( cg );
89 QBrush fill; 86 QBrush fill;
90 if ( flags & Style_Down ) 87 if ( flags & Style_Down )
91 fill = cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button ); 88 fill = cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button );
92 else 89 else
93 fill = cg.brush( (flags&Style_Enabled) ? QColorGroup::Base : QColorGroup::Background ); 90 fill = cg.brush( (flags&Style_Enabled) ? QColorGroup::Base : QColorGroup::Background );
94 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill ); 91 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill );
95 if ( flags&Style_Enabled ) 92 if ( flags&Style_Enabled )
96 flags |= Style_Sunken; 93 flags |= Style_Sunken;
97 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags ); 94 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags );
98 if ( flags & Style_On ) { 95 if ( flags & Style_On ) {
99 QPointArray a( 7*2 ); 96 QPointArray a( 7*2 );
100 int i, xx, yy; 97 int i, xx, yy;
101 xx = r.x()+3; 98 xx = r.x()+3;
102 yy = r.y()+5; 99 yy = r.y()+5;
103 for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) { 100 for ( i=0; i<3; i++ ) {
104 a.setPoint( 2*i, xx, yy ); 101 a.setPoint( 2*i, xx, yy );
105 a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 ); 102 a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 );
106 xx++; yy++; 103 xx++; yy++;
107 } 104 }
108 yy -= 2; 105 yy -= 2;
109 for ( i=3; i<7; i++ ) { 106 for ( i=3; i<7; i++ ) {
110 a.setPoint( 2*i, xx, yy ); 107 a.setPoint( 2*i, xx, yy );
111 a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 ); 108 a.setPoint( 2*i+1, xx, yy+2 );
112 xx++; yy--; 109 xx++; yy--;
113 } 110 }
114 if ( flags & Style_NoChange ) { 111 if ( flags & Style_NoChange ) {
115 p->setPen( mycg.dark() ); 112 p->setPen( mycg.dark() );
116 } else { 113 } else {
117 p->setPen( mycg.text() ); 114 p->setPen( mycg.text() );
118 } 115 }
119 p->drawLineSegments( a ); 116 p->drawLineSegments( a );
120 } 117 }
121 break; 118 break;
122 } 119 }
123 case PE_ExclusiveIndicator: 120 case PE_ExclusiveIndicator:
124 { 121 {
125 static const QCOORD pts1[] = { // dark lines 122 static const QCOORD pts1[] = { // dark lines
126 1,9, 1,8, 0,7, 0,4, 1,3, 1,2, 2,1, 3,1, 4,0, 7,0, 8,1, 9,1 }; 123 1,9, 1,8, 0,7, 0,4, 1,3, 1,2, 2,1, 3,1, 4,0, 7,0, 8,1, 9,1 };
127 static const QCOORD pts4[] = { // white lines 124 static const QCOORD pts4[] = { // white lines
128 2,10, 3,10, 4,11, 7,11, 8,10, 9,10, 10,9, 10,8, 11,7, 125 2,10, 3,10, 4,11, 7,11, 8,10, 9,10, 10,9, 10,8, 11,7,
129 11,4, 10,3, 10,2 }; 126 11,4, 10,3, 10,2 };
130 static const QCOORD pts5[] = { // inner fill 127 static const QCOORD pts5[] = { // inner fill
131 4,2, 7,2, 9,4, 9,7, 7,9, 4,9, 2,7, 2,4 }; 128 4,2, 7,2, 9,4, 9,7, 7,9, 4,9, 2,7, 2,4 };
132 129
133 int x, y, w, h; 130 int x, y, w, h;
134 r.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h ); 131 r.rect( &x, &y, &w, &h );
135 p->eraseRect( x, y, w, h ); 132 p->eraseRect( x, y, w, h );
136 QPointArray a( QCOORDARRLEN(pts1), pts1 ); 133 QPointArray a( QCOORDARRLEN(pts1), pts1 );
137 a.translate( x, y ); 134 a.translate( x, y );
138 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 135 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
139 p->drawPolyline( a ); 136 p->drawPolyline( a );
140 a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts4), pts4 ); 137 a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts4), pts4 );
141 a.translate( x, y ); 138 a.translate( x, y );
142 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 139 p->setPen( cg.light() );
143 p->drawPolyline( a ); 140 p->drawPolyline( a );
144 a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts5), pts5 ); 141 a.setPoints( QCOORDARRLEN(pts5), pts5 );
145 a.translate( x, y ); 142 a.translate( x, y );
146 QColor fillColor = ( flags&Style_Down || !(flags&Style_Enabled) ) ? cg.button() : cg.base(); 143 QColor fillColor = ( flags&Style_Down || !(flags&Style_Enabled) ) ? cg.button() : cg.base();
147 p->setPen( fillColor ); 144 p->setPen( fillColor );
148 p->setBrush( fillColor ) ; 145 p->setBrush( fillColor ) ;
149 p->drawPolygon( a ); 146 p->drawPolygon( a );
150 if ( flags&Style_On ) { 147 if ( flags&Style_On ) {
151 p->setPen( NoPen ); 148 p->setPen( NoPen );
152 p->setBrush( cg.text() ); 149 p->setBrush( cg.text() );
153 p->drawRect( x+5, y+4, 2, 4 ); 150 p->drawRect( x+5, y+4, 2, 4 );
154 p->drawRect( x+4, y+5, 4, 2 ); 151 p->drawRect( x+4, y+5, 4, 2 );
155 } 152 }
156 break; 153 break;
157 } 154 }
158 default: 155 default:
159 QWindowsStyle::drawPrimitive( pe, p, r, cg, flags, data ); 156 QWindowsStyle::drawPrimitive( pe, p, r, cg, flags, data );
160 break; 157 break;
161 } 158 }
162} 159}
163 160
164void QPEStyle::drawControl( ControlElement ce, QPainter *p, 161void QPEStyle::drawControl( ControlElement ce, QPainter *p,
165 const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, 162 const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r,
166 const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how, const QStyleOption &data) const 163 const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how, const QStyleOption &data) const
167{ 164{
168 switch ( ce ) { 165 switch ( ce ) {
169 case CE_PushButton: 166 case CE_PushButton:
170 { 167 {
171 const QPushButton *btn = (QPushButton*)widget; 168 const QPushButton *btn = (QPushButton*)widget;
172 SFlags flags; 169 SFlags flags;
173 flags = Style_Default; 170 flags = Style_Default;
174 if ( btn->isDown() ) 171 if ( btn->isDown() )
175 flags |= Style_Down; 172 flags |= Style_Down;
176 if ( btn->isOn() ) 173 if ( btn->isOn() )
177 flags |= Style_On; 174 flags |= Style_On;
178 if ( btn->isEnabled() ) 175 if ( btn->isEnabled() )
179 flags |= Style_Enabled; 176 flags |= Style_Enabled;
180 if ( btn->isDefault() ) 177 if ( btn->isDefault() )
181 flags |= Style_Default; 178 flags |= Style_Default;
182 if (! btn->isFlat() && !(flags & Style_Down)) 179 if (! btn->isFlat() && !(flags & Style_Down))
183 flags |= Style_Raised; 180 flags |= Style_Raised;
184 p->setPen( cg.foreground() ); 181 p->setPen( cg.foreground() );
185 p->setBrush( QBrush(cg.button(), NoBrush) ); 182 p->setBrush( QBrush(cg.button(), NoBrush) );
186 QColorGroup mycg( cg ); 183 QColorGroup mycg( cg );
187 if ( flags & Style_On ) { 184 if ( flags & Style_On ) {
188 QBrush fill = QBrush( cg.mid(), Dense4Pattern ); 185 QBrush fill = QBrush( cg.mid(), Dense4Pattern );
189 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill ); 186 mycg.setBrush( QColorGroup::Button, fill );
190 } 187 }
191 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags, data ); 188 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, mycg, flags, data );
192 break; 189 break;
193 } 190 }
194 case CE_TabBarTab: 191 case CE_TabBarTab:
195 { 192 {
196 if ( !widget || !widget->parentWidget() ) 193 if ( !widget || !widget->parentWidget() )
197 break; 194 break;
198 195
199 const QTabBar *tb = (const QTabBar *) widget; 196 const QTabBar *tb = (const QTabBar *) widget;
200 bool selected = how & Style_Selected; 197 bool selected = how & Style_Selected;
201 198
202 QRect r2(r); 199 QRect r2(r);
203 if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedAbove ) { 200 if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedAbove ) {
204 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 201 p->setPen( cg.light() );
205 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom(), r2.right(), r2.bottom() ); 202 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom(), r2.right(), r2.bottom() );
206 if ( r2.left() == 0 ) 203 if ( r2.left() == 0 )
207 p->drawPoint( tb->rect().bottomLeft() ); 204 p->drawPoint( tb->rect().bottomLeft() );
208 else { 205 else {
209 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 206 p->setPen( cg.light() );
210 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom(), r2.right(), r2.bottom() ); 207 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom(), r2.right(), r2.bottom() );
211 } 208 }
212 209
213 if ( selected ) { 210 if ( selected ) {
214 p->setPen( cg.background() ); 211 p->setPen( cg.background() );
215 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top()+1, r2.right()-2, r2.top()+1 ); 212 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top()+1, r2.right()-2, r2.top()+1 );
216 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+2, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-2), 213 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+2, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-2),
217 cg.brush( QColorGroup::Background )); 214 cg.brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
218 } else { 215 } else {
219 r2.setRect( r2.left() + 2, r2.top() + 2, 216 r2.setRect( r2.left() + 2, r2.top() + 2,
220 r2.width() - 4, r2.height() - 2 ); 217 r2.width() - 4, r2.height() - 2 );
221 p->setPen( cg.button() ); 218 p->setPen( cg.button() );
222 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top()+1, r2.right()-2, r2.top()+1 ); 219 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top()+1, r2.right()-2, r2.top()+1 );
223 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+2, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-3), 220 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+2, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-3),
224 cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button )); 221 cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
225 222
226 //do shading; will not work for pixmap brushes 223 //do shading; will not work for pixmap brushes
227 QColor bg = cg.button(); 224 QColor bg = cg.button();
228 // int h,s,v; 225 // int h,s,v;
229 // bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v ); 226 // bg.hsv( &h, &s, &v );
230 int n = r2.height()/2; 227 int n = r2.height()/2;
231 int dark = 100; 228 int dark = 100;
232 for ( int i = 1; i < n; i++ ) { 229 for ( int i = 1; i < n; i++ ) {
233 dark = (dark * (100+(i*15)/n) )/100; 230 dark = (dark * (100+(i*15)/n) )/100;
234 p->setPen( bg.dark( dark ) ); 231 p->setPen( bg.dark( dark ) );
235 int y = r2.bottom()-n+i; 232 int y = r2.bottom()-n+i;
236 int x1 = r2.left()+1; 233 int x1 = r2.left()+1;
237 int x2 = r2.right()-1; 234 int x2 = r2.right()-1;
238 p->drawLine( x1, y, x2, y ); 235 p->drawLine( x1, y, x2, y );
239 } 236 }
240 } 237 }
241 238
242 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 239 p->setPen( cg.light() );
243 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom()-1, r2.left(), r2.top() + 2 ); 240 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.bottom()-1, r2.left(), r2.top() + 2 );
244 p->drawPoint( r2.left()+1, r2.top() + 1 ); 241 p->drawPoint( r2.left()+1, r2.top() + 1 );
245 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top(), 242 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.top(),
246 r2.right() - 2, r2.top() ); 243 r2.right() - 2, r2.top() );
247 244
248 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 245 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
249 p->drawPoint( r2.right() - 1, r2.top() + 1 ); 246 p->drawPoint( r2.right() - 1, r2.top() + 1 );
250 p->drawLine( r2.right(), r2.top() + 2, r2.right(), r2.bottom() - 1); 247 p->drawLine( r2.right(), r2.top() + 2, r2.right(), r2.bottom() - 1);
251 } else if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedBelow ) { 248 } else if ( tb->shape() == QTabBar::RoundedBelow ) {
252 if ( selected ) { 249 if ( selected ) {
253 p->setPen( cg.background() ); 250 p->setPen( cg.background() );
254 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.bottom()-1, r2.right()-2, r2.bottom()-1 ); 251 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.bottom()-1, r2.right()-2, r2.bottom()-1 );
255 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top(), r2.width()-2, r2.height()-2), 252 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top(), r2.width()-2, r2.height()-2),
256 tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Background )); 253 tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Background ));
257 } else { 254 } else {
258 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 255 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
259 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.top(), 256 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.top(),
260 r2.right(), r2.top() ); 257 r2.right(), r2.top() );
261 r2.setRect( r2.left() + 2, r2.top(), 258 r2.setRect( r2.left() + 2, r2.top(),
262 r2.width() - 4, r2.height() - 2 ); 259 r2.width() - 4, r2.height() - 2 );
263 p->setPen( cg.button() ); 260 p->setPen( cg.button() );
264 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.bottom()-1, r2.right()-2, r2.bottom()-1 ); 261 p->drawLine( r2.left()+2, r2.bottom()-1, r2.right()-2, r2.bottom()-1 );
265 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+1, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-3), 262 p->fillRect( QRect( r2.left()+1, r2.top()+1, r2.width()-2, r2.height()-3),
266 tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Button )); 263 tb->palette().normal().brush( QColorGroup::Button ));
267 } 264 }
268 265
269 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 266 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
270 p->drawLine( r2.right(), r2.top(), 267 p->drawLine( r2.right(), r2.top(),
271 r2.right(), r2.bottom() - 2 ); 268 r2.right(), r2.bottom() - 2 );
272 p->drawPoint( r2.right() - 1, r2.bottom() - 1 ); 269 p->drawPoint( r2.right() - 1, r2.bottom() - 1 );
273 p->drawLine( r2.right() - 2, r2.bottom(), 270 p->drawLine( r2.right() - 2, r2.bottom(),
274 r2.left() + 2, r2.bottom() ); 271 r2.left() + 2, r2.bottom() );
275 272
276 p->setPen( cg.light() ); 273 p->setPen( cg.light() );
277 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.top()+1, 274 p->drawLine( r2.left(), r2.top()+1,
278 r2.left(), r2.bottom() - 2 ); 275 r2.left(), r2.bottom() - 2 );
279 p->drawPoint( r2.left() + 1, r2.bottom() - 1 ); 276 p->drawPoint( r2.left() + 1, r2.bottom() - 1 );
280 if ( r2.left() == 0 ) 277 if ( r2.left() == 0 )
281 p->drawPoint( tb->rect().topLeft() ); 278 p->drawPoint( tb->rect().topLeft() );
282 279
283 } else { 280 } else {
284 QCommonStyle::drawControl( ce, p, widget, r, cg, how, data ); 281 QCommonStyle::drawControl( ce, p, widget, r, cg, how, data );
285 } 282 }
286 break; 283 break;
287 } 284 }
288 default: 285 default:
289 QWindowsStyle::drawControl( ce, p, widget, r, cg, how, data ); 286 QWindowsStyle::drawControl( ce, p, widget, r, cg, how, data );
290 break; 287 break;
291 } 288 }
292} 289}
293 290
294void QPEStyle::drawComplexControl( ComplexControl control, QPainter *p, 291void QPEStyle::drawComplexControl( ComplexControl control, QPainter *p,
295 const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r, 292 const QWidget *widget, const QRect &r,
296 const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how, 293 const QColorGroup &cg, SFlags how,
297 SCFlags sub, SCFlags subActive, const QStyleOption &data) const 294 SCFlags sub, SCFlags subActive, const QStyleOption &data) const
298{ 295{
299 switch ( control ) { 296 switch ( control ) {
300 case CC_ComboBox: 297 case CC_ComboBox:
301 if ( sub & SC_ComboBoxArrow ) { 298 if ( sub & SC_ComboBoxArrow ) {
302 SFlags flags = Style_Default; 299 SFlags flags = Style_Default;
303 300
304 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, cg, flags, data ); 301 drawPrimitive( PE_ButtonBevel, p, r, cg, flags, data );
305 302
306 QRect ar = 303 QRect ar =
307 QStyle::visualRect( querySubControlMetrics( CC_ComboBox, widget, 304 QStyle::visualRect( querySubControlMetrics( CC_ComboBox, widget,
308 SC_ComboBoxArrow ), widget ); 305 SC_ComboBoxArrow ), widget );
309 306
310 if ( subActive == SC_ComboBoxArrow ) { 307 if ( subActive == SC_ComboBoxArrow ) {
311 p->setPen( cg.dark() ); 308 p->setPen( cg.dark() );
312 p->setBrush( cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) ); 309 p->setBrush( cg.brush( QColorGroup::Button ) );
313 p->drawRect( ar ); 310 p->drawRect( ar );
314 } 311 }
315 312
316 ar.addCoords( 2, 2, -2, -2 ); 313 ar.addCoords( 2, 2, -2, -2 );
317 if ( widget->isEnabled() ) 314 if ( widget->isEnabled() )
318 flags |= Style_Enabled; 315 flags |= Style_Enabled;
319 316
320 if ( subActive & Style_Sunken ) { 317 if ( subActive & Style_Sunken ) {
321 flags |= Style_Sunken; 318 flags |= Style_Sunken;
322 } 319 }
323 drawPrimitive( PE_ArrowDown, p, ar, cg, flags ); 320 drawPrimitive( PE_ArrowDown, p, ar, cg, flags );
324 } 321 }
325 322
326 if ( sub & SC_ComboBoxEditField ) { 323 if ( sub & SC_ComboBoxEditField ) {
327 const QComboBox * cb = (const QComboBox *) widget; 324 const QComboBox * cb = (const QComboBox *) widget;
328 QRect re = 325 QRect re =
329 QStyle::visualRect( querySubControlMetrics( CC_ComboBox, widget, 326 QStyle::visualRect( querySubControlMetrics( CC_ComboBox, widget,
330 SC_ComboBoxEditField ), widget ); 327 SC_ComboBoxEditField ), widget );
331 if ( cb->hasFocus() && !cb->editable() ) 328 if ( cb->hasFocus() && !cb->editable() )
332 p->fillRect( re.x(), re.y(), re.width(), re.height(), 329 p->fillRect( re.x(), re.y(), re.width(), re.height(),
333 cg.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) ); 330 cg.brush( QColorGroup::Highlight ) );
334 331
335 if ( cb->hasFocus() ) { 332 if ( cb->hasFocus() ) {
336 p->setPen( cg.highlightedText() ); 333 p->setPen( cg.highlightedText() );
337 p->setBackgroundColor( cg.highlight() ); 334 p->setBackgroundColor( cg.highlight() );
338 335
339 } else { 336 } else {
340 p->setPen( cg.text() ); 337 p->setPen( cg.text() );
341 p->setBackgroundColor( cg.background() ); 338 p->setBackgroundColor( cg.background() );
342 } 339 }
343 340
344 if ( cb->hasFocus() && !cb->editable() ) { 341 if ( cb->hasFocus() && !cb->editable() ) {
345 QRect re = 342 QRect re =
346 QStyle::visualRect( subRect( SR_ComboBoxFocusRect, cb ), widget ); 343 QStyle::visualRect( subRect( SR_ComboBoxFocusRect, cb ), widget );
347 drawPrimitive( PE_FocusRect, p, re, cg, Style_FocusAtBorder, QStyleOption(cg.highlight())); 344 drawPrimitive( PE_FocusRect, p, re, cg, Style_FocusAtBorder, QStyleOption(cg.highlight()));
348 } 345 }
349 } 346 }
350 break; 347 break;
351 default: 348 default:
352 QWindowsStyle::drawComplexControl( control, p, widget, r, cg, how, 349 QWindowsStyle::drawComplexControl( control, p, widget, r, cg, how,
353 sub, subActive, data ); 350 sub, subActive, data );
354 break; 351 break;
355 } 352 }
356} 353}
357 354
358int QPEStyle::pixelMetric( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget *widget ) const 355int QPEStyle::pixelMetric( PixelMetric metric, const QWidget *widget ) const
359{ 356{
360 int ret; 357 int ret;
361 switch( metric ) { 358 switch( metric ) {
362 case PM_ButtonMargin: 359 case PM_ButtonMargin:
363 ret = 2; 360 ret = 2;
364 break; 361 break;
365 case PM_DefaultFrameWidth: 362 case PM_DefaultFrameWidth:
366 ret = 1; 363 ret = 1;
367 break; 364 break;
368 case PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator: 365 case PM_ButtonDefaultIndicator:
369 ret = 2; 366 ret = 2;
370 break; 367 break;
371 case PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal: 368 case PM_ButtonShiftHorizontal:
372 case PM_ButtonShiftVertical: 369 case PM_ButtonShiftVertical:
373 ret = -1; 370 ret = -1;
374 break; 371 break;
375 case PM_IndicatorWidth: 372 case PM_IndicatorWidth:
376 ret = 15; 373 ret = 15;
377 break; 374 break;
378 case PM_IndicatorHeight: 375 case PM_IndicatorHeight:
379 ret = 13; 376 ret = 13;
380 break; 377 break;
381 case PM_ExclusiveIndicatorHeight: 378 case PM_ExclusiveIndicatorHeight:
382 case PM_ExclusiveIndicatorWidth: 379 case PM_ExclusiveIndicatorWidth:
383 ret = 15; 380 ret = 15;
384 break; 381 break;
385 case PM_ScrollBarExtent: 382 case PM_ScrollBarExtent:
386 ret = 13; 383 ret = 13;
387 break; 384 break;
388 case PM_SliderLength: 385 case PM_SliderLength:
389 ret = 12; 386 ret = 12;
390 break; 387 break;
391 default: 388 default:
392 ret = QWindowsStyle::pixelMetric( metric, widget ); 389 ret = QWindowsStyle::pixelMetric( metric, widget );
393 break; 390 break;
394 } 391 }
395 return ret; 392 return ret;
396} 393}
397 394
398QSize QPEStyle::sizeFromContents( ContentsType contents, const QWidget *widget, 395QSize QPEStyle::sizeFromContents( ContentsType contents, const QWidget *widget,
399 const QSize &contentsSize, const QStyleOption &data) const 396 const QSize &contentsSize, const QStyleOption &data) const
400{ 397{
401 QSize sz(contentsSize); 398 QSize sz(contentsSize);
402 399
403 switch ( contents ) { 400 switch ( contents ) {
404 case CT_PopupMenuItem: 401 case CT_PopupMenuItem:
405 { 402 {
406 if ( !widget || data.isDefault() ) 403 if ( !widget || data.isDefault() )
407 break; 404 break;
408 sz = QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents( contents, widget, contentsSize, data ); 405 sz = QWindowsStyle::sizeFromContents( contents, widget, contentsSize, data );
409 sz = QSize( sz.width(), sz.height()-2 ); 406 sz = QSize( sz.width(), sz.height()-2 );
diff --git a/library/qpetoolbar.cpp b/library/qpetoolbar.cpp
index 7f95eda..bd2c9b7 100644
--- a/library/qpetoolbar.cpp
+++ b/library/qpetoolbar.cpp
@@ -1,52 +1,50 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2001 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include "qpetoolbar.h" 21#include "qpetoolbar.h"
22#include "qpemenubar.h"
23#include <qtoolbutton.h>
24 22
25/*! 23/*!
26 \class QPEToolBar qpemenubar.h 24 \class QPEToolBar qpemenubar.h
27 \brief The QPEToolBar class is obsolete. Use QToolBar instead. 25 \brief The QPEToolBar class is obsolete. Use QToolBar instead.
28 26
29 \obsolete 27 \obsolete
30 28
31 The QPEToolBar class is obsolete. Use QToolBar instead. 29 The QPEToolBar class is obsolete. Use QToolBar instead.
32 30
33 \sa QToolBar 31 \sa QToolBar
34 */ 32 */
35 33
36/*! 34/*!
37 Constructs a QPEToolBar just as you would construct 35 Constructs a QPEToolBar just as you would construct
38 a QToolBar, passing \a parent and \a name. 36 a QToolBar, passing \a parent and \a name.
39 */ 37 */
40QPEToolBar::QPEToolBar( QMainWindow *parent, const char *name ) 38QPEToolBar::QPEToolBar( QMainWindow *parent, const char *name )
41 : QToolBar( parent, name ) 39 : QToolBar( parent, name )
42{ 40{
43} 41}
44 42
45/*! 43/*!
46 \internal 44 \internal
47*/ 45*/
48void QPEToolBar::childEvent( QChildEvent *e ) 46void QPEToolBar::childEvent( QChildEvent *e )
49{ 47{
50 QToolBar::childEvent( e ); 48 QToolBar::childEvent( e );
51} 49}
52 50
diff --git a/library/qt_override.cpp b/library/qt_override.cpp
index df5a419..4d1f475 100644
--- a/library/qt_override.cpp
+++ b/library/qt_override.cpp
@@ -1,177 +1,175 @@
1 1
2#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 2#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
3#include <qwsdecoration_qws.h>
4#include <qcommonstyle.h>
5#include <qfontdatabase.h> 3#include <qfontdatabase.h>
6 4
7#include <unistd.h> 5#include <unistd.h>
8#include <stdlib.h> 6#include <stdlib.h>
9#include <stdio.h> 7#include <stdio.h>
10#include <limits.h> 8#include <limits.h>
11#include <sys/param.h> // for toolchains with old libc headers 9#include <sys/param.h> // for toolchains with old libc headers
12 10
13#include "qt_override_p.h" 11#include "qt_override_p.h"
14 12
15#if QT_VERSION > 233 13#if QT_VERSION > 233
16 14
17struct color_fix_t { 15struct color_fix_t {
18 char *m_app; 16 char *m_app;
19 char *m_class; 17 char *m_class;
20 char *m_name; 18 char *m_name;
21 QColorGroup::ColorRole m_set; 19 QColorGroup::ColorRole m_set;
22 QColorGroup::ColorRole m_get; 20 QColorGroup::ColorRole m_get;
23}; 21};
24 22
25#ifndef OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT 23#ifndef OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT
26 24
27static const color_fix_t apps_that_need_special_colors [] = { 25static const color_fix_t apps_that_need_special_colors [] = {
28 { "HancomMobileWord", "HTextEdit", 0, QColorGroup::Background, QColorGroup::Base }, 26 { "HancomMobileWord", "HTextEdit", 0, QColorGroup::Background, QColorGroup::Base },
29 { "neocal", "Display", 0, QColorGroup::Background, QColorGroup::Base }, 27 { "neocal", "Display", 0, QColorGroup::Background, QColorGroup::Base },
30 28
31 { 0, 0, 0, QColorGroup::Base, QColorGroup::Base } 29 { 0, 0, 0, QColorGroup::Base, QColorGroup::Base }
32}; 30};
33 31
34static const char * const apps_that_need_pointsizes_times_10 [] = { 32static const char * const apps_that_need_pointsizes_times_10 [] = {
35 "HancomMobileWord", 33 "HancomMobileWord",
36 "hancomsheet", 34 "hancomsheet",
37 "HancomPresenterViewer", 35 "HancomPresenterViewer",
38 36
39 0 37 0
40}; 38};
41 39
42 40
43 41
44 42
45int Opie::force_appearance = 0; 43int Opie::force_appearance = 0;
46 44
47 45
48// Return the *real* name of the binary - not just a quick guess 46// Return the *real* name of the binary - not just a quick guess
49// by looking at argv [0] (which could be anything) 47// by looking at argv [0] (which could be anything)
50 48
51static void binaryNameFree ( ) 49static void binaryNameFree ( )
52{ 50{
53 ::free ((void *) Opie::binaryName ( )); // we need to cast away the const here 51 ::free ((void *) Opie::binaryName ( )); // we need to cast away the const here
54} 52}
55 53
56const char *Opie::binaryName ( ) 54const char *Opie::binaryName ( )
57{ 55{
58 static const char *appname = 0; 56 static const char *appname = 0;
59 57
60 if ( !appname ) { 58 if ( !appname ) {
61 char dst [PATH_MAX + 1]; 59 char dst [PATH_MAX + 1];
62 int l = ::readlink ( "/proc/self/exe", dst, PATH_MAX ); 60 int l = ::readlink ( "/proc/self/exe", dst, PATH_MAX );
63 61
64 if ( l <= 0 ) 62 if ( l <= 0 )
65 l = 0; 63 l = 0;
66 64
67 dst [l] = 0; 65 dst [l] = 0;
68 const char *b = ::strrchr ( dst, '/' ); 66 const char *b = ::strrchr ( dst, '/' );
69 appname = ::strdup ( b ? b + 1 : dst ); 67 appname = ::strdup ( b ? b + 1 : dst );
70 68
71 ::atexit ( binaryNameFree ); 69 ::atexit ( binaryNameFree );
72 } 70 }
73 return appname; 71 return appname;
74} 72}
75 73
76#else 74#else
77int Opie::force_appearance = 0; 75int Opie::force_appearance = 0;
78#endif 76#endif
79 77
80// Fix for a toolchain incompatibility (binaries compiled with 78// Fix for a toolchain incompatibility (binaries compiled with
81// old tcs using shared libs compiled with newer tcs) 79// old tcs using shared libs compiled with newer tcs)
82 80
83extern "C" { 81extern "C" {
84 82
85extern void __gmon_start__ ( ) __attribute__(( weak )); 83extern void __gmon_start__ ( ) __attribute__(( weak ));
86 84
87extern void __gmon_start__ ( ) 85extern void __gmon_start__ ( )
88{ 86{
89} 87}
90 88
91} 89}
92 90
93 91
94// Fix for apps, that use QPainter::eraseRect() which doesn't work with styles 92// Fix for apps, that use QPainter::eraseRect() which doesn't work with styles
95// that set a background pixmap (it would be easier to fix eraseRect(), but 93// that set a background pixmap (it would be easier to fix eraseRect(), but
96// TT made it an inline ...) 94// TT made it an inline ...)
97 95
98void QPEApplication::polish ( QWidget *w ) 96void QPEApplication::polish ( QWidget *w )
99{ 97{
100#ifndef OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT 98#ifndef OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT
101 //qDebug ( "QPEApplication::polish()" ); 99 //qDebug ( "QPEApplication::polish()" );
102 100
103 for ( const color_fix_t *ptr = apps_that_need_special_colors; ptr-> m_app; ptr++ ) { 101 for ( const color_fix_t *ptr = apps_that_need_special_colors; ptr-> m_app; ptr++ ) {
104 if (( ::strcmp ( Opie::binaryName ( ), ptr-> m_app ) == 0 ) && 102 if (( ::strcmp ( Opie::binaryName ( ), ptr-> m_app ) == 0 ) &&
105 ( ptr-> m_class ? w-> inherits ( ptr-> m_class ) : true ) && 103 ( ptr-> m_class ? w-> inherits ( ptr-> m_class ) : true ) &&
106 ( ptr-> m_name ? ( ::strcmp ( w-> name ( ), ptr-> m_name ) == 0 ) : true )) { 104 ( ptr-> m_name ? ( ::strcmp ( w-> name ( ), ptr-> m_name ) == 0 ) : true )) {
107 QPalette pal = w-> palette ( ); 105 QPalette pal = w-> palette ( );
108 pal. setColor ( ptr-> m_set, pal. color ( QPalette::Active, ptr-> m_get )); 106 pal. setColor ( ptr-> m_set, pal. color ( QPalette::Active, ptr-> m_get ));
109 w-> setPalette ( pal ); 107 w-> setPalette ( pal );
110 } 108 }
111 } 109 }
112#endif 110#endif
113 QApplication::polish ( w ); 111 QApplication::polish ( w );
114} 112}
115 113
116 114
117#ifndef OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT 115#ifndef OPIE_NO_OVERRIDE_QT
118// Fix for the binary incompatibility that TT introduced in Qt/E 2.3.4 -- point sizes 116// Fix for the binary incompatibility that TT introduced in Qt/E 2.3.4 -- point sizes
119// were multiplied by 10 (which was incorrect) 117// were multiplied by 10 (which was incorrect)
120 118
121QValueList <int> QFontDatabase::pointSizes ( QString const &family, QString const &style, QString const &charset ) 119QValueList <int> QFontDatabase::pointSizes ( QString const &family, QString const &style, QString const &charset )
122{ 120{
123 //qDebug ( "QFontDatabase::pointSizes()" ); 121 //qDebug ( "QFontDatabase::pointSizes()" );
124 122
125 QValueList <int> sl = pointSizes_NonWeak ( family, style, charset ); 123 QValueList <int> sl = pointSizes_NonWeak ( family, style, charset );
126 124
127 for ( const char * const *ptr = apps_that_need_pointsizes_times_10; *ptr; ptr++ ) { 125 for ( const char * const *ptr = apps_that_need_pointsizes_times_10; *ptr; ptr++ ) {
128 if ( ::strcmp ( Opie::binaryName ( ), *ptr ) == 0 ) { 126 if ( ::strcmp ( Opie::binaryName ( ), *ptr ) == 0 ) {
129 for ( QValueList <int>::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it ) 127 for ( QValueList <int>::Iterator it = sl. begin ( ); it != sl. end ( ); ++it )
130 *it *= 10; 128 *it *= 10;
131 } 129 }
132 } 130 }
133 return sl; 131 return sl;
134} 132}
135 133
136 134
137// Various style/font/color related overrides for weak symbols in Qt/E, 135// Various style/font/color related overrides for weak symbols in Qt/E,
138// which allows us to force the usage of the global Opie appearance. 136// which allows us to force the usage of the global Opie appearance.
139 137
140void QApplication::setStyle ( QStyle *style ) 138void QApplication::setStyle ( QStyle *style )
141{ 139{
142 //qDebug ( "QApplication::setStyle()" ); 140 //qDebug ( "QApplication::setStyle()" );
143 141
144 if ( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Style ) 142 if ( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Style )
145 delete style; 143 delete style;
146 else 144 else
147 QApplication::setStyle_NonWeak ( style ); 145 QApplication::setStyle_NonWeak ( style );
148} 146}
149 147
150void QApplication::setPalette ( const QPalette &pal, bool informWidgets, const char *className ) 148void QApplication::setPalette ( const QPalette &pal, bool informWidgets, const char *className )
151{ 149{
152 //qDebug ( "QApplication::setPalette()" ); 150 //qDebug ( "QApplication::setPalette()" );
153 151
154 if (!( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Style )) 152 if (!( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Style ))
155 QApplication::setPalette_NonWeak ( pal, informWidgets, className ); 153 QApplication::setPalette_NonWeak ( pal, informWidgets, className );
156} 154}
157 155
158void QApplication::setFont ( const QFont &fnt, bool informWidgets, const char *className ) 156void QApplication::setFont ( const QFont &fnt, bool informWidgets, const char *className )
159{ 157{
160 //qDebug ( "QApplication::setFont()" ); 158 //qDebug ( "QApplication::setFont()" );
161 159
162 if (!( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Font )) 160 if (!( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Font ))
163 QApplication::setFont_NonWeak ( fnt, informWidgets, className ); 161 QApplication::setFont_NonWeak ( fnt, informWidgets, className );
164} 162}
165 163
166 164
167void QApplication::qwsSetDecoration ( QWSDecoration *deco ) 165void QApplication::qwsSetDecoration ( QWSDecoration *deco )
168{ 166{
169 //qDebug ( "QApplication::qwsSetDecoration()" ); 167 //qDebug ( "QApplication::qwsSetDecoration()" );
170 168
171 if ( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Decoration ) 169 if ( Opie::force_appearance & Opie::Force_Decoration )
172 delete deco; 170 delete deco;
173 else 171 else
174 QApplication::qwsSetDecoration_NonWeak ( deco ); 172 QApplication::qwsSetDecoration_NonWeak ( deco );
175} 173}
176#endif 174#endif
177#endif 175#endif
diff --git a/library/resource.cpp b/library/resource.cpp
index f70658d..cfa0d26 100644
--- a/library/resource.cpp
+++ b/library/resource.cpp
@@ -1,233 +1,230 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT 21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_MIMEEXT
22#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 22#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
23#include "resource.h" 23#include "resource.h"
24#include "mimetype.h" 24#include "mimetype.h"
25#include <qdir.h> 25#include <qdir.h>
26#include <qfile.h>
27#include <qregexp.h>
28#include <qpixmapcache.h> 26#include <qpixmapcache.h>
29#include <qpainter.h>
30 27
31// this namespace is just a workaround for a gcc bug 28// this namespace is just a workaround for a gcc bug
32// gcc exports inline functions in the generated file 29// gcc exports inline functions in the generated file
33// inlinepics_p.h 30// inlinepics_p.h
34 31
35namespace { 32namespace {
36#include "inlinepics_p.h" 33#include "inlinepics_p.h"
37} 34}
38 35
39static bool g_notUseSet = ::getenv("OVERWRITE_ICON_SET"); 36static bool g_notUseSet = ::getenv("OVERWRITE_ICON_SET");
40 37
41/*! 38/*!
42 \class Resource resource.h 39 \class Resource resource.h
43 \brief The Resource class provides access to named resources. 40 \brief The Resource class provides access to named resources.
44 41
45 The resources may be provided from files or other sources. 42 The resources may be provided from files or other sources.
46 43
47 The allSounds() function returns a list of all the sounds available. 44 The allSounds() function returns a list of all the sounds available.
48 A particular sound can be searched for using findSound(). 45 A particular sound can be searched for using findSound().
49 46
50 Images can be loaded with loadImage(), loadPixmap(), loadBitmap() 47 Images can be loaded with loadImage(), loadPixmap(), loadBitmap()
51 and loadIconSet(). 48 and loadIconSet().
52 49
53 \ingroup qtopiaemb 50 \ingroup qtopiaemb
54*/ 51*/
55 52
56/*! 53/*!
57 \fn Resource::Resource() 54 \fn Resource::Resource()
58 \internal 55 \internal
59*/ 56*/
60 57
61/*! 58/*!
62 Returns the QPixmap called \a pix. You should avoid including 59 Returns the QPixmap called \a pix. You should avoid including
63 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm). 60 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm).
64*/ 61*/
65QPixmap Resource::loadPixmap( const QString &pix ) 62QPixmap Resource::loadPixmap( const QString &pix )
66{ 63{
67 QPixmap pm; 64 QPixmap pm;
68 QString key="QPE_"+pix; 65 QString key="QPE_"+pix;
69 if ( !QPixmapCache::find(key,pm) ) { 66 if ( !QPixmapCache::find(key,pm) ) {
70 pm.convertFromImage(loadImage(pix)); 67 pm.convertFromImage(loadImage(pix));
71 QPixmapCache::insert(key,pm); 68 QPixmapCache::insert(key,pm);
72 } 69 }
73 return pm; 70 return pm;
74} 71}
75 72
76/*! 73/*!
77 Returns the QBitmap called \a pix. You should avoid including 74 Returns the QBitmap called \a pix. You should avoid including
78 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm). 75 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm).
79*/ 76*/
80QBitmap Resource::loadBitmap( const QString &pix ) 77QBitmap Resource::loadBitmap( const QString &pix )
81{ 78{
82 QBitmap bm; 79 QBitmap bm;
83 bm = loadPixmap(pix); 80 bm = loadPixmap(pix);
84 return bm; 81 return bm;
85} 82}
86 83
87/*! 84/*!
88 Returns the filename of a pixmap called \a pix. You should avoid including 85 Returns the filename of a pixmap called \a pix. You should avoid including
89 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm). 86 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm).
90 87
91 Normally you will use loadPixmap() rather than this function. 88 Normally you will use loadPixmap() rather than this function.
92*/ 89*/
93QString Resource::findPixmap( const QString &pix ) 90QString Resource::findPixmap( const QString &pix )
94{ 91{
95 QString picsPath = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "pics/"; 92 QString picsPath = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "pics/";
96 93
97 QString f; 94 QString f;
98 95
99 // Common case optimizations... 96 // Common case optimizations...
100 f = picsPath + pix + ".png"; 97 f = picsPath + pix + ".png";
101 if ( QFile( f ).exists() ) 98 if ( QFile( f ).exists() )
102 return f; 99 return f;
103 f = picsPath + pix + ".xpm"; 100 f = picsPath + pix + ".xpm";
104 if ( QFile( f ).exists() ) 101 if ( QFile( f ).exists() )
105 return f; 102 return f;
106 103
107 104
108 // All formats... 105 // All formats...
109 QStrList fileFormats = QImageIO::inputFormats(); 106 QStrList fileFormats = QImageIO::inputFormats();
110 QString ff = fileFormats.first(); 107 QString ff = fileFormats.first();
111 while ( fileFormats.current() ) { 108 while ( fileFormats.current() ) {
112 QStringList exts = MimeType("image/"+ff.lower()).extensions(); 109 QStringList exts = MimeType("image/"+ff.lower()).extensions();
113 for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = exts.begin(); it!=exts.end(); ++it ) { 110 for ( QStringList::ConstIterator it = exts.begin(); it!=exts.end(); ++it ) {
114 QString f = picsPath + pix + "." + *it; 111 QString f = picsPath + pix + "." + *it;
115 if ( QFile(f).exists() ) 112 if ( QFile(f).exists() )
116 return f; 113 return f;
117 } 114 }
118 ff = fileFormats.next(); 115 ff = fileFormats.next();
119 } 116 }
120 117
121 // Finally, no (or existing) extension... 118 // Finally, no (or existing) extension...
122 if ( QFile( picsPath + pix ).exists() ) 119 if ( QFile( picsPath + pix ).exists() )
123 return picsPath + pix; 120 return picsPath + pix;
124 121
125 //qDebug("Cannot find pixmap: %s", pix.latin1()); 122 //qDebug("Cannot find pixmap: %s", pix.latin1());
126 return QString(); 123 return QString();
127} 124}
128 125
129/*! 126/*!
130 Returns a sound file for a sound called \a name. 127 Returns a sound file for a sound called \a name.
131 128
132 You should avoid including any filename type extension (e.g. .wav), 129 You should avoid including any filename type extension (e.g. .wav),
133 as the system will search for only those fileformats which are supported 130 as the system will search for only those fileformats which are supported
134 by the library. 131 by the library.
135 132
136 Currently, only WAV files are supported. 133 Currently, only WAV files are supported.
137*/ 134*/
138QString Resource::findSound( const QString &name ) 135QString Resource::findSound( const QString &name )
139{ 136{
140 QString picsPath = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "sounds/"; 137 QString picsPath = QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "sounds/";
141 138
142 QString result; 139 QString result;
143 if ( QFile( (result = picsPath + name + ".wav") ).exists() ) 140 if ( QFile( (result = picsPath + name + ".wav") ).exists() )
144 return result; 141 return result;
145 142
146 return QString(); 143 return QString();
147} 144}
148 145
149/*! 146/*!
150 Returns a list of all sound names. 147 Returns a list of all sound names.
151*/ 148*/
152QStringList Resource::allSounds() 149QStringList Resource::allSounds()
153{ 150{
154 QDir resourcedir( QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "sounds/", "*.wav" ); 151 QDir resourcedir( QPEApplication::qpeDir() + "sounds/", "*.wav" );
155 QStringList entries = resourcedir.entryList(); 152 QStringList entries = resourcedir.entryList();
156 QStringList result; 153 QStringList result;
157 for (QStringList::Iterator i=entries.begin(); i != entries.end(); ++i) 154 for (QStringList::Iterator i=entries.begin(); i != entries.end(); ++i)
158 result.append((*i).replace(QRegExp("\\.wav"),"")); 155 result.append((*i).replace(QRegExp("\\.wav"),""));
159 return result; 156 return result;
160} 157}
161 158
162static QImage load_image(const QString &name) 159static QImage load_image(const QString &name)
163{ 160{
164 if (g_notUseSet ) { 161 if (g_notUseSet ) {
165 // try file 162 // try file
166 QImage img; 163 QImage img;
167 QString f = Resource::findPixmap(name); 164 QString f = Resource::findPixmap(name);
168 if ( !f.isEmpty() ) 165 if ( !f.isEmpty() )
169 img.load(f); 166 img.load(f);
170 if (img.isNull() ) 167 if (img.isNull() )
171 img = qembed_findImage(name.latin1() ); 168 img = qembed_findImage(name.latin1() );
172 return img; 169 return img;
173 } 170 }
174 else{ 171 else{
175 QImage img = qembed_findImage(name.latin1()); 172 QImage img = qembed_findImage(name.latin1());
176 173
177 if ( img.isNull() ) { 174 if ( img.isNull() ) {
178 // No inlined image, try file 175 // No inlined image, try file
179 QString f = Resource::findPixmap(name); 176 QString f = Resource::findPixmap(name);
180 if ( !f.isEmpty() ) 177 if ( !f.isEmpty() )
181 img.load(f); 178 img.load(f);
182 } 179 }
183 return img; 180 return img;
184 } 181 }
185} 182}
186 183
187/*! 184/*!
188 Returns the QImage called \a name. You should avoid including 185 Returns the QImage called \a name. You should avoid including
189 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm). 186 any filename type extension (e.g. .png, .xpm).
190*/ 187*/
191QImage Resource::loadImage( const QString &name) 188QImage Resource::loadImage( const QString &name)
192{ 189{
193 #ifndef QT_NO_DEPTH_32// have alpha-blended pixmaps 190 #ifndef QT_NO_DEPTH_32// have alpha-blended pixmaps
194 static QImage last_enabled; 191 static QImage last_enabled;
195 static QString last_enabled_name; 192 static QString last_enabled_name;
196 if ( name == last_enabled_name ) 193 if ( name == last_enabled_name )
197 return last_enabled; 194 return last_enabled;
198#endif 195#endif
199 QImage img = load_image(name); 196 QImage img = load_image(name);
200 #ifndef QT_NO_DEPTH_32// have alpha-blended pixmaps 197 #ifndef QT_NO_DEPTH_32// have alpha-blended pixmaps
201 if ( img.isNull() ) { 198 if ( img.isNull() ) {
202 // No file, try generating 199 // No file, try generating
203 if ( name[name.length()-1]=='d' && name.right(9)=="_disabled" ) { 200 if ( name[name.length()-1]=='d' && name.right(9)=="_disabled" ) {
204 last_enabled_name = name.left(name.length()-9); 201 last_enabled_name = name.left(name.length()-9);
205 last_enabled = load_image(last_enabled_name); 202 last_enabled = load_image(last_enabled_name);
206 if ( last_enabled.isNull() ) { 203 if ( last_enabled.isNull() ) {
207 last_enabled_name = QString::null; 204 last_enabled_name = QString::null;
208 } else { 205 } else {
209 img.detach(); 206 img.detach();
210 img.create( last_enabled.width(), last_enabled.height(), 32 ); 207 img.create( last_enabled.width(), last_enabled.height(), 32 );
211 for ( int y = 0; y < img.height(); y++ ) { 208 for ( int y = 0; y < img.height(); y++ ) {
212 for ( int x = 0; x < img.width(); x++ ) { 209 for ( int x = 0; x < img.width(); x++ ) {
213 QRgb p = last_enabled.pixel( x, y ); 210 QRgb p = last_enabled.pixel( x, y );
214 int a = qAlpha(p)/3; 211 int a = qAlpha(p)/3;
215 int g = qGray(qRed(p),qGreen(p),qBlue(p)); 212 int g = qGray(qRed(p),qGreen(p),qBlue(p));
216 img.setPixel( x, y, qRgba(g,g,g,a) ); 213 img.setPixel( x, y, qRgba(g,g,g,a) );
217 } 214 }
218 } 215 }
219 img.setAlphaBuffer( TRUE ); 216 img.setAlphaBuffer( TRUE );
220 } 217 }
221 } 218 }
222 } 219 }
223#endif 220#endif
224 return img; 221 return img;
225} 222}
226 223
227/*! 224/*!
228 \fn QIconSet Resource::loadIconSet( const QString &name ) 225 \fn QIconSet Resource::loadIconSet( const QString &name )
229 226
230 Returns a QIconSet for the pixmap named \a name. A disabled icon is 227 Returns a QIconSet for the pixmap named \a name. A disabled icon is
231 generated that conforms to the Qtopia look & feel. You should avoid 228 generated that conforms to the Qtopia look & feel. You should avoid
232 including any filename type extension (eg. .png, .xpm). 229 including any filename type extension (eg. .png, .xpm).
233*/ 230*/
diff --git a/library/sound.cpp b/library/sound.cpp
index 5b67995..ee2aabc 100644
--- a/library/sound.cpp
+++ b/library/sound.cpp
@@ -1,224 +1,222 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#include <qpe/resource.h> 21#include <qpe/resource.h>
22#include <qpe/sound.h> 22#include <qpe/sound.h>
23#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h> 23#include <qpe/qcopenvelope_qws.h>
24 24
25#include <qsound.h> 25#include <qsound.h>
26#include <qfile.h> 26#include <qfile.h>
27 27
28#include <unistd.h> 28#include <unistd.h>
29#include <fcntl.h> 29#include <fcntl.h>
30#include <sys/ioctl.h> 30#include <sys/ioctl.h>
31 31
32#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 32#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
33#include <sys/soundcard.h> 33#include <sys/soundcard.h>
34#endif 34#endif
35 35
36#include "config.h"
37#include <qmessagebox.h>
38#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 36#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
39static int WAVsoundDuration(const QString& filename) 37static int WAVsoundDuration(const QString& filename)
40{ 38{
41 // bad solution 39 // bad solution
42 40
43 // most of this is copied from qsoundqss.cpp 41 // most of this is copied from qsoundqss.cpp
44 42
45 QFile input(filename); 43 QFile input(filename);
46 if ( !input.open(IO_ReadOnly) ) 44 if ( !input.open(IO_ReadOnly) )
47 return 0; 45 return 0;
48 46
49 struct QRiffChunk { 47 struct QRiffChunk {
50 char id[4]; 48 char id[4];
51 Q_UINT32 size; 49 Q_UINT32 size;
52 char data[4/*size*/]; 50 char data[4/*size*/];
53 } chunk; 51 } chunk;
54 52
55 struct { 53 struct {
56 Q_INT16 formatTag; 54 Q_INT16 formatTag;
57 Q_INT16 channels; 55 Q_INT16 channels;
58 Q_INT32 samplesPerSec; 56 Q_INT32 samplesPerSec;
59 Q_INT32 avgBytesPerSec; 57 Q_INT32 avgBytesPerSec;
60 Q_INT16 blockAlign; 58 Q_INT16 blockAlign;
61 Q_INT16 wBitsPerSample; 59 Q_INT16 wBitsPerSample;
62 } chunkdata; 60 } chunkdata;
63 61
64 int total = 0; 62 int total = 0;
65 63
66 while(1) { 64 while(1) {
67 // Keep reading chunks... 65 // Keep reading chunks...
68 const int n = sizeof(chunk)-sizeof(chunk.data); 66 const int n = sizeof(chunk)-sizeof(chunk.data);
69 if ( input.readBlock((char*)&chunk,n) != n ) 67 if ( input.readBlock((char*)&chunk,n) != n )
70 break; 68 break;
71 if ( qstrncmp(chunk.id,"data",4) == 0 ) { 69 if ( qstrncmp(chunk.id,"data",4) == 0 ) {
72 total += chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec ? 70 total += chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec ?
73 chunk.size * 1000 / chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec : 0; 71 chunk.size * 1000 / chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec : 0;
74//qDebug("%d bytes of PCM (%dms)", chunk.size,chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec ? chunk.size * 1000 / chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec : 0); 72//qDebug("%d bytes of PCM (%dms)", chunk.size,chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec ? chunk.size * 1000 / chunkdata.avgBytesPerSec : 0);
75 input.at(input.at()+chunk.size-4); 73 input.at(input.at()+chunk.size-4);
76 } else if ( qstrncmp(chunk.id,"RIFF",4) == 0 ) { 74 } else if ( qstrncmp(chunk.id,"RIFF",4) == 0 ) {
77 char d[4]; 75 char d[4];
78 if ( input.readBlock(d,4) != 4 ) 76 if ( input.readBlock(d,4) != 4 )
79 return 0; 77 return 0;
80 if ( qstrncmp(d,"WAVE",4) != 0 ) { 78 if ( qstrncmp(d,"WAVE",4) != 0 ) {
81 // skip 79 // skip
82//qDebug("skip %.4s RIFF chunk",d); 80//qDebug("skip %.4s RIFF chunk",d);
83 if ( chunk.size < 10000000 ) 81 if ( chunk.size < 10000000 )
84 (void)input.at(input.at()+chunk.size-4); 82 (void)input.at(input.at()+chunk.size-4);
85 } 83 }
86 } else if ( qstrncmp(chunk.id,"fmt ",4) == 0 ) { 84 } else if ( qstrncmp(chunk.id,"fmt ",4) == 0 ) {
87 if ( input.readBlock((char*)&chunkdata,sizeof(chunkdata)) != sizeof(chunkdata) ) 85 if ( input.readBlock((char*)&chunkdata,sizeof(chunkdata)) != sizeof(chunkdata) )
88 return 0; 86 return 0;
89#define WAVE_FORMAT_PCM 1 87#define WAVE_FORMAT_PCM 1
90 if ( chunkdata.formatTag != WAVE_FORMAT_PCM ) { 88 if ( chunkdata.formatTag != WAVE_FORMAT_PCM ) {
91 //qDebug("WAV file: UNSUPPORTED FORMAT %d",chunkdata.formatTag); 89 //qDebug("WAV file: UNSUPPORTED FORMAT %d",chunkdata.formatTag);
92 return 0; 90 return 0;
93 } 91 }
94 } else { 92 } else {
95//qDebug("skip %.4s chunk",chunk.id); 93//qDebug("skip %.4s chunk",chunk.id);
96 // ignored chunk 94 // ignored chunk
97 if ( chunk.size < 10000000 ) 95 if ( chunk.size < 10000000 )
98 (void)input.at(input.at()+chunk.size); 96 (void)input.at(input.at()+chunk.size);
99 } 97 }
100 } 98 }
101 99
102//qDebug("%dms",total); 100//qDebug("%dms",total);
103 return total; 101 return total;
104} 102}
105 103
106class SoundData : public QSound { 104class SoundData : public QSound {
107public: 105public:
108 SoundData ( const QString& name ) : 106 SoundData ( const QString& name ) :
109 QSound ( Resource::findSound ( name )), 107 QSound ( Resource::findSound ( name )),
110 filename ( Resource::findSound ( name )) 108 filename ( Resource::findSound ( name ))
111 { 109 {
112 loopsleft=0; 110 loopsleft=0;
113 ms = WAVsoundDuration(filename); 111 ms = WAVsoundDuration(filename);
114 } 112 }
115 113
116 void playLoop ( int loopcnt = -1 ) 114 void playLoop ( int loopcnt = -1 )
117 { 115 {
118 // needs server support 116 // needs server support
119 loopsleft = loopcnt; 117 loopsleft = loopcnt;
120 118
121 if ( ms ) 119 if ( ms )
122 startTimer ( ms > 50 ? ms-50 : 0 ); // 50 for latency 120 startTimer ( ms > 50 ? ms-50 : 0 ); // 50 for latency
123 play ( ); 121 play ( );
124 } 122 }
125 123
126 void timerEvent ( QTimerEvent *e ) 124 void timerEvent ( QTimerEvent *e )
127 { 125 {
128 if ( loopsleft >= 0 ) { 126 if ( loopsleft >= 0 ) {
129 if ( --loopsleft <= 0 ) { 127 if ( --loopsleft <= 0 ) {
130 killTimer ( e-> timerId ( )); 128 killTimer ( e-> timerId ( ));
131 loopsleft = 0; 129 loopsleft = 0;
132 return; 130 return;
133 } 131 }
134 } 132 }
135 play(); 133 play();
136 } 134 }
137 135
138 bool isFinished ( ) const 136 bool isFinished ( ) const
139 { 137 {
140 return ( loopsleft == 0 ); 138 return ( loopsleft == 0 );
141 } 139 }
142 140
143private: 141private:
144 QString filename; 142 QString filename;
145 int loopsleft; 143 int loopsleft;
146 int ms; 144 int ms;
147}; 145};
148 146
149#endif 147#endif
150 148
151/*! Opens a wave sound file \a name for playing 149/*! Opens a wave sound file \a name for playing
152 * Resource is used for finding the file 150 * Resource is used for finding the file
153 **/ 151 **/
154Sound::Sound(const QString& name) 152Sound::Sound(const QString& name)
155{ 153{
156#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 154#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
157 d = new SoundData(name); 155 d = new SoundData(name);
158#endif 156#endif
159} 157}
160 158
161/*! Destroys the sound */ 159/*! Destroys the sound */
162Sound::~Sound() 160Sound::~Sound()
163{ 161{
164#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 162#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
165 delete d; 163 delete d;
166#endif 164#endif
167} 165}
168 166
169/*! Play the sound once */ 167/*! Play the sound once */
170void Sound::play() 168void Sound::play()
171{ 169{
172#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 170#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
173 d->playLoop(1); 171 d->playLoop(1);
174#endif 172#endif
175} 173}
176 174
177/*! Play the sound, repeatedly until stop() is called */ 175/*! Play the sound, repeatedly until stop() is called */
178void Sound::playLoop() 176void Sound::playLoop()
179{ 177{
180#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 178#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
181 d->killTimers(); 179 d->killTimers();
182 d->playLoop(); 180 d->playLoop();
183#endif 181#endif
184} 182}
185 183
186/*! Do not repeat the sound after it finishes. This will end a playLoop() */ 184/*! Do not repeat the sound after it finishes. This will end a playLoop() */
187void Sound::stop() 185void Sound::stop()
188{ 186{
189#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 187#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
190 d->killTimers(); 188 d->killTimers();
191#endif 189#endif
192} 190}
193 191
194bool Sound::isFinished() const 192bool Sound::isFinished() const
195{ 193{
196#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND 194#ifndef QT_NO_SOUND
197 return d->isFinished(); 195 return d->isFinished();
198#else 196#else
199 return true; 197 return true;
200#endif 198#endif
201} 199}
202 200
203/*! Sounds the audible system alarm. This is used for applications such 201/*! Sounds the audible system alarm. This is used for applications such
204 as Calendar when it needs to alarm the user of an event. 202 as Calendar when it needs to alarm the user of an event.
205*/ 203*/
206void Sound::soundAlarm() 204void Sound::soundAlarm()
207{ 205{
208#ifndef QT_NO_COP 206#ifndef QT_NO_COP
209 QCopEnvelope( "QPE/TaskBar", "soundAlarm()" ); 207 QCopEnvelope( "QPE/TaskBar", "soundAlarm()" );
210#endif 208#endif
211} 209}
212 210
213 211
214/*! \class Sound 212/*! \class Sound
215 \brief The Sound class plays WAVE sound files and can invoke the audible alarm. 213 \brief The Sound class plays WAVE sound files and can invoke the audible alarm.
216 214
217 The Sound class is constructed with the .wav music file name. The Sound 215 The Sound class is constructed with the .wav music file name. The Sound
218 class retrieves the sound file from the shared Resource class. This class 216 class retrieves the sound file from the shared Resource class. This class
219 ties together QSound and the available sound resources. 217 ties together QSound and the available sound resources.
220 218
221 To sound an audible system alarm, call the static method soundAlarm() 219 To sound an audible system alarm, call the static method soundAlarm()
222 220
223 \ingroup qtopiaemb 221 \ingroup qtopiaemb
224*/ 222*/
diff --git a/library/storage.cpp b/library/storage.cpp
index d98139b..0ea465b 100644
--- a/library/storage.cpp
+++ b/library/storage.cpp
@@ -1,405 +1,401 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) Holger 'zecke' Freyther <freyther@kde.org> 2** Copyright (C) Holger 'zecke' Freyther <freyther@kde.org>
3** Copyright (C) Lorn Potter <llornkcor@handhelds.org> 3** Copyright (C) Lorn Potter <llornkcor@handhelds.org>
4** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 4** Copyright (C) 2000 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
5** 5**
6** This file is part of Opie Environment. 6** This file is part of Opie Environment.
7** 7**
8** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 8** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
9** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 9** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
10** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 10** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
11** packaging of this file. 11** packaging of this file.
12** 12**
13** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 13** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
14** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 14** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
15** 15**
16** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 16** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
17** 17**
18** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 18** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
19** not clear to you. 19** not clear to you.
20** 20**
21**********************************************************************/ 21**********************************************************************/
22 22
23#include <qpe/storage.h> 23#include <qpe/storage.h>
24#include <qpe/custom.h>
25 24
26#include <qfile.h>
27#include <qtimer.h>
28#include <qcopchannel_qws.h> 25#include <qcopchannel_qws.h>
29 26
30#include <stdio.h> 27#include <stdio.h>
31 28
32#if defined(_OS_LINUX_) || defined(Q_OS_LINUX) 29#if defined(_OS_LINUX_) || defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
33#include <sys/vfs.h> 30#include <sys/vfs.h>
34#include <mntent.h> 31#include <mntent.h>
35#endif 32#endif
36 33
37#ifdef Q_OS_MACX 34#ifdef Q_OS_MACX
38# include <sys/param.h> 35# include <sys/param.h>
39# include <sys/ucred.h> 36# include <sys/ucred.h>
40# include <sys/mount.h> 37# include <sys/mount.h>
41# include <stdio.h> // For strerror() 38# include <stdio.h> // For strerror()
42# include <errno.h> 39# include <errno.h>
43#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */ 40#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */
44 41
45#include <qstringlist.h>
46 42
47// Shouldn't be here ! (eilers) 43// Shouldn't be here ! (eilers)
48// #include <sys/vfs.h> 44// #include <sys/vfs.h>
49// #include <mntent.h> 45// #include <mntent.h>
50 46
51 47
52static bool isCF(const QString& m) 48static bool isCF(const QString& m)
53{ 49{
54 50
55#ifndef Q_OS_MACX 51#ifndef Q_OS_MACX
56 FILE* f = fopen("/var/run/stab", "r"); 52 FILE* f = fopen("/var/run/stab", "r");
57 if (!f) f = fopen("/var/state/pcmcia/stab", "r"); 53 if (!f) f = fopen("/var/state/pcmcia/stab", "r");
58 if (!f) f = fopen("/var/lib/pcmcia/stab", "r"); 54 if (!f) f = fopen("/var/lib/pcmcia/stab", "r");
59 if ( f ) 55 if ( f )
60 { 56 {
61 char line[1024]; 57 char line[1024];
62 char devtype[80]; 58 char devtype[80];
63 char devname[80]; 59 char devname[80];
64 while ( fgets( line, 1024, f ) ) 60 while ( fgets( line, 1024, f ) )
65 { 61 {
66 // 0 ide ide-cs 0 hda 3 0 62 // 0 ide ide-cs 0 hda 3 0
67 if ( sscanf(line,"%*d %s %*s %*s %s", devtype, devname )==2 ) 63 if ( sscanf(line,"%*d %s %*s %*s %s", devtype, devname )==2 )
68 { 64 {
69 if ( QString(devtype) == "ide" && m.find(devname)>0 ) 65 if ( QString(devtype) == "ide" && m.find(devname)>0 )
70 { 66 {
71 fclose(f); 67 fclose(f);
72 return TRUE; 68 return TRUE;
73 } 69 }
74 } 70 }
75 } 71 }
76 fclose(f); 72 fclose(f);
77 } 73 }
78#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */ 74#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */
79 return FALSE; 75 return FALSE;
80} 76}
81 77
82/*! \class StorageInfo storage.h 78/*! \class StorageInfo storage.h
83 \brief The StorageInfo class describes the disks mounted on the file system. 79 \brief The StorageInfo class describes the disks mounted on the file system.
84 80
85 This class provides access to the mount information for the Linux 81 This class provides access to the mount information for the Linux
86 filesystem. Each mount point is represented by the FileSystem class. 82 filesystem. Each mount point is represented by the FileSystem class.
87 To ensure this class has the most up to date size information, call 83 To ensure this class has the most up to date size information, call
88 the update() method. Note that this will automatically be signaled 84 the update() method. Note that this will automatically be signaled
89 by the operating system when a disk has been mounted or unmounted. 85 by the operating system when a disk has been mounted or unmounted.
90 86
91 \ingroup qtopiaemb 87 \ingroup qtopiaemb
92*/ 88*/
93 89
94/*! Constructor that determines the current mount points of the filesystem. 90/*! Constructor that determines the current mount points of the filesystem.
95 The standard \a parent parameters is passed on to QObject. 91 The standard \a parent parameters is passed on to QObject.
96 */ 92 */
97StorageInfo::StorageInfo( QObject *parent ) 93StorageInfo::StorageInfo( QObject *parent )
98 : QObject( parent ) 94 : QObject( parent )
99{ 95{
100 mFileSystems.setAutoDelete( TRUE ); 96 mFileSystems.setAutoDelete( TRUE );
101 channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Card", this ); 97 channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/Card", this );
102 connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)), 98 connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString &, const QByteArray &)),
103 this, SLOT(cardMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) ); 99 this, SLOT(cardMessage( const QCString &, const QByteArray &)) );
104 update(); 100 update();
105} 101}
106 102
107/*! Returns the longest matching FileSystem that starts with the 103/*! Returns the longest matching FileSystem that starts with the
108 same prefix as \a filename as its mount point. 104 same prefix as \a filename as its mount point.
109*/ 105*/
110const FileSystem *StorageInfo::fileSystemOf( const QString &filename ) 106const FileSystem *StorageInfo::fileSystemOf( const QString &filename )
111{ 107{
112 for (QListIterator<FileSystem> i(mFileSystems); i.current(); ++i) 108 for (QListIterator<FileSystem> i(mFileSystems); i.current(); ++i)
113 { 109 {
114 if ( filename.startsWith( (*i)->path() ) ) 110 if ( filename.startsWith( (*i)->path() ) )
115 return (*i); 111 return (*i);
116 } 112 }
117 return 0; 113 return 0;
118} 114}
119 115
120 116
121void StorageInfo::cardMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& ) 117void StorageInfo::cardMessage( const QCString& msg, const QByteArray& )
122{ 118{
123 if ( msg == "mtabChanged()" ) 119 if ( msg == "mtabChanged()" )
124 update(); 120 update();
125} 121}
126 122
127 123
128/*! Updates the mount and free space available information for each mount 124/*! Updates the mount and free space available information for each mount
129 point. This method is automatically called when a disk is mounted or 125 point. This method is automatically called when a disk is mounted or
130 unmounted. 126 unmounted.
131*/ 127*/
132// cause of the lack of a d pointer we need 128// cause of the lack of a d pointer we need
133// to store informations in a config file :( 129// to store informations in a config file :(
134void StorageInfo::update() 130void StorageInfo::update()
135{ 131{
136 //qDebug("StorageInfo::updating"); 132 //qDebug("StorageInfo::updating");
137#if defined(_OS_LINUX_) || defined(Q_OS_LINUX) 133#if defined(_OS_LINUX_) || defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
138 struct mntent *me; 134 struct mntent *me;
139 FILE *mntfp = setmntent( "/etc/mtab", "r" ); 135 FILE *mntfp = setmntent( "/etc/mtab", "r" );
140 136
141 QStringList curdisks; 137 QStringList curdisks;
142 QStringList curopts; 138 QStringList curopts;
143 QStringList curfs; 139 QStringList curfs;
144 bool rebuild = FALSE; 140 bool rebuild = FALSE;
145 int n=0; 141 int n=0;
146 if ( mntfp ) 142 if ( mntfp )
147 { 143 {
148 while ( (me = getmntent( mntfp )) != 0 ) 144 while ( (me = getmntent( mntfp )) != 0 )
149 { 145 {
150 QString fs = me->mnt_fsname; 146 QString fs = me->mnt_fsname;
151 if ( fs.left(7)=="/dev/hd" || fs.left(7)=="/dev/sd" 147 if ( fs.left(7)=="/dev/hd" || fs.left(7)=="/dev/sd"
152 || fs.left(8)=="/dev/mtd" || fs.left(9) == "/dev/mmcd" 148 || fs.left(8)=="/dev/mtd" || fs.left(9) == "/dev/mmcd"
153 || fs.left( 14 ) == "/dev/mmc/part1" 149 || fs.left( 14 ) == "/dev/mmc/part1"
154 || fs.left(5)=="tmpfs" || fs.left(9)=="/dev/root" ) 150 || fs.left(5)=="tmpfs" || fs.left(9)=="/dev/root" )
155 { 151 {
156 n++; 152 n++;
157 curdisks.append(fs); 153 curdisks.append(fs);
158 curopts.append( me->mnt_opts ); 154 curopts.append( me->mnt_opts );
159 //qDebug("-->fs %s opts %s", fs.latin1(), me->mnt_opts ); 155 //qDebug("-->fs %s opts %s", fs.latin1(), me->mnt_opts );
160 curfs.append( me->mnt_dir ); 156 curfs.append( me->mnt_dir );
161 bool found = FALSE; 157 bool found = FALSE;
162 for (QListIterator<FileSystem> i(mFileSystems); i.current(); ++i) 158 for (QListIterator<FileSystem> i(mFileSystems); i.current(); ++i)
163 { 159 {
164 if ( (*i)->disk() == fs ) 160 if ( (*i)->disk() == fs )
165 { 161 {
166 found = TRUE; 162 found = TRUE;
167 break; 163 break;
168 } 164 }
169 } 165 }
170 if ( !found ) 166 if ( !found )
171 rebuild = TRUE; 167 rebuild = TRUE;
172 } 168 }
173 } 169 }
174 endmntent( mntfp ); 170 endmntent( mntfp );
175 } 171 }
176 if ( rebuild || n != (int)mFileSystems.count() ) 172 if ( rebuild || n != (int)mFileSystems.count() )
177 { 173 {
178 mFileSystems.clear(); 174 mFileSystems.clear();
179 QStringList::ConstIterator it=curdisks.begin(); 175 QStringList::ConstIterator it=curdisks.begin();
180 QStringList::ConstIterator fsit=curfs.begin(); 176 QStringList::ConstIterator fsit=curfs.begin();
181 QStringList::ConstIterator optsIt=curopts.begin(); 177 QStringList::ConstIterator optsIt=curopts.begin();
182 for (; it!=curdisks.end(); ++it, ++fsit, ++optsIt) 178 for (; it!=curdisks.end(); ++it, ++fsit, ++optsIt)
183 { 179 {
184 QString opts = *optsIt; 180 QString opts = *optsIt;
185 181
186 QString disk = *it; 182 QString disk = *it;
187 QString humanname; 183 QString humanname;
188 bool removable = FALSE; 184 bool removable = FALSE;
189 if ( isCF(disk) ) 185 if ( isCF(disk) )
190 { 186 {
191 humanname = tr("CF Card"); 187 humanname = tr("CF Card");
192 removable = TRUE; 188 removable = TRUE;
193 } 189 }
194 else if ( disk == "/dev/hda1" ) 190 else if ( disk == "/dev/hda1" )
195 { 191 {
196 humanname = tr("Hard Disk"); 192 humanname = tr("Hard Disk");
197 } 193 }
198 else if ( disk.left(9) == "/dev/mmcd" ) 194 else if ( disk.left(9) == "/dev/mmcd" )
199 { 195 {
200 humanname = tr("SD Card"); 196 humanname = tr("SD Card");
201 removable = TRUE; 197 removable = TRUE;
202 } 198 }
203 else if ( disk.left( 14 ) == "/dev/mmc/part1" ) 199 else if ( disk.left( 14 ) == "/dev/mmc/part1" )
204 { 200 {
205 humanname = tr("MMC Card"); 201 humanname = tr("MMC Card");
206 removable = TRUE; 202 removable = TRUE;
207 } 203 }
208 else if ( disk.left(7) == "/dev/hd" ) 204 else if ( disk.left(7) == "/dev/hd" )
209 humanname = tr("Hard Disk") + " " + disk; 205 humanname = tr("Hard Disk") + " " + disk;
210 else if ( disk.left(7) == "/dev/sd" ) 206 else if ( disk.left(7) == "/dev/sd" )
211 humanname = tr("SCSI Hard Disk") + " " + disk; 207 humanname = tr("SCSI Hard Disk") + " " + disk;
212 else if ( disk.left(14) == "/dev/mtdblock6" ) //openzaurus ramfs 208 else if ( disk.left(14) == "/dev/mtdblock6" ) //openzaurus ramfs
213 humanname = tr("Internal Memory"); 209 humanname = tr("Internal Memory");
214 else if ( disk == "/dev/mtdblock1" || humanname == "/dev/mtdblock/1" ) 210 else if ( disk == "/dev/mtdblock1" || humanname == "/dev/mtdblock/1" )
215 humanname = tr("Internal Storage"); 211 humanname = tr("Internal Storage");
216 else if ( disk.left(14) == "/dev/mtdblock/" ) 212 else if ( disk.left(14) == "/dev/mtdblock/" )
217 humanname = tr("Internal Storage") + " " + disk; 213 humanname = tr("Internal Storage") + " " + disk;
218 else if ( disk.left(13) == "/dev/mtdblock" ) 214 else if ( disk.left(13) == "/dev/mtdblock" )
219 humanname = tr("Internal Storage") + " " + disk; 215 humanname = tr("Internal Storage") + " " + disk;
220 else if ( disk.left(9) == "/dev/root" ) 216 else if ( disk.left(9) == "/dev/root" )
221 humanname = tr("Internal Storage") + " " + disk; 217 humanname = tr("Internal Storage") + " " + disk;
222 else if ( disk.left(5) == "tmpfs" ) //ipaqs /mnt/ramfs 218 else if ( disk.left(5) == "tmpfs" ) //ipaqs /mnt/ramfs
223 humanname = tr("Internal Memory"); 219 humanname = tr("Internal Memory");
224 FileSystem *fs = new FileSystem( disk, *fsit, humanname, removable, opts ); 220 FileSystem *fs = new FileSystem( disk, *fsit, humanname, removable, opts );
225 mFileSystems.append( fs ); 221 mFileSystems.append( fs );
226 } 222 }
227 emit disksChanged(); 223 emit disksChanged();
228 } 224 }
229 else 225 else
230 { 226 {
231 // just update them 227 // just update them
232 for (QListIterator<FileSystem> i(mFileSystems); i.current(); ++i) 228 for (QListIterator<FileSystem> i(mFileSystems); i.current(); ++i)
233 i.current()->update(); 229 i.current()->update();
234 } 230 }
235#endif 231#endif
236} 232}
237 233
238bool deviceTab( const char *device) 234bool deviceTab( const char *device)
239{ 235{
240 QString name = device; 236 QString name = device;
241 bool hasDevice=false; 237 bool hasDevice=false;
242 238
243#ifdef Q_OS_MACX 239#ifdef Q_OS_MACX
244 // Darwin (MacOS X) 240 // Darwin (MacOS X)
245 struct statfs** mntbufp; 241 struct statfs** mntbufp;
246 int count = 0; 242 int count = 0;
247 if ( ( count = getmntinfo( mntbufp, MNT_WAIT ) ) == 0 ) 243 if ( ( count = getmntinfo( mntbufp, MNT_WAIT ) ) == 0 )
248 { 244 {
249 qWarning("deviceTab: Error in getmntinfo(): %s",strerror( errno ) ); 245 qWarning("deviceTab: Error in getmntinfo(): %s",strerror( errno ) );
250 hasDevice = false; 246 hasDevice = false;
251 } 247 }
252 for( int i = 0; i < count; i++ ) 248 for( int i = 0; i < count; i++ )
253 { 249 {
254 QString deviceName = mntbufp[i]->f_mntfromname; 250 QString deviceName = mntbufp[i]->f_mntfromname;
255 qDebug(deviceName); 251 qDebug(deviceName);
256 if( deviceName.left( name.length() ) == name ) 252 if( deviceName.left( name.length() ) == name )
257 hasDevice = true; 253 hasDevice = true;
258 } 254 }
259#else 255#else
260 // Linux 256 // Linux
261 struct mntent *me; 257 struct mntent *me;
262 FILE *mntfp = setmntent( "/etc/mtab", "r" ); 258 FILE *mntfp = setmntent( "/etc/mtab", "r" );
263 if ( mntfp ) 259 if ( mntfp )
264 { 260 {
265 while ( (me = getmntent( mntfp )) != 0 ) 261 while ( (me = getmntent( mntfp )) != 0 )
266 { 262 {
267 QString deviceName = me->mnt_fsname; 263 QString deviceName = me->mnt_fsname;
268 // qDebug(deviceName); 264 // qDebug(deviceName);
269 if( deviceName.left(name.length()) == name) 265 if( deviceName.left(name.length()) == name)
270 { 266 {
271 hasDevice = true; 267 hasDevice = true;
272 } 268 }
273 } 269 }
274 } 270 }
275 endmntent( mntfp ); 271 endmntent( mntfp );
276#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */ 272#endif /* Q_OS_MACX */
277 273
278 274
279 return hasDevice; 275 return hasDevice;
280} 276}
281 277
282/*! 278/*!
283 * @fn static bool StorageInfo::hasCf() 279 * @fn static bool StorageInfo::hasCf()
284 * @brief returns whether device has Cf mounted 280 * @brief returns whether device has Cf mounted
285 * 281 *
286 */ 282 */
287bool StorageInfo::hasCf() 283bool StorageInfo::hasCf()
288{ 284{
289 return deviceTab("/dev/hd"); 285 return deviceTab("/dev/hd");
290} 286}
291 287
292/*! 288/*!
293 * @fn static bool StorageInfo::hasSd() 289 * @fn static bool StorageInfo::hasSd()
294 * @brief returns whether device has SD mounted 290 * @brief returns whether device has SD mounted
295 * 291 *
296 */ 292 */
297bool StorageInfo::hasSd() 293bool StorageInfo::hasSd()
298{ 294{
299 return deviceTab("/dev/mmcd"); 295 return deviceTab("/dev/mmcd");
300} 296}
301 297
302/*! 298/*!
303 * @fn static bool StorageInfo::hasMmc() 299 * @fn static bool StorageInfo::hasMmc()
304 * @brief returns whether device has mmc mounted 300 * @brief returns whether device has mmc mounted
305 * 301 *
306 */ 302 */
307bool StorageInfo::hasMmc() 303bool StorageInfo::hasMmc()
308{ 304{
309 bool hasMmc=false; 305 bool hasMmc=false;
310 if( deviceTab("/dev/mmc/part")) 306 if( deviceTab("/dev/mmc/part"))
311 hasMmc=true; 307 hasMmc=true;
312 if( deviceTab("/dev/mmcd")) 308 if( deviceTab("/dev/mmcd"))
313 hasMmc=true; 309 hasMmc=true;
314 return hasMmc; 310 return hasMmc;
315} 311}
316 312
317/*! \fn const QList<FileSystem> &StorageInfo::fileSystems() const 313/*! \fn const QList<FileSystem> &StorageInfo::fileSystems() const
318 Returns a list of all available mounted file systems. 314 Returns a list of all available mounted file systems.
319 315
320 \warning This may change in Qtopia 3.x to return only relevant Qtopia file systems (and ignore mount points such as /tmp) 316 \warning This may change in Qtopia 3.x to return only relevant Qtopia file systems (and ignore mount points such as /tmp)
321*/ 317*/
322 318
323/*! \fn void StorageInfo::disksChanged() 319/*! \fn void StorageInfo::disksChanged()
324 Gets emitted when a disk has been mounted or unmounted, such as when 320 Gets emitted when a disk has been mounted or unmounted, such as when
325 a CF c 321 a CF c
326*/ 322*/
327//--------------------------------------------------------------------------- 323//---------------------------------------------------------------------------
328 324
329FileSystem::FileSystem( const QString &disk, const QString &path, const QString &name, bool rem, const QString &o ) 325FileSystem::FileSystem( const QString &disk, const QString &path, const QString &name, bool rem, const QString &o )
330 : fsdisk( disk ), fspath( path ), humanname( name ), blkSize(512), totalBlks(0), availBlks(0), removable( rem ), opts( o ) 326 : fsdisk( disk ), fspath( path ), humanname( name ), blkSize(512), totalBlks(0), availBlks(0), removable( rem ), opts( o )
331{ 327{
332 update(); 328 update();
333} 329}
334 330
335void FileSystem::update() 331void FileSystem::update()
336{ 332{
337#if defined(_OS_LINUX_) || defined(Q_OS_LINUX) 333#if defined(_OS_LINUX_) || defined(Q_OS_LINUX)
338 struct statfs fs; 334 struct statfs fs;
339 if ( !statfs( fspath.latin1(), &fs ) ) 335 if ( !statfs( fspath.latin1(), &fs ) )
340 { 336 {
341 blkSize = fs.f_bsize; 337 blkSize = fs.f_bsize;
342 totalBlks = fs.f_blocks; 338 totalBlks = fs.f_blocks;
343 availBlks = fs.f_bavail; 339 availBlks = fs.f_bavail;
344 } 340 }
345 else 341 else
346 { 342 {
347 blkSize = 0; 343 blkSize = 0;
348 totalBlks = 0; 344 totalBlks = 0;
349 availBlks = 0; 345 availBlks = 0;
350 } 346 }
351#endif 347#endif
352} 348}
353 349
354/*! \class FileSystem storage.h 350/*! \class FileSystem storage.h
355 \brief The FileSystem class describes a single mount point. 351 \brief The FileSystem class describes a single mount point.
356 352
357 This class simply returns information about a mount point, including 353 This class simply returns information about a mount point, including
358 file system name, mount point, human readable name, size information 354 file system name, mount point, human readable name, size information
359 and mount options information. 355 and mount options information.
360 \ingroup qtopiaemb 356 \ingroup qtopiaemb
361 357
362 \sa StorageInfo 358 \sa StorageInfo
363*/ 359*/
364 360
365/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::disk() const 361/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::disk() const
366 Returns the file system name, such as /dev/hda3 362 Returns the file system name, such as /dev/hda3
367*/ 363*/
368 364
369/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::path() const 365/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::path() const
370 Returns the mount path, such as /home 366 Returns the mount path, such as /home
371*/ 367*/
372 368
373/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::name() const 369/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::name() const
374 Returns the translated, human readable name for the mount directory. 370 Returns the translated, human readable name for the mount directory.
375*/ 371*/
376 372
377/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::options() const 373/*! \fn const QString &FileSystem::options() const
378 Returns the mount options 374 Returns the mount options
379*/ 375*/
380 376
381/*! \fn long FileSystem::blockSize() const 377/*! \fn long FileSystem::blockSize() const
382 Returns the size of each block on the file system. 378 Returns the size of each block on the file system.
383*/ 379*/
384 380
385/*! \fn long FileSystem::totalBlocks() const 381/*! \fn long FileSystem::totalBlocks() const
386 Returns the total number of blocks on the file system 382 Returns the total number of blocks on the file system
387*/ 383*/
388 384
389/*! \fn long FileSystem::availBlocks() const 385/*! \fn long FileSystem::availBlocks() const
390 Returns the number of available blocks on the file system 386 Returns the number of available blocks on the file system
391 */ 387 */
392 388
393/*! \fn bool FileSystem::isRemovable() const 389/*! \fn bool FileSystem::isRemovable() const
394 Returns flag whether the file system can be removed, such as a CF card 390 Returns flag whether the file system can be removed, such as a CF card
395 would be removable, but the internal memory wouldn't 391 would be removable, but the internal memory wouldn't
396*/ 392*/
397 393
398/*! \fn bool FileSystem::isWritable() const 394/*! \fn bool FileSystem::isWritable() const
399 Returns flag whether the file system is mounted as writable or read-only. 395 Returns flag whether the file system is mounted as writable or read-only.
400 Returns FALSE if read-only, TRUE if read and write. 396 Returns FALSE if read-only, TRUE if read and write.
401*/ 397*/
402 398
403/*! \fn QStringList StorageInfo::fileSystemNames() const 399/*! \fn QStringList StorageInfo::fileSystemNames() const
404 Returns a list of filesystem names. 400 Returns a list of filesystem names.
405*/ 401*/
diff --git a/library/tzselect.cpp b/library/tzselect.cpp
index 4343eab..f28100b 100644
--- a/library/tzselect.cpp
+++ b/library/tzselect.cpp
@@ -1,303 +1,302 @@
1/********************************************************************** 1/**********************************************************************
2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved. 2** Copyright (C) 2000-2002 Trolltech AS. All rights reserved.
3** 3**
4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment. 4** This file is part of the Qtopia Environment.
5** 5**
6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the 6** This file may be distributed and/or modified under the terms of the
7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software 7** GNU General Public License version 2 as published by the Free Software
8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the 8** Foundation and appearing in the file LICENSE.GPL included in the
9** packaging of this file. 9** packaging of this file.
10** 10**
11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE 11** This file is provided AS IS with NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, INCLUDING THE
12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. 12** WARRANTY OF DESIGN, MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
13** 13**
14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information. 14** See http://www.trolltech.com/gpl/ for GPL licensing information.
15** 15**
16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are 16** Contact info@trolltech.com if any conditions of this licensing are
17** not clear to you. 17** not clear to you.
18** 18**
19**********************************************************************/ 19**********************************************************************/
20 20
21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_TZSELECT_INC_LOCAL 21#define QTOPIA_INTERNAL_TZSELECT_INC_LOCAL
22 22
23#include "tzselect.h" 23#include "tzselect.h"
24#include "resource.h" 24#include "resource.h"
25#include "global.h"
26#include "config.h" 25#include "config.h"
27#include <qtoolbutton.h> 26#include <qtoolbutton.h>
28#include <qfile.h> 27#include <qfile.h>
29#include <stdlib.h> 28#include <stdlib.h>
30 29
31#include <qcopchannel_qws.h> 30#include <qcopchannel_qws.h>
32#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h> 31#include <qpe/qpeapplication.h>
33#include <qmessagebox.h> 32#include <qmessagebox.h>
34 33
35/*! 34/*!
36 \class TimeZoneSelector 35 \class TimeZoneSelector
37 36
38 \brief The TimeZoneSelector widget allows users to configure their time zone information. 37 \brief The TimeZoneSelector widget allows users to configure their time zone information.
39 38
40 \ingroup qtopiaemb 39 \ingroup qtopiaemb
41*/ 40*/
42 41
43class TimeZoneSelectorPrivate 42class TimeZoneSelectorPrivate
44{ 43{
45public: 44public:
46 TimeZoneSelectorPrivate() : includeLocal(FALSE) {} 45 TimeZoneSelectorPrivate() : includeLocal(FALSE) {}
47 bool includeLocal; 46 bool includeLocal;
48}; 47};
49 48
50TZCombo::TZCombo( QWidget *p, const char* n ) 49TZCombo::TZCombo( QWidget *p, const char* n )
51 : QComboBox( p, n ) 50 : QComboBox( p, n )
52{ 51{
53 updateZones(); 52 updateZones();
54 // check to see if TZ is set, if it is set the current item to that 53 // check to see if TZ is set, if it is set the current item to that
55 QString tz = getenv("TZ"); 54 QString tz = getenv("TZ");
56 if (parent()->inherits("TimeZoneSelector")) { 55 if (parent()->inherits("TimeZoneSelector")) {
57 if ( ((TimeZoneSelector *)parent())->localIncluded() ) { 56 if ( ((TimeZoneSelector *)parent())->localIncluded() ) {
58 // overide to the 'local' type. 57 // overide to the 'local' type.
59 tz = "None"; 58 tz = "None";
60 } 59 }
61 } 60 }
62 if ( !tz.isNull() ) { 61 if ( !tz.isNull() ) {
63 int n = 0, 62 int n = 0,
64 index = 0; 63 index = 0;
65 for ( QStringList::Iterator it=identifiers.begin(); 64 for ( QStringList::Iterator it=identifiers.begin();
66 it!=identifiers.end(); ++it) { 65 it!=identifiers.end(); ++it) {
67 if ( *it == tz ) 66 if ( *it == tz )
68 index = n; 67 index = n;
69 n++; 68 n++;
70 } 69 }
71 setCurrentItem(index); 70 setCurrentItem(index);
72 } else { 71 } else {
73 setCurrentItem(0); 72 setCurrentItem(0);
74 } 73 }
75 74
76 75
77 76
78 // listen on QPE/System 77 // listen on QPE/System
79#if !defined(QT_NO_COP) 78#if !defined(QT_NO_COP)
80 QCopChannel *channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/System", this ); 79 QCopChannel *channel = new QCopChannel( "QPE/System", this );
81 connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&, const QByteArray&)), 80 connect( channel, SIGNAL(received(const QCString&, const QByteArray&)),
82 this, SLOT(handleSystemChannel(const QCString&, const QByteArray&)) ); 81 this, SLOT(handleSystemChannel(const QCString&, const QByteArray&)) );
83#endif 82#endif
84 83
85 84
86} 85}
87 86
88TZCombo::~TZCombo() 87TZCombo::~TZCombo()
89{ 88{
90} 89}
91 90
92void TZCombo::updateZones() 91void TZCombo::updateZones()
93{ 92{
94 QString cur = currentText(); 93 QString cur = currentText();
95 clear(); 94 clear();
96 identifiers.clear(); 95 identifiers.clear();
97 int curix=0; 96 int curix=0;
98 QString tz = getenv("TZ"); 97 QString tz = getenv("TZ");
99 bool tzFound = FALSE; 98 bool tzFound = FALSE;
100 Config cfg("CityTime"); 99 Config cfg("CityTime");
101 cfg.setGroup("TimeZones"); 100 cfg.setGroup("TimeZones");
102 int listIndex = 0; 101 int listIndex = 0;
103 if (parent()->inherits("TimeZoneSelector")) { 102 if (parent()->inherits("TimeZoneSelector")) {
104 if ( ((TimeZoneSelector *)parent())->localIncluded() ) { 103 if ( ((TimeZoneSelector *)parent())->localIncluded() ) {
105 // overide to the 'local' type. 104 // overide to the 'local' type.
106 identifiers.append( "None" ); 105 identifiers.append( "None" );
107 insertItem( tr("None") ); 106 insertItem( tr("None") );
108 if ( cur == tr("None")) 107 if ( cur == tr("None"))
109 curix = 0; 108 curix = 0;
110 listIndex++; 109 listIndex++;
111 } 110 }
112 } 111 }
113 int cfgIndex = 0; 112 int cfgIndex = 0;
114 while (1) { 113 while (1) {
115 QString zn = cfg.readEntry("Zone"+QString::number(cfgIndex), QString::null); 114 QString zn = cfg.readEntry("Zone"+QString::number(cfgIndex), QString::null);
116 if ( zn.isNull() ) 115 if ( zn.isNull() )
117 break; 116 break;
118 if ( zn == tz ) 117 if ( zn == tz )
119 tzFound = TRUE; 118 tzFound = TRUE;
120 QString nm = cfg.readEntry("ZoneName"+QString::number(cfgIndex)); 119 QString nm = cfg.readEntry("ZoneName"+QString::number(cfgIndex));
121 identifiers.append(zn); 120 identifiers.append(zn);
122 insertItem(nm); 121 insertItem(nm);
123 if ( nm == cur ) 122 if ( nm == cur )
124 curix = listIndex; 123 curix = listIndex;
125 ++cfgIndex; 124 ++cfgIndex;
126 ++listIndex; 125 ++listIndex;
127 } 126 }
128 if ( !listIndex ) { 127 if ( !listIndex ) {
129 QStringList list = timezoneDefaults(); 128 QStringList list = timezoneDefaults();
130 for ( QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin(); it!=list.end(); ++it ) { 129 for ( QStringList::Iterator it = list.begin(); it!=list.end(); ++it ) {
131 QString zn = *it; 130 QString zn = *it;
132 QString nm = *++it; 131 QString nm = *++it;
133 if ( zn == tz ) 132 if ( zn == tz )
134 tzFound = TRUE; 133 tzFound = TRUE;
135 if ( nm == cur ) 134 if ( nm == cur )
136 curix = listIndex; 135 curix = listIndex;
137 identifiers.append(zn); 136 identifiers.append(zn);
138 insertItem(nm); 137 insertItem(nm);
139 ++listIndex; 138 ++listIndex;
140 } 139 }
141 } 140 }
142 for (QStringList::Iterator it=extras.begin(); it!=extras.end(); ++it) { 141 for (QStringList::Iterator it=extras.begin(); it!=extras.end(); ++it) {
143 insertItem(*it); 142 insertItem(*it);
144 identifiers.append(*it); 143 identifiers.append(*it);
145 if ( *it == cur ) 144 if ( *it == cur )
146 curix = listIndex; 145 curix = listIndex;
147 ++listIndex; 146 ++listIndex;
148 } 147 }
149 if ( !tzFound && !tz.isEmpty()) { 148 if ( !tzFound && !tz.isEmpty()) {
150 int i = tz.find( '/' ); 149 int i = tz.find( '/' );
151 QString nm = tz.mid( i+1 ).replace(QRegExp("_"), " "); 150 QString nm = tz.mid( i+1 ).replace(QRegExp("_"), " ");
152 identifiers.append(tz); 151 identifiers.append(tz);
153 insertItem(nm); 152 insertItem(nm);
154 if ( nm == cur ) 153 if ( nm == cur )
155 curix = listIndex; 154 curix = listIndex;
156 ++listIndex; 155 ++listIndex;
157 } 156 }
158 setCurrentItem(curix); 157 setCurrentItem(curix);
159} 158}
160 159
161 160
162void TZCombo::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e ) 161void TZCombo::keyPressEvent( QKeyEvent *e )
163{ 162{
164 // ### should popup() in Qt 3.0 (it's virtual there) 163 // ### should popup() in Qt 3.0 (it's virtual there)
165// updateZones(); 164// updateZones();
166 QComboBox::keyPressEvent(e); 165 QComboBox::keyPressEvent(e);
167} 166}
168 167
169void TZCombo::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*e) 168void TZCombo::mousePressEvent(QMouseEvent*e)
170{ 169{
171 // ### should popup() in Qt 3.0 (it's virtual there) 170 // ### should popup() in Qt 3.0 (it's virtual there)
172// updateZones(); 171// updateZones();
173 QComboBox::mousePressEvent(e); 172 QComboBox::mousePressEvent(e);
174} 173}
175 174
176QString TZCombo::currZone() const 175QString TZCombo::currZone() const
177{ 176{
178 return identifiers[currentItem()]; 177 return identifiers[currentItem()];
179} 178}
180 179
181void TZCombo::setCurrZone( const QString& id ) 180void TZCombo::setCurrZone( const QString& id )
182{ 181{
183 for (int i=0; i< count(); i++) { 182 for (int i=0; i< count(); i++) {
184 if ( identifiers[i] == id ) { 183 if ( identifiers[i] == id ) {
185 setCurrentItem(i); 184 setCurrentItem(i);
186 return; 185 return;
187} 186}
188 } 187 }
189 insertItem(id); 188 insertItem(id);
190 setCurrentItem( count() - 1); 189 setCurrentItem( count() - 1);
191 identifiers.append(id); 190 identifiers.append(id);
192 extras.append(id); 191 extras.append(id);
193} 192}
194 193
195 194
196 195
197void TZCombo::handleSystemChannel(const QCString&msg, const QByteArray&) 196void TZCombo::handleSystemChannel(const QCString&msg, const QByteArray&)
198{ 197{
199 if ( msg == "timeZoneListChange()" ) { 198 if ( msg == "timeZoneListChange()" ) {
200 updateZones(); 199 updateZones();
201 } 200 }
202} 201}
203 202
204/*! 203/*!
205 Creates a new TimeZoneSelector with parent \a p and name \a n. The combobox will be 204 Creates a new TimeZoneSelector with parent \a p and name \a n. The combobox will be
206 populated with the available timezones. 205 populated with the available timezones.
207*/ 206*/
208 207
209TimeZoneSelector::TimeZoneSelector(QWidget* p, const char* n) : 208TimeZoneSelector::TimeZoneSelector(QWidget* p, const char* n) :
210 QHBox(p,n) 209 QHBox(p,n)
211{ 210{
212 d = new TimeZoneSelectorPrivate(); 211 d = new TimeZoneSelectorPrivate();
213 // build the combobox before we do any updates... 212 // build the combobox before we do any updates...
214 cmbTz = new TZCombo( this, "timezone combo" ); 213 cmbTz = new TZCombo( this, "timezone combo" );
215 214
216 cmdTz = new QToolButton( this, "timezone button" ); 215 cmdTz = new QToolButton( this, "timezone button" );
217 cmdTz->setIconSet( Resource::loadIconSet( "citytime_icon" ) ); 216 cmdTz->setIconSet( Resource::loadIconSet( "citytime_icon" ) );
218 cmdTz->setMaximumSize( cmdTz->sizeHint() ); 217 cmdTz->setMaximumSize( cmdTz->sizeHint() );
219 218
220 // set up a connection to catch a newly selected item and throw our 219 // set up a connection to catch a newly selected item and throw our
221 // signal 220 // signal
222 QObject::connect( cmbTz, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ), 221 QObject::connect( cmbTz, SIGNAL( activated( int ) ),
223 this, SLOT( slotTzActive( int ) ) ); 222 this, SLOT( slotTzActive( int ) ) );
224 QObject::connect( cmdTz, SIGNAL( clicked() ), 223 QObject::connect( cmdTz, SIGNAL( clicked() ),
225 this, SLOT( slotExecute() ) ); 224 this, SLOT( slotExecute() ) );
226} 225}
227 226
228/*! 227/*!
229 Destroys a TimeZoneSelector. 228 Destroys a TimeZoneSelector.
230*/ 229*/
231TimeZoneSelector::~TimeZoneSelector() 230TimeZoneSelector::~TimeZoneSelector()
232{ 231{
233} 232}
234 233
235void TimeZoneSelector::setLocalIncluded(bool b) 234void TimeZoneSelector::setLocalIncluded(bool b)
236{ 235{
237 d->includeLocal = b; 236 d->includeLocal = b;
238 cmbTz->updateZones(); 237 cmbTz->updateZones();
239} 238}
240 239
241bool TimeZoneSelector::localIncluded() const 240bool TimeZoneSelector::localIncluded() const
242{ 241{
243 return d->includeLocal; 242 return d->includeLocal;
244} 243}
245 244
246/*! 245/*!
247 Returns the currently selected timezone as a string in location format, e.g. 246 Returns the currently selected timezone as a string in location format, e.g.
248 \code Australia/Brisbane \endcode 247 \code Australia/Brisbane \endcode
249*/ 248*/
250QString TimeZoneSelector::currentZone() const 249QString TimeZoneSelector::currentZone() const
251{ 250{
252 return cmbTz->currZone(); 251 return cmbTz->currZone();
253} 252}
254 253
255/*! 254/*!
256 Sets the current timezone to \a id. 255 Sets the current timezone to \a id.
257*/ 256*/
258void TimeZoneSelector::setCurrentZone( const QString& id ) 257void TimeZoneSelector::setCurrentZone( const QString& id )
259{ 258{
260 cmbTz->setCurrZone( id ); 259 cmbTz->setCurrZone( id );
261} 260}
262/*! \fn void TimeZoneSelector::signalNewTz( const QString& id ) 261/*! \fn void TimeZoneSelector::signalNewTz( const QString& id )
263 This signal is emitted when a timezone has been selected by the user. The id 262 This signal is emitted when a timezone has been selected by the user. The id
264 is a \l QString in location format, eg \code Australia/Brisbane \endcode 263 is a \l QString in location format, eg \code Australia/Brisbane \endcode
265*/ 264*/
266 265
267 266
268void TimeZoneSelector::slotTzActive( int ) 267void TimeZoneSelector::slotTzActive( int )
269{ 268{
270 emit signalNewTz( cmbTz->currZone() ); 269 emit signalNewTz( cmbTz->currZone() );
271} 270}
272 271
273void TimeZoneSelector::slotExecute( void ) 272void TimeZoneSelector::slotExecute( void )
274{ 273{
275 // execute the world time application... 274 // execute the world time application...
276 if (QFile::exists(QPEApplication::qpeDir()+"bin/citytime")) 275 if (QFile::exists(QPEApplication::qpeDir()+"bin/citytime"))
277 Global::execute( "citytime" ); 276 Global::execute( "citytime" );
278 else 277 else
279 QMessageBox::warning(this,tr("citytime executable not found"), 278 QMessageBox::warning(this,tr("citytime executable not found"),
280 tr("In order to choose the time zones,\nplease install citytime.")); 279 tr("In order to choose the time zones,\nplease install citytime."));
281} 280}
282 281
283QStringList timezoneDefaults( void ) 282QStringList timezoneDefaults( void )
284{ 283{
285 QStringList tzs; 284 QStringList tzs;
286 // load up the list just like the file format (citytime.cpp) 285 // load up the list just like the file format (citytime.cpp)
287 tzs.append( "America/New_York" ); 286 tzs.append( "America/New_York" );
288 tzs.append( "New York" ); 287 tzs.append( "New York" );
289 tzs.append( "America/Los_Angeles" ); 288 tzs.append( "America/Los_Angeles" );
290 tzs.append( "Los Angeles" ); 289 tzs.append( "Los Angeles" );
291 tzs.append( "Australia/Brisbane" ); 290 tzs.append( "Australia/Brisbane" );
292 tzs.append( "Brisbane" ); 291 tzs.append( "Brisbane" );
293 tzs.append( "Europe/Berlin" ); 292 tzs.append( "Europe/Berlin" );
294 tzs.append( "Berlin" ); 293 tzs.append( "Berlin" );
295 tzs.append( "Asia/Tokyo" ); 294 tzs.append( "Asia/Tokyo" );
296 tzs.append( "Tokyo" ); 295 tzs.append( "Tokyo" );
297 tzs.append( "America/Denver" ); 296 tzs.append( "America/Denver" );
298 tzs.append( "Denver" ); 297 tzs.append( "Denver" );
299 298
300 return tzs; 299 return tzs;
301} 300}
302 301
303 302